TW201121958A - Methods of treating hepatitis C virus with oxoacetamide compounds - Google Patents

Methods of treating hepatitis C virus with oxoacetamide compounds Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW201121958A
TW201121958A TW099140058A TW99140058A TW201121958A TW 201121958 A TW201121958 A TW 201121958A TW 099140058 A TW099140058 A TW 099140058A TW 99140058 A TW99140058 A TW 99140058A TW 201121958 A TW201121958 A TW 201121958A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
compound
formula
pharmaceutically acceptable
acceptable salt
doc
Prior art date
Application number
TW099140058A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
James E Macdonald
Jeffrey F Mckelvy
Flossie Wong-Staal
Original Assignee
Itherx Pharmaceuticals Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Itherx Pharmaceuticals Inc filed Critical Itherx Pharmaceuticals Inc
Publication of TW201121958A publication Critical patent/TW201121958A/en

Links

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/16Amides, e.g. hydroxamic acids
    • A61K31/165Amides, e.g. hydroxamic acids having aromatic rings, e.g. colchicine, atenolol, progabide
    • A61K31/167Amides, e.g. hydroxamic acids having aromatic rings, e.g. colchicine, atenolol, progabide having the nitrogen of a carboxamide group directly attached to the aromatic ring, e.g. lidocaine, paracetamol
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/16Amides, e.g. hydroxamic acids
    • A61K31/18Sulfonamides
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/38Heterocyclic compounds having sulfur as a ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/381Heterocyclic compounds having sulfur as a ring hetero atom having five-membered rings
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/44Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/4402Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof only substituted in position 2, e.g. pheniramine, bisacodyl
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/44Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/4418Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof having a carbocyclic group directly attached to the heterocyclic ring, e.g. cyproheptadine
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/535Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with at least one nitrogen and one oxygen as the ring hetero atoms, e.g. 1,2-oxazines
    • A61K31/53751,4-Oxazines, e.g. morpholine
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/535Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with at least one nitrogen and one oxygen as the ring hetero atoms, e.g. 1,2-oxazines
    • A61K31/53751,4-Oxazines, e.g. morpholine
    • A61K31/53771,4-Oxazines, e.g. morpholine not condensed and containing further heterocyclic rings, e.g. timolol
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/54Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with at least one nitrogen and one sulfur as the ring hetero atoms, e.g. sulthiame
    • A61K31/541Non-condensed thiazines containing further heterocyclic rings
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/55Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having seven-membered rings, e.g. azelastine, pentylenetetrazole
    • A61K31/553Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having seven-membered rings, e.g. azelastine, pentylenetetrazole having at least one nitrogen and one oxygen as ring hetero atoms, e.g. loxapine, staurosporine
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/70Carbohydrates; Sugars; Derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/7042Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings
    • A61K31/7052Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides
    • A61K31/7056Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides containing five-membered rings with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K38/00Medicinal preparations containing peptides
    • A61K38/16Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • A61K38/17Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • A61K38/19Cytokines; Lymphokines; Interferons
    • A61K38/21Interferons [IFN]
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K45/00Medicinal preparations containing active ingredients not provided for in groups A61K31/00 - A61K41/00
    • A61K45/06Mixtures of active ingredients without chemical characterisation, e.g. antiphlogistics and cardiaca
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12Antivirals
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12Antivirals
    • A61P31/14Antivirals for RNA viruses

Abstract

Provided herein are hepatitis C virus entry inhibitor oxoacetamide compounds, pharmaceutical compositions thereof, and methods for their use in treatment or prevention of hepatitis C virus infection in a subject in need thereof.

Description

201121958 六、發明說明: 【發明所屬之技術領域】 本文提供c型肝炎病毒進入抑制劑酮基醯胺化合物、其 醫藥組合物及其在有需要之個體中用於治療或預防c型肝 炎病毒感染之方法。 【先前技術】 在1989年發現非A非B型輸血後肝炎之主要致病病毒且 將其稱為C型肝炎病毒(HCV)。自此以後,除A型、B型及 C型外,已發現若干類型之肝炎病毒,其中由HCV引起之 肝炎係稱作C型肝炎。將感染HCV之個體視為涉及百分之 幾的世界人口,且HCV感染在特徵上變成慢性。 HCV為包膜RNA病毒,其中基因組為單股正股RNA(single strand plus-strand RNA),且屬於黃病毒屬(Flavivirus)之丙型 肝炎病毒屬(genus Hepacivirus)(International Committee on Taxonomy of Viruses, International Union of Microbiological Societies)。在相同肝炎病毒中,例如,作為DNA病毒之B 型肝炎病毒(HBV)係由免疫系統消除,且感染此病毒之結 果為急性感染,但具有尚未成熟免疫能力之新生兒及嬰兒 除外。相反,HCV因未知機制而以某種方式避開宿主之免 疫系統。一旦感染此病毒,甚至具有成熟免疫系統之成人 亦經常發展成持續感染。 當慢性肝炎與持續HCV感染相關時,其以高比率進展為 肝硬化或肝癌。手術摘除腫瘤不太有幫助,因為個體經常 因非癌性部分之後遺症炎症而發展復發性肝癌。 152269.doc 201121958 ’需要治療c型肝炎感染之有效治療方法。除用消 =制炎症之症狀療法外,強烈要求開發將hcv減至無 炎症之低含量及去除HCV之治療劑。最佳治療劑將提供歸 類=「持久病毒學反應」之病毒學反應,持久病毒學反應 係定养為完成C型肝炎療法後六個月或六個月以上,血液 中之病毒含量不可偵測。 目前,尚未發現有效之HCV疫苗。目前已知用於去除 HCV之唯一有效方法為用干擾素(例如或201121958 VI. Description of the Invention: [Technical Field] The present invention provides a hepatitis C virus entry inhibitor ketodecylamine compound, a pharmaceutical composition thereof and the same for treating or preventing hepatitis C virus infection in an individual in need thereof The method. [Prior Art] The major pathogenic virus of hepatitis after non-A and B type transfusion was discovered in 1989 and referred to as hepatitis C virus (HCV). Since then, several types of hepatitis viruses have been discovered in addition to type A, type B and type C, and hepatitis caused by HCV is called hepatitis C. Individuals infected with HCV are considered to be involved in a few percent of the world's population, and HCV infections become characteristically chronic. HCV is an enveloped RNA virus in which the genome is single strand plus-strand RNA and belongs to the genus Hepacivirus of the Flavivirus (International Committee on Taxonomy of Viruses). International Union of Microbiological Societies). In the same hepatitis virus, for example, the hepatitis B virus (HBV) which is a DNA virus is eliminated by the immune system, and the result of infecting the virus is acute infection, except for newborns and infants who have immature immunity. In contrast, HCV circumvents host immune systems in some way due to unknown mechanisms. Once infected with this virus, even adults with a mature immune system often develop persistent infections. When chronic hepatitis is associated with persistent HCV infection, it progresses to cirrhosis or liver cancer at a high rate. Surgical removal of tumors is not helpful because individuals often develop recurrent liver cancer due to inflammation of the non-cancerous partial sequelae. 152269.doc 201121958 'An effective treatment for the treatment of hepatitis C infection. In addition to the use of symptomatic treatments for inflammation, there is a strong demand for the development of therapeutic agents that reduce hcv to a low level of no inflammation and to remove HCV. The best therapeutic agent will provide a virological response to the classification = "permanent virological response", and the long-lasting virological response will be maintained for six months or more after completion of hepatitis C therapy. Measurement. Currently, no effective HCV vaccine has been identified. The only effective method currently known for removing HCV is to use interferon (eg or

Peglntron⑨)作為單一藥劑或與核苷類似物病毒唑 (ribaVirin)組合進行治療。然而,甚至最有效之HCV療法 (α干擾素及病毒唑)亦僅在約4〇%患者中產生持久功效 (Poynard等人,J998, 352, 1426-1432)。對於其餘個 體’其不具有效果或僅提供暫時性效果。因此,極其需要 欲代替干擾素及/或病毒唾或與其並行使用之抗Hcv藥 物。 正對HCV之各種治療策略進行臨床及臨床前測試,包括 抑制蛋白質處理或病毒RNA複製。參看例如Hugle等人, C. Met/. 2003, 13: 361-371。對於抗病毒劑開發 通用之一種此類策略為使病毒複製所必需之病毒編碼酶失 活。舉例而言’已研究NS3蛋白酶抑制劑經由病毒複製機 制對HCV感染之可能治療。參看Tan等人,WiMre i?ev. Z)b£^v·,2002,1: 867-881。然而,許多此等藥劑因由 高HCV突變率引起之抗藥性而失去療效。參看例如Zein等 人,C/z«· Λ/ϊπο6ζ·ο/_ i?ev.,2000, 13: 223-235。因此,儘管 152269.doc 201121958 靶向病毒複製之藥劑可能有希望作為HCV治療劑,但經由 替代性機制連接病毒之藥劑的開發仍為可預見未來之迫切 問題。 抗病毒研究之新興領域為小分子進入抑制劑領域。此等 藥物經設計為藉由干擾病毒與細胞之間的各種連接期及/ 或融合期來阻斷病毒進入哺乳動物細胞中。舉例而言,兩 種HIV進入抑制劑,即恩福韋地(enfuvirtide)(Fuzeon®)及 嗎拉韋羅(maraviroc)(Selzentry®)係以市售藥物形式存在, 而許多其他抑制劑正在開發中。參看例如Reeves, J. D., ENTRY INHIBITORS IN HIV THERAPY (Reeves, J. D·, Derdeyn,C. A.編,Birkhauser 2007) ; Liu,S_等人,/.出〇厂 CTzem.,2005, 280: 11259-11273。 由於許多原因,開發HCV進入抑制劑將比目前療法有 利。HCV進入抑制劑可用以迎合目前之HCV治療標準,即 干擾素及病毒唑,因為此等藥物藉由替代性機制起作用。 HCV進入抑制劑在治療抗藥性HCV病毒株中可能較有效。 此外,使用HCV進入抑制劑不太可能產生抗藥性,因為進 入抑制劑靶向宿主細胞而非病毒自身。 鑒於HCV感染已達到全球流行程度,需要包括例如HCV 進入抑制劑之新穎有效組合物來治療或預防C型肝炎感 染。 【發明内容】 本文提供C型肝炎病毒進入抑制劑化合物、其醫藥組合 物,及其在有需要之個體中用於治療或預防C型肝炎病毒 152269.doc 201121958 感染之方法 不限於特定作用機制,本 合物能Peglntron 9) is treated as a single agent or in combination with the nucleoside analog ribavirin. However, even the most effective HCV therapy (alpha interferon and ribavirin) produces long-lasting effects in only about 4% of patients (Poynard et al, J998, 352, 1426-1432). It has no effect or only a temporary effect for the remaining individual'. Therefore, there is a great need for an anti-Hcv drug to be used in place of or in parallel with interferon and/or viral saliva. Clinical and preclinical testing is being performed on various therapeutic strategies for HCV, including inhibition of protein processing or viral RNA replication. See, for example, Hugle et al., C. Met/. 2003, 13: 361-371. One such strategy common to the development of antiviral agents is the inactivation of virally encoded enzymes necessary for viral replication. For example, a possible treatment of NS3 protease inhibitors for HCV infection via a viral replication mechanism has been investigated. See Tan et al., WiMre i?ev. Z) b£^v., 2002, 1: 867-881. However, many of these agents lose efficacy due to drug resistance caused by high HCV mutation rates. See, for example, Zein et al., C/z «· Λ/ϊπο6ζ·ο/_i?ev., 2000, 13: 223-235. Thus, although 152269.doc 201121958 agents that target viral replication may be promising as HCV therapeutics, the development of agents that link viruses via alternative mechanisms remains an urgent issue for the foreseeable future. The emerging field of antiviral research is the field of small molecule entry inhibitors. Such drugs are designed to block entry of the virus into mammalian cells by interfering with various ligation and/or fusion phases between the virus and the cells. For example, two HIV entry inhibitors, enfuvirtide (Fuzeon®) and maraviroc (Selzentry®), are commercially available, and many other inhibitors are being developed. in. See, for example, Reeves, JD, ENTRY INHIBITORS IN HIV THERAPY (Reeves, J. D., Derdeyn, CA, ed., Birkhauser 2007); Liu, S_ et al., /. 〇厂CTzem., 2005, 280: 11259-11273 . The development of HCV entry inhibitors will be more beneficial than current therapies for a number of reasons. HCV entry inhibitors can be used to meet current HCV treatment criteria, namely interferon and ribavirin, as these drugs act by alternative mechanisms. HCV entry inhibitors may be more effective in treating drug resistant HCV strains. Furthermore, the use of HCV entry inhibitors is less likely to develop resistance as the entry inhibitor targets the host cell rather than the virus itself. In view of the fact that HCV infection has reached global prevalence, novel and effective compositions such as HCV entry inhibitors are needed to treat or prevent hepatitis C infection. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION Provided herein are hepatitis C virus entry inhibitor compounds, pharmaceutical compositions thereof, and methods for treating or preventing hepatitis C virus 152269.doc 201121958 infection in an individual in need thereof, without being limited to a particular mechanism of action, The compound can

匕本文提供Hcv進入抑制劑及其醫藥組合物,其 適用於在有需要之個體中治療或預防HCV感染。 在某—實施例中,Hcv進入抑制劑係選自由以下通式⑴ 或(Π)之酮基醯胺化合物組成之群:匕 Provided herein are Hcv entry inhibitors and pharmaceutical compositions thereof, which are useful for treating or preventing HCV infection in an individual in need thereof. In certain embodiments, the Hcv entry inhibitor is selected from the group consisting of ketoguanamine compounds of the following general formula (1) or (Π):

R為甲基、乙基、異丙基、〆 〇或 k/OH , R為〇^-(:8烷基;C5-C8環烷基4c7-c1()芳基烷基; R3為氫、氰基、-CONHR6、-NHS02R7或-S〇2N(R8)2 ; …為心-匕烷基; r5為c,-c4烷氧基或-N(R8)2 ; R6為2-吡啶基或C「C6烷基,其中一或多個碳原子視情況 經氧原子置換; r7為C丨-c4烷基、ch2cf3、苯甲基或苯基;且 152269.doc 201121958 …為匕-^烷基; R為漠或6-(甲胺基)〇比咬·3_基;R is methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, hydrazine or k/OH, R is 〇^-(:8 alkyl; C5-C8 cycloalkyl 4c7-c1()arylalkyl; R3 is hydrogen, Cyano, -CONHR6, -NHS02R7 or -S〇2N(R8)2; ... is a heart-fluorenyl group; r5 is c, -c4 alkoxy or -N(R8)2; R6 is 2-pyridyl or C"C6 alkyl, wherein one or more carbon atoms are optionally replaced by an oxygen atom; r7 is C丨-c4 alkyl, ch2cf3, benzyl or phenyl; and 152269.doc 201121958 ... is 匕-^alkyl ; R is desert or 6-(methylamino) oxime than bite 3_ base;

RlG為氫或-CONHR11 ;且 RU為氫或C丨-C4烷基; 基限制條件為若“為…則仏…且尺7為甲基,則Ri不為甲 限制條件為若為氫,則尺9為6_(甲胺基)β比啶_3_基;且 限制條件為若R11為環丙基,則R9為漠。 應瞭解,本文提供之化合物可含有對掌中心。此等對〜 中心可為(R)或(S)構型,或可為其混合物。在某些情= 下,式I化合物之取代基可促進光學及/或立體異構7因 此,本文提供之化合物可為純對映異構性,或為立體異 或非對映異構混合物。 ' 本文亦提供式I化合物之醫藥學上可接受之鹽。 在-個實施财’本文提供之化合物係以實質上純形式 存在。如本文中所用’「實質上純」意謂足夠均質地出 現’不含輕易可偵測之雜f,如藉由熟習此項技術者評估 此純度所用之諸如薄層層析(TLC)、凝膠電泳、高效液相 層析(HPLC)、核磁共振(NMR)&f譜分析(ms)之標準分析 方法測疋,或足夠純’使得進_步純化將不會可彳貞測地改 變物質之物理及化學特性,諸如酶促及生物活性。熟習此 項技術者已知純化化合物以製得實f上化學純化合物之方 法H實質上化學純化合物可為立體異構體之混合 物。在此等情況下,進一步純化可提高化合物之比活性。 152269.doc 201121958 本發明意謂包括所有此等可能之異構體,以及其外消旋及 光學純形式。光學活性(+)及㈠、(R)·及⑻、或叫及⑻· 異構體可使用對掌性合成組元或對掌性試劑製備,或使用 諸如逆相HPLC之習知技術解析。當本文所述之化合物含 有稀系雙鍵或其他幾何不對稱中心時,且除非另有規定, 否則化合物意欲包括幾何異構體。同樣地,亦意欲包 括所有互變異構形式。 本文亦提供本文提供之化合物的同位素增濃類似物。先 前已用-些類別之藥物證明醫藥之同位素增濃(例如氛化 作用)改良藥物動力學(rPK」)、藥效學(「pDj )及毒性 型態。參看例如Lijinsky等人,2〇: 393 (1982) ; Lijinsky等人,j 細^,69: ιΐ27 (1982) ; Mangold等人,細細,3〇8: 33 (額广 —等人,乃,—·历如,15 589 (】利; 等人’迦—43: 487 (1994) ; Gately等人,乂心c/RlG is hydrogen or -CONHR11; and RU is hydrogen or C丨-C4 alkyl; the base constraint is that if "is ... then ... and the ruler 7 is methyl, then Ri is not a restriction condition if it is hydrogen, then Rule 9 is 6-(methylamino)β-pyridyl_3_ group; and the restriction is that if R11 is a cyclopropyl group, then R9 is indifferent. It should be understood that the compounds provided herein may contain a center of the palm. The center may be in the (R) or (S) configuration, or may be a mixture thereof. In some cases, the substituent of the compound of formula I may promote optical and/or stereoisomerization. 7 Thus, the compounds provided herein may be Pure enantiomeric, or a stereoisomeric or diastereomeric mixture. 'This document also provides a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of a compound of formula I. The compounds provided herein are substantially pure Form exists. As used herein, 'substantially pure' means sufficiently homogenous to appear 'without easily detectable impurities, such as thin layer chromatography (TLC) used by those skilled in the art to evaluate this purity. ), gel electrophoresis, high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC), nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) & f spectrum analysis (ms) standard analysis Cloth measurement, or sufficiently pure '_ such that further purification would not be left foot into Zhen geodesic change their physical and chemical properties of the materials, such as enzymatic and biological activity. A method known to those skilled in the art for purifying a compound to produce a chemically pure compound on a substance H is a substantially chemically pure compound which may be a mixture of stereoisomers. In such cases, further purification increases the specific activity of the compound. 152269.doc 201121958 The present invention is meant to include all such possible isomers, as well as the racemic and optically pure forms thereof. The optically active (+) and (i), (R), and (8), or (8)· isomers can be prepared using a palm-forming synthetic component or a palmitic reagent, or using conventional techniques such as reverse phase HPLC. When a compound described herein contains a rare double bond or other geometrically asymmetric center, and unless otherwise specified, the compound is intended to include geometric isomers. Likewise, it is intended to include all tautomeric forms. Also provided herein are isotopically enriched analogs of the compounds provided herein. Some of the classes of drugs have previously been used to demonstrate the isotope enrichment (eg, aerosolization) of modified pharmacokinetics (rPK), pharmacodynamics ("pDj"), and toxic forms. See, for example, Lijinsky et al., 2: 393 (1982) ; Lijinsky et al., j 细^, 69: ιΐ27 (1982); Mangold et al., detail, 3〇8: 33 (Amount-Europe, etc.,--Lanru, 15 589 (]利; et al. 'Gal. 43: 487 (1994); Gately et al., 乂心 c/

Med., 27: 388 (1986) ; Wade D.} Chem. Biol. Interact., 117: 191 (1999)。 可使用藥物之同位素增漠:例如以⑴減少或消除非所 需代謝物、(2)增加親本藥物之半衰期、(3)減少達成所需 效果所需之劑量數、(4)減小達成所需效果必需的劑量之 量、⑺提高活性代謝物之形成(若有形成)、及/或(6)降低 特定組織中有害代謝物之產生及/或在組合療法下產生較 有效藥物及/或較安全藥物 而不論是否有意使用該組合 152269.doc 201121958 將原子置換為一種其同位素經常使得化學反應之反應速 率發生變化。此現象稱為動力學同位素效應(r ΚΙΕ」)。 舉例而言’若C-H鍵在化學反應中之速率決定步驟(亦即具 有最高過渡狀態能量之步驟)期間斷裂,則以氘取代該氫 將引起反應速率減小且該過程將減緩。此現象稱為氘動力 學同位素效應(「DKIE」)。參看例如Foster等人, 1985, 14: 1-36 ; Kushner等人,CW 乂 户知心/. Pharmacol·, 1999, ΊΊ·. 名込。 DKIE的量值可表述為C-Η鍵斷裂之既定反應與氘取代氫 之相同反應的速率之比率。DKIE可介於約1(無同位素效 應)至極大數字(諸如50或50以上)之範圍内,意謂當氘取代 氫時’反應速率可為1/50或1/5〇以下》高〇〖1£值可部分由 稱為穿隧(tunneling)之現象引起,穿隧現象為測不準原理 之結果。穿隧係歸因於氫原子之小質量,且因在無所需活 化能存在下有時可形成涉及質子之過渡狀態而發生。因為 氛的質量大於氫’所以在統計學上經歷此現象之機率低得 多。 氚(τ」)為氫之放射性同位素,其用於研究、聚變反 應器中子發生器及放射性藥品中。氣為在原子核中具有 2個中子且原子量接近於3之氫原子。其在環境中以極低濃 度天然出現,最通常以丁2〇形式發現。氣衰變緩慢(半衰期 12.3年)且發射不能穿透人類皮膚外層之低能量p粒子。體 内曝露為與此同位素相關之主要危險,然而其必須大量攝 取以造成顯著健康風險。與氘相比,在達到有害程度之 152269.doc 201121958 前’較小量之氚即必須被耗盡。氚(「τ」)取代氫產生強 於氘之鍵且得到數值上較大之同位素效應。類似地,以同 位素取代其他元素,包括(但不限於)13C或14c取代碳, 33S、34S或36S取代硫,”N取代氮,及17〇或18〇取代氧,將 k供類似之動力學同位素效應。 舉例而言’使用DKIE藉由大概限制反應性物質(諸如三 氟乙酿氯)之產生來降低氟烧之肝毒性。然而,此方法可 能並非適用於所有藥物類別。舉例而言,氘併入可引起代 謝轉換(metabolic switching)。代謝轉換之概念聲稱 xenogens當經I期酶螯合時可在化學反應(例如氧化)之前以 各種構形短暫結合及再結合。此假設係由許多I期酶中之 相對較大尺寸之結合袋及許多代謝反應之混雜性質支持。 代謝轉換可潛在地產生不同比例之已知代謝物以及完全新 的代謝物。此新代謝型態可賦予或多或少毒性。 動物體表現各種酶以達成自其循環系統消除外來物質 (諸如治療劑)之目的。此等酶之實例包括細胞色素p45〇酶 (「CYP」)、酯酶、蛋白酶、還原酶、去氫酶及單胺氧化 酶,以與此等外來物質反應及使其轉化成更具極性之中間 物或代謝物以供腎排泄。一些最常見之醫藥化合物代謝反 應涉及碳-氫(C-H)鍵氧化為碳-氧(c_〇)或碳_碳(c_c)7r鍵。 生成的代謝物在生理學條件下可能穩定或不穩定,且可具 有相對於親本化合物實質上不同之藥物動力學、藥效學、 及短期及長期毒性型態。對於許多藥物,此等氧化為快速 的。因此,此等藥物經常需要投與多個劑量或高的曰劑 152269.doc -10· 201121958 因此,在本文提供之化合物之特定位置處進行同位素增 濃將產生與具有天然同位素組成之類似化合物相比將影響 本文提供之化合物的藥物動力學、藥理學及/或毒理學型 態之可偵測KIE。 【實施方式】 本文提供在有需要之個體中治療或預防c型肝炎感染之 方法’及適用於此等方法之醫藥組合物及劑。下文章節 中詳細描述該等方法及組合物。 定義 S提及本文提供之化合物時,除非另外指日月,否則以下 術語具有以下含義。除㈣作定義,否則所有在本文中所 用之技術及科學術語均具有與—般技術者料所瞭解相同 之含義。在本文中術語存在複數個定義之情況下,除非另 有說明,否則以本章節中之定義為準。 「醫藥學上可接受之鹽」包括本文提供之化合物的任何 鹽’其保留該化合物之生物特性且無毒或不會在其他方面 對醫藥用途不利。此等鹽可衍生自此項技術中熟知之各種 有機及無機抗衡離子。此等鹽包括:⑴與有機酸或無機酸 形成之酸加成鹽’該等酸諸如為鹽酸、氫演酸、硫酸 '硝 酸、填酸、胺基續酸、乙酸、三氟乙酸、三氣乙酸、丙 酸、己酸、環戊基丙酸、乙醇酸、戊二酸、丙酮酸'乳 酉文、丙酸、丁 -酸、山租納 13- 山4酸、抗壞血酸、蘋果酸、順丁 稀二酸、反丁稀二酸、酒石酸、檸檬酸、苯甲酸、3-(4_經 152269.doc •11· 201121958 基苯甲醯基)苯f酸、苦味酸、肉桂酸、杏仁酸、鄰苯二 甲酸、月桂酸、甲烷磺酸、乙烷磺酸、1,2-乙烷-二磺酸、 2-羥基乙烷磺酸、苯磺酸、4-氯苯磺酸、2·萘磺酸、4-甲 苯磺酸、樟腦酸、樟腦磺酸、4-甲基二環[2.2.2]-辛-2-烯-1-甲酸、葡糖庚酸、3-苯基丙酸、三甲基乙酸、第三丁基 乙酸、月桂基硫酸、葡萄糖酸、苯甲酸、甦胺酸、羥基萘 甲酸、水楊酸、硬脂酸、環己基胺基磺酸、奎尼酸(quinic acid)、黏康酸(muconic acid)及其類似酸;或(2)當親本化 合物中存在之酸性質子滿足以下時形成之鹽:(勾經以下置 換:金屬離子(例如鹼金屬離子、鹼土離子或鋁離子),或 鹼金屬或鹼土金屬氫氧化物(諸如鈉、鉀、鈣、鎮、鋁、 鋰、鋅及鋇氫氧化物)、氨,或與有機鹼配位,該有機 驗諸如為脂族、脂環族或芳族有機胺,諸如氨、甲胺、二 甲胺、二乙胺、甲基吡啶、乙醇胺、二乙醇胺、三乙醇 胺、乙二胺、離胺酸、精胺酸、鳥胺酸、膽鹼、N,N,_二 笨曱基乙二胺、氯普魯卡因(chl〇r〇pr〇caine)、二乙醇胺、 普魯卡因、N-苯曱基苯乙胺、N曱基葡糖胺哌嗪、參(羥 甲基)-胺基曱烷、氫氧化四曱基銨及其類似物。 鹽進一步包括(僅舉例而言)鈉、鉀、鈣、鎂、銨、四烷 基銨及其類似物,且當化合物含有鹼性官能基時,包括無 毒有機酸或無機酸之鹽,諸如氫画化物,例如鹽酸鹽及氫 溴酸鹽、硫酸鹽、磷酸鹽、胺基磺酸鹽、硝酸鹽、乙酸 鹽、三氟乙酸鹽、三氯乙酸鹽、丙酸鹽、己酸鹽、環戊基 丙酸鹽、&乙酸鹽、戊二酸鹽、丙酮酸鹽、乳酸鹽 '丙二 152269.doc -12· 201121958 酸鹽、丁二酸鹽、山梨酸鹽、抗壞血酸鹽、蘋果酸鹽、順 丁烯二酸鹽、反丁烯二酸鹽、酒石酸鹽、擰檬酸鹽、苯曱 酸鹽、3-(4-羥基苯甲醯基)苯甲酸鹽、苦味酸鹽、肉桂酸 鹽、杏仁酸鹽、鄰笨二甲酸鹽、月桂酸鹽、曱烷磺酸鹽 (曱磺酸鹽)、乙烷磺酸鹽、1,2-乙烷-二磺酸鹽、2-羥基乙 烧績酸鹽、苯確酸鹽(benzenesulfonate/besylate)、4-氣苯 磺酸鹽、2-萘磺酸鹽、4-曱苯磺酸鹽、樟腦酸鹽、樟腦確 酸鹽、4-甲基二環[2.2.2]-辛-2-烯-1-曱酸鹽、葡糖庚酸 鹽、3-苯基丙酸鹽、三甲基乙酸鹽、第三丁基乙酸鹽、月 桂基硫酸鹽、葡糖酸鹽、苯甲酸鹽、麩胺酸鹽、羥基萘曱 酸鹽、水楊酸鹽、硬脂酸鹽、環己基胺基磺酸鹽、奎尼酸 鹽、黏康酸鹽及其類似鹽。 如本文中所用,術語「宿主」包括可複製病毒之任何單 細胞或多細胞生物體’包括細胞株及動物,且較佳為人 類。或者’宿主可攜帶黃病毒基因組之部分,其複製或功 能可由本文提供之化合物改變。術語宿主特定地包括受感 染細胞、以黃病毒基因組之全部或部分轉染之細胞及動 物,尤其為靈長類動物(包括黑猩猩)及人類。在大多數動 物應用中,伤主為人類患者。然而,本文中明確預期特定 適應症中之獸醫學應用(諸如黑獲獲)。 如本文中所用,術語r個體」與「患者」在本文中可互 換使用術個體」係指動物’諸如咕乳動物,包括非 靈長類動物(例如母牛、豬、馬、雜、狗、大鼠及小鼠)及 靈長類動物(例如狼’諸如石蟹搁狼m〇n㈣)、 I52269.doc •13- 201121958 黑猥猩及人類)’及例如人類。在一個實施例中,個體為 難治的或對目前之c型肝炎感染治療無反應。在另一實施 例中,個體為農畜(例如馬、母牛、豬等)或寵物(例如狗或 貓)。在一個實施例中,個體為人類。 如本文中所用,IC50係指特定測試化合物在量測最大反 應之檢驗中達成此反應之50%抑制的量 '濃度或劑量。 如本文中所用,EC5G#指特定測試化合物以由該特定測 試化合物誘發、激發或加強之特定反應之最大表現的50% 引發劑1依賴性反應之劑量、濃度或量。 如本文中所用,術語「治療劑」係指可用於治療或預防 病症或其-或多個症狀之任何藥劑。在某些實施例中,術 π 療劑」包括本文提供之化合物。在—個實施例中,Med., 27: 388 (1986); Wade D.} Chem. Biol. Interact., 117: 191 (1999). The isotope of the drug can be used to: for example, (1) reduce or eliminate undesired metabolites, (2) increase the half-life of the parent drug, (3) reduce the number of doses required to achieve the desired effect, (4) reduce the achievement The amount of dose necessary to effect the desired effect, (7) increase the formation of active metabolites (if formed), and/or (6) reduce the production of harmful metabolites in specific tissues and/or produce more effective drugs under combination therapy and/or Or a safer drug, whether or not the combination is intentionally used 152269.doc 201121958 The replacement of an atom with one of its isotopes often causes a change in the rate of reaction of the chemical reaction. This phenomenon is called the kinetic isotope effect (r ΚΙΕ). For example, if the C-H bond breaks during the rate determining step in the chemical reaction (i.e., the step with the highest transition state energy), replacing the hydrogen with deuterium will cause the reaction rate to decrease and the process to slow down. This phenomenon is called the kinetic isotope effect ("DKIE"). See, for example, Foster et al., 1985, 14: 1-36; Kushner et al., CW 知 知. / Pharmacol·, 1999, ΊΊ·. The magnitude of DKIE can be expressed as the ratio of the rate at which the C-Η bond cleaves to the same reaction as the hydrazine-substituted hydrogen. DKIE can range from about 1 (no isotope effect) to very large numbers (such as 50 or more), meaning that when the hydrazine is substituted for hydrogen, the reaction rate can be 1/50 or 1/5 》. The value of 1 can be caused in part by a phenomenon called tunneling, which is the result of the uncertainty principle. The tunneling system is attributed to the small mass of the hydrogen atoms and can sometimes occur due to the transition state involving protons in the absence of the desired activation energy. Because the mass of the atmosphere is greater than hydrogen', the probability of statistically experiencing this phenomenon is much lower.氚(τ) is a radioisotope of hydrogen used in research, fusion reactor neutron generators, and radiopharmaceuticals. The gas is a hydrogen atom having two neutrons in the nucleus and an atomic weight close to three. It occurs naturally at very low concentrations in the environment and is most commonly found in the form of D. The gas decays slowly (half-life 12.3 years) and emits low-energy p-particles that cannot penetrate the outer layers of human skin. Intracorporeal exposure is a major hazard associated with this isotope, however it must be taken in large quantities to pose significant health risks. Compared to cockroaches, the meager amount of 152269.doc 201121958 must be exhausted. The substitution of hydrazine ("τ") for hydrogen produces a stronger bond than hydrazine and gives a numerically larger isotope effect. Similarly, isotopes are substituted for other elements including, but not limited to, 13C or 14c substituted carbon, 33S, 34S or 36S substituted for sulfur, "N substituted nitrogen, and 17〇 or 18〇 substituted oxygen, k for similar kinetics Isotope effect. For example, 'the use of DKIE reduces the hepatotoxicity of fluorosis by presumably limiting the production of reactive substances such as trifluoroethylene chloride. However, this method may not be applicable to all drug classes. For example, Incorporation of hydrazine can cause metabolic switching. The concept of metabolic switching claims that xenogens can be transiently bound and recombined in various configurations prior to chemical reactions (such as oxidation) when phase I enzymatically chelate. The relatively large size of the binding phase of the phase I enzyme is supported by the confounding nature of many metabolic reactions. Metabolic conversion can potentially produce different proportions of known metabolites as well as completely new metabolites. This new metabolite pattern can be given more or more Or less toxic. Animals exhibit various enzymes for the purpose of eliminating foreign substances (such as therapeutic agents) from their circulatory system. Examples of such enzymes include cytochrome p45 Chymase ("CYP"), esterase, protease, reductase, dehydrogenase, and monoamine oxidase react with such foreign substances and convert them into more polar intermediates or metabolites for excretion of the kidneys. Some of the most common pharmaceutical compound metabolic reactions involve the oxidation of carbon-hydrogen (C-H) bonds to carbon-oxygen (c_〇) or carbon-carbon (c_c) 7r bonds. The resulting metabolites may be stable or unstable under physiological conditions and may have substantially different pharmacokinetic, pharmacodynamic, and short-term and long-term toxicities relative to the parent compound. For many drugs, these oxidations are rapid. Therefore, these drugs often require multiple doses or high doses of sputum 152269.doc -10· 201121958 Therefore, isotope enrichment at specific positions of the compounds provided herein will result in similar compounds with natural isotopic compositions. The detectable KIE will affect the pharmacokinetic, pharmacological and/or toxicological profile of the compounds provided herein. [Embodiment] Provided herein are methods for treating or preventing hepatitis C infection in an individual in need thereof, and pharmaceutical compositions and agents suitable for use in such methods. These methods and compositions are described in detail in the following sections. Definitions S When referring to a compound provided herein, the following terms have the following meanings unless otherwise indicated. Unless otherwise defined in (4), all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as commonly understood by the skilled artisan. In the event that there are multiple definitions of a term in this document, the definitions in this section prevail unless otherwise stated. "Pharmaceutically acceptable salt" includes any salt of a compound provided herein which retains the biological properties of the compound and is non-toxic or otherwise unfavorable for medical use. Such salts can be derived from a wide variety of organic and inorganic counterions well known in the art. Such salts include: (1) acid addition salts with organic or inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrogen acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, acid, amino acid, acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, trigas Acetic acid, propionic acid, caproic acid, cyclopentylpropionic acid, glycolic acid, glutaric acid, pyruvic acid 'lactate, propionic acid, butyric acid, mountain renter 13-san 4 acid, ascorbic acid, malic acid, cis Butyric acid, antibutanic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, benzoic acid, 3-(4_ by 152269.doc •11·201121958 benzylidene) benzene f acid, picric acid, cinnamic acid, mandelic acid , phthalic acid, lauric acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, 1,2-ethane-disulfonic acid, 2-hydroxyethanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, 4-chlorobenzenesulfonic acid, 2· Naphthalenesulfonic acid, 4-toluenesulfonic acid, camphoric acid, camphorsulfonic acid, 4-methylbicyclo[2.2.2]-oct-2-ene-1-carboxylic acid, glucoheptanoic acid, 3-phenylpropionic acid , trimethylacetic acid, tert-butylacetic acid, lauryl sulfate, gluconic acid, benzoic acid, threonine, hydroxynaphthoic acid, salicylic acid, stearic acid, cyclohexylaminosulfonic acid, quinic acid (quinic) Acid), muconic acid (mucon Ic acid) and its analogous acid; or (2) a salt formed when the acidic proton present in the parent compound satisfies the following: (subsequent substitution: metal ion (eg alkali metal ion, alkaline earth ion or aluminum ion), Or alkali metal or alkaline earth metal hydroxides (such as sodium, potassium, calcium, town, aluminum, lithium, zinc and barium hydroxide), ammonia, or with organic bases, such as aliphatic, alicyclic Group or aromatic organic amines such as ammonia, methylamine, dimethylamine, diethylamine, picoline, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, ethylenediamine, lysine, arginine, ornithine, gall Alkali, N, N, _ bicienyl ethylenediamine, chloroprocaine (chl〇r〇pr〇caine), diethanolamine, procaine, N-phenylmercaptophenethylamine, N-mercapto Glucosamine piperazine, cis (hydroxymethyl)-amino decane, tetradecyl ammonium hydroxide and the like. The salt further includes, by way of example only, sodium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, ammonium, tetraoxane a base ammonium and its analogs, and when the compound contains a basic functional group, includes a non-toxic organic acid or a salt of an inorganic acid, such as a hydrogen halide, For example, hydrochloride and hydrobromide, sulfate, phosphate, amine sulfonate, nitrate, acetate, trifluoroacetate, trichloroacetate, propionate, hexanoate, cyclopentyl Acid salt, & acetate, glutarate, pyruvate, lactate 'C2 152269.doc -12· 201121958 acid salt, succinate, sorbate, ascorbate, malate, cis Oleate, fumarate, tartrate, citrate, benzoate, 3-(4-hydroxybenzhydryl)benzoate, picrate, cinnamate, almond Acid salt, o-diformate, laurate, decane sulfonate, ethane sulfonate, 1,2-ethane-disulfonate, 2-hydroxyethane Acid salt, benzenesulfonate/besylate, 4-gasbenzenesulfonate, 2-naphthalenesulfonate, 4-nonylbenzenesulfonate, camphorate, camphoroate, 4-methyldi Cyclo [2.2.2]-oct-2-ene-1-decanoate, glucoheptanoate, 3-phenylpropionate, trimethylacetate, tert-butyl acetate, lauryl sulfate , gluconate, benzoate, glutamate, Yue naphthalene, salicylate, stearate, cyclohexyl amine salts, salts of quinic acid, muconic acid and the like salts. As used herein, the term "host" includes any single or multicellular organism that can replicate a virus' including cell strains and animals, and is preferably human. Alternatively, the host may carry a portion of the flavivirus genome whose replication or function may be altered by the compounds provided herein. The term host specifically includes infected cells, cells and animals transfected with all or part of the flavivirus genome, especially primates (including chimpanzees) and humans. In most animal applications, the victim is a human patient. However, veterinary applications (such as black capture) in specific indications are explicitly contemplated herein. As used herein, the terms "individual" and "patient" are used interchangeably herein to mean an animal, such as a mammal, including a non-primate (eg, cow, pig, horse, miscellaneous, dog, Rats and mice) and primates (such as wolves 'such as stone crabs wolf m〇n (four)), I52269.doc • 13-201121958 black gorillas and humans) 'and humans, for example. In one embodiment, the individual is refractory or does not respond to current treatment for hepatitis C infection. In another embodiment, the individual is a farm animal (e.g., a horse, cow, pig, etc.) or a pet (e.g., a dog or cat). In one embodiment, the individual is a human. As used herein, IC50 refers to the amount or concentration of a particular test compound that achieves 50% inhibition of the reaction in a test that measures the maximum response. As used herein, EC5G# refers to a dose, concentration or amount of a 50% initiator-dependent reaction of a particular test compound with a maximum performance of a particular reaction induced, stimulated or potentiated by the particular test compound. As used herein, the term "therapeutic agent" refers to any agent that can be used to treat or prevent a condition or its symptoms. In certain embodiments, a π therapeutic agent includes the compounds provided herein. In an embodiment,

治療劑為已知適用於、戎ρ田Μ + α A 次已用於或目前正用於治療或預防 病症或其一或多個症狀之藥劑。 如本文中所用,術語「個體」與「患者」在本文中可互 換使用。術語「個體」係、指動物,較佳為哺乳動物,包括 非靈長類動物(例如母牛、豬、馬、I苗、狗、大鼠及小鼠) 及靈長類動物(例如猴’諸如石蟹獼狼、黑獲獲及人類), 且更佳為人類。在一個實施例中,個體為難治的或對目前 之C型肝炎感染治療無反應。在另一實施例中,個體為農 例如馬、母牛、豬等)或寵物(例如狗或猫)。在一較佳 實施例中,個體為人類。 如本文中所用’術語「治療劑」係指可用於治療、管理 或改善病症或其一或多個症狀之任何藥劑。在某些實施例 152269.doc 201121958 中,術語「治療劑」係指本文提供之化合物。在某些其他 實施例中,術語「治療劑」不指本文提供之化合物。治療 劑較佳為已知適用於'或已用於或目前正用於治療、管 理、預防或改善病症或其一或多個症狀之藥劑。 如本文中所用,「治療有效量」意謂化合物或複合物或 組合物當投與個體以治療疾病時足以實現此疾病治療之 量。「治療有效量」可尤其視化合物、疾病及其嚴重度及 欲治療個體之年齡、體重等而變化。 如本文中所用’在—個實施例中,「治療」任何疾病或 病症係指改善個體中存在之疾病或病症。在另一實施例 中’「治療j係指改善個體可能不可辨別之至少一個身體 參數。在又-實施例中’「治療」係指在身體上(例如穩定 化可辨別之症狀)或在生理學上(例如穩定化身體參數)或在 該兩者上調節疾病或病症。在又一實施例中,「治療」係 指延遲疾病或病症之發作。 如本文中所用’如所用夕^ 厅用之術預防劑」係指可用於預 防病症或其一或多個;斥#夕& & & Αι 尺夕彳U症狀之任何樂劑。在某些實施例中, 術語「預防劑」係指本文提供 +又扠供之化合物。在某些其他實施 例中,術語「預防劑」不指本 捉仏之化合物。預防劑較 佳為已知適用於、或已用於或 β ^ ⑴止用於預防或阻礙病症 之發作、發展、進展及/或嚴重度的藥劑。 如本文中所用’術語「預 」1糸才曰藉由投與療法(例如 預防劑或治療劑)或投與療法組合 夕丨如預防劑或治療劍之 組合)而㈣_之病症的—或 療劑之 症狀之復發、發作或 152269.doc -15- 201121958 發展。 如本文中所用,片語「預防有效量」係指療法(例如預 防劑)足以使得與病症相關之一或多個症狀之發展、復發 或發作得到預防(或增強或改良另一療法(例如另一預防劑) 之預防作用)之量。 斤用,同位素組成」.係指對於既定原子所4 在之各同位素之量]「天然同位素組成」係指對於既; 原子天时在之同位素組成或豐度。含有天然同位素⑹ 2原子在本文中亦可稱作「未增濃」原子。除非另外才 定’否則本文所述之化合物的原子意謂表示該原子之㈣ 穩素。舉例而言,除非另作說明,否則當將一位】 特疋私疋為Η」或「氫」時,應瞭解該位置以其天然斥 位素組成具有氫。 二=所用,「同位素增濃」係指原子之同位素㈣ :為該原子之天然同位素組成。「同位素增濃」亦可指处 口物含有至少_個原子之同位素組成不為 位素詛成。 丁炙天然冋 如本文t利’「同位切濃」係指在分子巾 子處併入的特定同位辛 ’、 同位素豐度。舉二::分比,代替該原子之天然 既定樣本中之位置處1%之氛增濃意謂 之^刀子在規定位置處含有氘。因 然存在之分佈為約〇〇 的天 合成之化合物t任何位置處:二在= 未增遭起始物質 又提枇夕儿入17位置處之爪增濃均為約0.0156%。本 ’、D物的同位素增濃可使用-般技術者已知之習 152269.doc • 16 - 201121958 知分析法(包括質譜分析及核磁共振光譜法)測定。 如本文中所用’術語烷基、烷氧基、羰基等係如熟習此 項技術者一般所理解來使用。 如本文中所用’若未規定「烷基」碳鏈,則其含有1至 20個碳、1至16個碳或1至6個碳,且為直鏈、分支鏈或環 狀。環狀烷基包括如本文所定義之環烷基碳鏈,或一部分 鏈為環狀之烧基碳鏈,例如亞甲基環丙烷、亞甲基環丁烧 專。在某些貫施例中,烧基碳鍵含有1至6個碳。本文中, 例示性烷基包括(但不限於)甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、 異丁基'正丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、異戊基、新戊 基、第三戊基、異己基。如本文中所用,低碳烷基係指碳 鏈具有約1個碳至約6個碳。 如本文中所用’若未規定「浠基」碳鏈,則其含有2至 20個碳、2至16個碳或2至6個碳’且為直鏈或分支鏈。在 某些實施例中’烯基碳鏈含有2至6個碳。2至20個碳之稀 基碳鏈在某些實施例中含有1至8個雙鍵,且2至16個碳之 烯基碳鏈在某些實施例中含有1至5個雙鍵。2至6個碳之稀 基碳鏈在某些實施例中含有1至2個雙鍵。本文中,例示性 烯基包括(但不限於)乙稀基、1-丙烯基、2·丙稀基、異丙 烯基、1-丁稀基、2 -丁稀基、3 -丁稀基、ι,3 -丁二烯基。 如本文中所用,低碳稀基係指碳鏈具有約2個碳至約6個 碳。 如本文中所用,若未規定「炔基」碳鏈,則其含有2至 20個碳、2至16個碳或2至6個碳,且為直鏈或分支鍵。在 152269.doc -17- 201121958 某些實施例中’块基碳鏈含有2至6個碳。2至2〇個碳之块 基碳鍵在某些實施例中含有⑴個參鍵,且2至⑽碳之 快基碳鍵在某些實施例中含有⑴個參鍵。⑴個碳之块 基碳鍵在某些實施例中含有⑴個參鍵。本文中,例示性 炔基包括(但不限於)乙炔基、卜丙炔基及孓丙炔基。如本 文中所用,低碳炔基係指碳鏈具有約2個碳至約6個碳。 如本文中所用’「芳基」係、指含有6至】9個碳原子之芳族 單環或多環基。芳基包括(但不限於)諸如第基、經取代第 基、苯基、經取代苯基、萘基及經取代萘基之基團。 如本文中利,「環院基」係'指在某些實施例中具有3至 ίο個碳原子’在其他實施例中具有3至6個碳原子之飽和單 環系或多環系;環埽基及環块基係指分別包括至少一個雙 鍵及至少-個參鍵之單環系或多環系。環稀基及環快基可 在某些實施例中含有3至10個碳原子,其中環稀基在其他 實施例中含有4至7個碳原子,且環炔基在其他實施例中含 有8至10個碳原子。環烷基、環烯基及環炔基之環系可由 一個環或兩個或兩個以上可以稠合、橋接或螺接方式接合 在一起之環構成。 如本文中所用,「#基」、「齒素」或「_子」係指F' CM、Br或 I。 如本文中所用,「鹵烷基」係指一或多個氫原子經鹵素 置換之烷基。「低碳齒烷基」係指一或多個氫原子經函素 置換之低碳烷基。此等基團包括(但不限於)氯曱基、三氟 曱基及1-氯-2-氟乙基。 152269.doc -18· 201121958 如本文中所用,「芳基烷基」係指芳基與烷基鍵結。芳 基烷基之連接點可通過芳基或烷基部分。此等基團包括 (但不限於)本曱基(亦即苯基甲基)、苯基乙基及丨甲基-卜 苯基乙基。 如本文中所用,「醯基」係指基團_c(〇)R,其中R為氫、 烷基、環烷基、環雜烷基、芳基、芳基烷基、雜烷基、雜 芳基、雜芳基烷基,如本文中所定義。代表性實例包括 (但不限於)甲醯基 '乙醯基、環己基羰基、環己基曱基羰 基、苯甲醯基、笨f基羰基及其類似基團。 如本文中所用,「烷氧基」係指基團_〇R,其中R為烷 基。特定烷氧基包括例如甲氧基、乙氧基、正丙氧基、異 丙氧基、正丁氧基、第三丁氧基、第二丁氧基、正戊氧 基、正己氧基、1,2-二甲基丁氧基及其類似基團。 如本文中所用,「烷氧羰基」係指基團_c(〇)烷氧基, 其中烧氧基係如本文甲所定義。 如本文中所用’「胺基」係指基團·νη2。 如本文中所用,「烷基胺基」係指基團烷基_NR,,其中 R·係選自氫及烷基。 如本文中所用,「二烷胺基」意謂基團_nrr,,其中艮及 R,獨立地表示烷基、經取代烷基、芳基、經取代芳基、環 烷基、經取代環烷基、環雜烷基、經取代環雜烷基、雜芳 基或經取代雜芳基,如本文中所定義。 如本文中所用,「羧基」係指基團{(OWH。 如本文中所用,「經基」係指基團_〇H。 152269.doc -19· 201121958 如本文中所用,「硝基」係指基團_N〇2。 如本文中所用,「氰基」係指基團-CN。 如本文中所用,「溶劑合物」係指本文提供之化合物或 其鹽,其進-步包括化學計量或非化學計量之量的藉由非 共價分子間力結合之溶劑。赍这劍么,^吐 田,合劑為水時,溶劑合物為水 合物。 應瞭解,具有相同分子式、但原子鍵結性質或順序或原 子空間排列不同的化合物稱為「異構體」。原子空間排列 不同之異構體稱為「立體異構體je 彼此並非鏡像之立體異構體稱為「非對映異構體」且彼 此為不可重疊之鏡像的立體異構體稱為「對映異構體」。 當化合物具有不對稱中心時,例如當其與四個不同基團鍵 結時,可能存在一對對映異構體。對映異構體可藉由其不 對稱中心之絕對構型來表徵且根據Cahn及Prel〇g之規則 (Cahn 等人,1966,hgew. 78:413-447,dwgew.Therapeutic agents are agents known to be useful, 戎ρ田Μ + α A times that have been or are currently being used to treat or prevent a condition or one or more of its symptoms. As used herein, the terms "individual" and "patient" are used interchangeably herein. The term "individual" refers to an animal, preferably a mammal, including non-primates (eg, cows, pigs, horses, I vaccines, dogs, rats, and mice) and primates (eg, monkeys). Such as stone crab, wolf, black and human), and better for humans. In one embodiment, the individual is refractory or does not respond to current treatment for hepatitis C infection. In another embodiment, the individual is a farmer such as a horse, cow, pig, etc.) or a pet (such as a dog or cat). In a preferred embodiment, the individual is a human. The term "therapeutic agent" as used herein refers to any agent that can be used to treat, manage, or ameliorate a condition or one or more symptoms thereof. In certain embodiments 152269.doc 201121958, the term "therapeutic agent" refers to a compound provided herein. In certain other embodiments, the term "therapeutic agent" does not refer to a compound provided herein. The therapeutic agent is preferably an agent known to be suitable for use in or for the treatment, management, prevention or amelioration of a condition or one or more of its symptoms. As used herein, "therapeutically effective amount" means that a compound or complex or composition is sufficient to effect treatment of the disease when administered to an individual to treat the disease. The "therapeutically effective amount" may vary depending on the compound, the disease and its severity, and the age, weight, etc. of the individual to be treated. As used herein, "treating" any disease or condition refers to amelioration of a disease or condition present in an individual. In another embodiment, 'the treatment j refers to at least one physical parameter that may be indistinguishable to the individual. In the embodiment - 'treatment' means either physically (eg, stabilizing the discernible symptoms) or in the physiology Academically (eg, stabilizing physical parameters) or modulating a disease or condition on both. In yet another embodiment, "treatment" refers to delaying the onset of a disease or condition. As used herein, "preventive agent as used herein" refers to any agent that can be used to prevent a condition or one or more of them; and to remedy the symptoms of #夕&&& Αι 尺 彳 U. In certain embodiments, the term "preventing agent" refers to a compound that is provided herein as a fork. In certain other embodiments, the term "preventing agent" does not refer to a compound that has been captured. The prophylactic agent is preferably an agent known to be suitable for, or has been used in, or used to prevent or impair the onset, progression, progression and/or severity of the condition. As used herein, the term 'pre-" is used to mean a combination of a therapy (eg, a prophylactic or therapeutic agent) or a combination of a therapeutic therapy, such as a prophylactic or therapeutic sword, and (d) Recurrence, onset of symptoms of a therapeutic agent or development of 152269.doc -15- 201121958. As used herein, the phrase "prophylactically effective amount" means that the therapy (eg, a prophylactic agent) is sufficient to prevent the development, recurrence, or onset of one or more symptoms associated with the condition (or to enhance or modify another therapy (eg, another The amount of a preventive agent). "Important, isotope composition" means the amount of each isotope for a given atom. "Natural isotopic composition" means the isotopic composition or abundance of the atom; Atom containing a natural isotope (6) 2 may also be referred to herein as an "unenriched" atom. Unless otherwise specified, the atom of the compound described herein means the (four) stability of the atom. For example, unless otherwise stated, when a person is considered to be "Η" or "hydrogen", it should be understood that the position is composed of hydrogen with its natural cyclin composition. 2 = used, "isotopic enrichment" refers to the isotope of an atom (4): the natural isotopic composition of the atom. "Isotopic enrichment" can also mean that the oral substance contains at least _ atoms of isotopic composition. Ding 炙 natural 冋 冋 「 ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” Take two: the ratio, instead of the natural atom of the atom, the 1% increase in the position in the established sample means that the knife contains 氘 at the specified position. Therefore, the distribution of the compound which is about 〇〇 is synthesized at any position t: two in = no increase in the starting material, and the claw enrichment at the 17th position is about 0.0156%. The isotope enrichment of the ' and D' can be determined by a known method (including mass spectrometry and nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy) known to those skilled in the art. 152269.doc • 16 - 201121958. The terms 'alkyl, alkoxy, carbonyl, and the like, as used herein, are generally understood to be used as understood by those skilled in the art. As used herein, if an "alkyl" carbon chain is not specified, it contains from 1 to 20 carbons, from 1 to 16 carbons or from 1 to 6 carbons, and is linear, branched or cyclic. The cyclic alkyl group includes a cycloalkyl carbon chain as defined herein, or a portion of a chain-burning carbon chain such as methylene cyclopropane or methylene cyclobutane. In some embodiments, the burnt carbon bond contains from 1 to 6 carbons. Exemplary alkyl groups herein include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, isobutyl 'n-butyl, second butyl, tert-butyl, isopentyl, neopentyl Base, third amyl, isohexyl. As used herein, lower alkyl means that the carbon chain has from about 1 carbon to about 6 carbons. As used herein, if a "mercapto" carbon chain is not specified, it contains 2 to 20 carbons, 2 to 16 carbons or 2 to 6 carbon's and is a straight or branched chain. In certain embodiments the 'alkenyl carbon chain contains from 2 to 6 carbons. The dilute carbon chain of 2 to 20 carbons has 1 to 8 double bonds in some embodiments, and the alkenyl carbon chain of 2 to 16 carbons has 1 to 5 double bonds in some embodiments. The dilute carbon chain of 2 to 6 carbons has 1 to 2 double bonds in some embodiments. Exemplary alkenyl groups herein include, but are not limited to, ethylene, 1-propenyl, 2-propenyl, isopropenyl, 1-butyryl, 2-butadienyl, 3-butadienyl, I, 3, butadienyl. As used herein, low carbon dilute refers to a carbon chain having from about 2 carbons to about 6 carbons. As used herein, if an "alkynyl" carbon chain is not specified, it contains 2 to 20 carbons, 2 to 16 carbons, or 2 to 6 carbons, and is a straight or branched bond. In some embodiments, 152269.doc -17- 201121958 'blocky carbon chains contain 2 to 6 carbons. The 2 to 2 carbon block carbon bond contains (1) a bond in some embodiments, and the (1) carbon bond has a (1) bond in some embodiments. (1) Blocks of carbon The base carbon bond contains (1) a bond in some embodiments. Exemplary alkynyl groups herein include, but are not limited to, ethynyl, propynyl and decynyl. As used herein, a lower alkynyl refers to a carbon chain having from about 2 carbons to about 6 carbons. As used herein, "aryl" refers to an aromatic monocyclic or polycyclic group containing from 6 to 9 carbon atoms. Aryl groups include, but are not limited to, groups such as a benzyl group, a substituted group, a phenyl group, a substituted phenyl group, a naphthyl group, and a substituted naphthyl group. As used herein, "ring-house" refers to a saturated monocyclic or polycyclic ring having from 3 to 3/5 carbon atoms in some embodiments, and having from 3 to 6 carbon atoms in other embodiments; The sulfhydryl group and the ring block group refer to a monocyclic or polycyclic ring system comprising at least one double bond and at least one reference bond, respectively. The cycloaliphatic and cyclosalradyl groups may contain from 3 to 10 carbon atoms in certain embodiments, wherein the cycloaliphatic group contains from 4 to 7 carbon atoms in other embodiments, and the cycloalkynyl group in other embodiments contains 8 Up to 10 carbon atoms. The cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl and cycloalkynyl ring system may be composed of one ring or two or more rings which may be fused, bridged or screwed together. As used herein, "# base", "dentate" or "_子" means F' CM, Br or I. As used herein, "haloalkyl" refers to an alkyl group in which one or more hydrogen atoms have been replaced by a halogen. "Lower carbon tooth alkyl" means a lower alkyl group in which one or more hydrogen atoms are replaced by a hydroxyl group. Such groups include, but are not limited to, chloromethyl, trifluoromethyl and 1-chloro-2-fluoroethyl. 152269.doc -18· 201121958 As used herein, "arylalkyl" refers to an aryl group bonded to an alkyl group. The point of attachment of the arylalkyl group can be through an aryl or alkyl moiety. Such groups include, but are not limited to, the fluorenyl (i.e., phenylmethyl), phenylethyl, and fluorenylmethyl- phenylethyl. As used herein, "mercapto" refers to the group _c(〇)R, wherein R is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloheteroalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroalkyl, hetero Aryl, heteroarylalkyl, as defined herein. Representative examples include, but are not limited to, methionyl 'ethenyl, cyclohexylcarbonyl, cyclohexyldecylcarbonyl, benzhydryl, stupinylcarbonyl, and the like. As used herein, "alkoxy" refers to the group _〇R, wherein R is alkyl. Specific alkoxy groups include, for example, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, second butoxy, n-pentyloxy, n-hexyloxy, 1,2-dimethylbutoxy and the like. As used herein, "alkoxycarbonyl" refers to the group _c(〇)alkoxy, wherein the alkoxy group is as defined herein. As used herein, "amino group" refers to the group νη2. As used herein, "alkylamino" refers to the group alkyl-NR, wherein R. is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl. As used herein, "dialkylamino" means a group _nrr, wherein 艮 and R independently represent alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, cycloalkyl, substituted ring. Alkyl, cycloheteroalkyl, substituted cycloheteroalkyl, heteroaryl or substituted heteroaryl, as defined herein. As used herein, "carboxy" refers to a group {(OWH. As used herein, "radio" refers to the group _〇H. 152269.doc -19· 201121958 as used herein, "nitro" Refers to a group _N〇2. As used herein, "cyano" refers to the group -CN. As used herein, "solvate" refers to a compound provided herein or a salt thereof, which further includes chemistry A metered or non-stoichiometric amount of a solvent that is combined by a non-covalent intermolecular force. 赍 This sword, ^ 吐田, when the mixture is water, the solvate is a hydrate. It should be understood that the same molecular formula, but the atomic bond Compounds with different knot properties or sequences or different arrangement of atoms are called "isomers." Isomers with different arrangement of atoms in space are called "stereoisomers. The stereoisomers that are not mirror images of each other are called "diastereomers". Stereoisomers that are "reflective" and non-superimposable mirror images of each other are termed "enantiomers." When a compound has an asymmetric center, such as when it is bonded to four different groups, a pair may exist. Enantiomers. The enantiomers can be asymmetric Absolute configuration of the heart and characterized according to the Cahn and Prel〇g of rules (Cahn et al., 1966, hgew 78:. 413-447, dwgew.

Chem., Int. Ed. Engl. 5:385-414 : Angew. Chem., Int. 五叹/· 5:511) ; Prelog&Helmchen,1982,J«gew.C/zew. 94:614-631, Angew. Chem. Internat. Ed. Eng. 21:567-583 ; Mata及 Lobo,1993,reira/zei/row.· 4:657-668)指 定為(7?)或(S)’或可藉由分子旋轉偏振光平面之方式來表 徵且指定為右旋或左旋(亦即分別為(+)·異構體或(-)-異構 體)。對掌性化合物可以個別對映異構體或以其混合物之 形式存在。含有等比例之對映異構體的混合物稱作「外消 旋混合物」。 152269.doc • 20· 201121958 在某些實施例中,本文提供之化合物可具有一或多個不 對稱中心,此等化合物因此可以個別(R)_或(s)_對映異構 體或其混合物之形式製得。除非另有指示,否則例如藉由 指定式子之任何位置處的立體化學,說明書及申請專利範 圍中特定化合物之描述或命名意欲包括個別對映異構體與 其混合物(外消旋混合物或其他混合物)^此項技術中熟知 測定立體化學及分離立體異構體之方法。在特定實施例 中,本文所述之化合物的立體異構體係在以鹼處理後形 成。 在某些實施例中,本文提供之化合物為「立體化學 純」。熟習此項技術者將認為立體化學純化合物或具有立 體化學純度水準的化合物為「純的」。當然,此純度水準 將小於100%。在某些實施例中,「立體化學純」指定實質 上不含交替異構體之化合物。在特定實施例中,化合物為 85〇/〇、90%、91%、92% ' 93%、94%、95%、96%、97%、 98%、99%、99.5%或99.9%不含其他異構體。 如本文中所用,術語「標記(label)」係指在物品之直接 容器(immediate container)上顯示的書面、印刷或圖形文 件,例如含有醫藥學活性劑之小瓶上顯示之書面材料。 如本文中所用,術語「標記物(labeling)」係指在任何物 品或任何其容器或包覆材料上或伴隨此物品之所有標記及 其他書面、印刷或圖形文件,例如伴隨或相伴於醫藥學活 性劑之容器的藥品說明書或指令性錄影帶或Dvd。 HCV治療 152269.doc -21 - 201121958 已驚訝地發現一小組P38MAP激酶抑制劑為有效11(:乂進 入抑制劑。不限於特定作用機制,本文提供之化合物能夠 藉由與SR-B1(涉及HCV對接及進入宿主中之宿主肝細胞細 胞膜蛋白)相互作用而抑制HCV進入宿主細胞中。因此, 本文提供HCV進入抑制劑及其醫藥組合物,其適用於在有 需要之個體中治療或預防HCV感染。下文章節中詳細描述 /台療方法。化合物可為本文提供之任何化合物,如下文章 節中所述。在某些實施例中,化合物呈醫藥組合物或劑型 之形式,如下文章節中所述。 如上文所提及之目前HCV療法為共投與干擾素與病毒 唑。咸信目前療法藉由調節個體之免疫系統來操作以治療 或預防HCV感染。藉由新穎機制來操作,本文之化合物、 組合物及方法提供一種治療或預防HCV感染之新穎療法。 因此’其可有利於感染HCV或處於感染HCV之風險中的任 何個體,及尤其未對目前療法起反應之個體。 在某些實施例中,個體可為感染HCV或處於感染HCV之 風險中的任何個體。感染或感染風險可根據習此相關技藝 之人士認為適合之任何技術來測定。尤其較佳個體為感染 H C V之人類。 HC V可為熟習此項技術者已知之任何hcV。熟習此項技 術者目前已知至少6種HCV基因型及至少50種HCV亞型。 HCV可為熟習此項技術者已知之任何基因型或亞型。在某 些實施例中,HCV為尚末表徵之基因型或亞型。在某些實 施例中,個體係感染單一基因型之HCV。在某些實施例 152269.doc •22- 201121958 中’個體係感染多種亞型或多種基因型之HCV。 在某些實施例中,HCV為基因型1且可為任何亞型。舉 例而言,在某些實施例中,HCV為亞型la、115或lc^咸信 基因型1之HCV感染對目前干擾素療法反應不良。在某些 實施例中’本文提供之方法有利於基因型1之Hcv感染的 療法。 在某些實施例中,HCV不為基因型丨。在某些實施例 中,HCV為基因型2且可為任何亞型。舉例而言,在某些 貫細》例中,HCV為亞型2a、2b或2c。在某些實施例中, HCV為基因型3且可為任何亞型。舉例而言,在某些實施 例中,HCV為亞型3a、3b或l〇a。在某些實施例中,HCV 為基因型4且可為任何亞型。舉例而言,在某些實施例 中,HCV為亞型4a。在某些實施例中,Hcv為基因型5且 可為任何亞型。舉例而言,在某些實施例中,HCV為亞型 5a。在某些實施例中,HCV為基因型6且可為任何亞型。 舉例而a ’在某些實施例中,Hcv為亞型6a、6b、7b、 8b、9a或Ua。參看例如以瓜爪⑽心,2〇〇4, j仏”〜夂 85:3 173-88 ; Simmonds, 2001, j. Gen^ ? 82? 693„ 712,其内谷係以全文引用的方式併入本文中。 在某些實施例中,個體從未接受HCV感染之療法或預 防。在其他實施例中,個體先前已接受HCV感染之療法或 預防舉例而s ’在某些實施例中,個體未對療法起 反應實際上’在目前干擾素療法下,多至5㈣或以 上HCV個體不對療法起反應。在某些實施例中,個體可為 152269.doc •23· 201121958 接受療法但繼續罹患病毒感染或其一或多個症狀之個體β 在某些實施例中,個體可為接受療法但未能達成持久病毒 學反應之個體。在某些實施例中,已接受HCV感染之療法 但已失敗之個體在12週之療法後顯示HCV RNA含量下降2 logiG。咸彳§在12週之療法後未顯示血清HCV RNA降低大 於2 l〇gu)之個體具有97-100%之機率不起反應。因為本文 提供之化合物藉由不同於目前HCV療法之機制起作用,所 以咸信本文提供之化合物應在治療此等無反應者中有效。 在某些實施例中,個體為因一或多個與療法相關之不利 事件而中止HCV療法之個體。在某些實施例中,個體為不 適應目前療法之個體。舉例而言,HCV之某些療法係與神 經精神病學事件相關。干擾素(IFN)-a加病毒唑係與高抑鬱 症比率相關。抑鬱症狀已與大量醫學病症中之較差結果有 關在HCV療法期間,先前患有及未患精神病症之個體中 已出現威脅生命或致命之神經精神病學事件,包括自殺、 自殺性及殺人性觀念作用、抑鬱症、藥物成瘾/劑量過度 之復發及攻擊行為。尤其對於患有精神病症之個體,干 擾素誘導之抑鬱症會限制慢性c型肝炎之治療。精神病學 副作用對於干擾素療法為常見的且造成約1〇%至2〇%之目 前HC V感染療法中止。Chem., Int. Ed. Engl. 5:385-414 : Angew. Chem., Int. Five sighs / 5:511) ; Prelog &Helmchen, 1982,J«gew.C/zew. 94:614-631 , Angew. Chem. Internat. Ed. Eng. 21:567-583 ; Mata and Lobo, 1993, reira/zei/row.· 4:657-668) Designated as (7?) or (S)' or may be borrowed Characterized by the way the molecule rotates the plane of polarized light and designated as right-handed or left-handed (ie, (+). isomer or (-)-isomer, respectively). The palm compounds may be present as individual enantiomers or as a mixture thereof. A mixture containing equal proportions of the enantiomers is referred to as a "racemic mixture." 152269.doc • 20· 201121958 In certain embodiments, the compounds provided herein may have one or more asymmetric centers, such compounds may thus be individual (R)- or (s)-enantiomers or Made in the form of a mixture. Unless otherwise indicated, the description or naming of a particular compound in the specification and claims is intended to include the individual enantiomers and mixtures thereof (racemic mixtures or other mixtures), for example, by stereochemistry at any position of the formula. The method of determining stereochemistry and isolating stereoisomers is well known in the art. In a particular embodiment, the stereoisomeric system of the compounds described herein is formed after treatment with a base. In certain embodiments, the compounds provided herein are "stereochemically pure." Those skilled in the art will recognize that stereochemically pure compounds or compounds having a level of stereochemical purity are "pure". Of course, this level of purity will be less than 100%. In certain embodiments, "stereochemically pure" designates a compound that is substantially free of alternations. In a particular embodiment, the compound is 85 〇/〇, 90%, 91%, 92% '93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, 99.5%, or 99.9% free Other isomers. As used herein, the term "label" means a written, printed or graphic document displayed on an immediate container of an article, such as a written material displayed on a vial containing a pharmaceutically active agent. As used herein, the term "labeling" means all marks and other written, printed or graphic documents on or associated with any item or any container or covering material thereof, such as accompanying or accompanying medicine. A drug label or instructional videotape or Dvd for the container of the active agent. HCV treatment 152269.doc -21 - 201121958 It has been surprisingly discovered that a small group of P38 MAP kinase inhibitors are potent 11 (: sputum entry inhibitors. Not limited to a specific mechanism of action, the compounds provided herein can be docked with SR-B1 (involving HCV) The host hepatocyte cell membrane protein, which enters the host, interacts to inhibit HCV entry into the host cell. Thus, provided herein are HCV entry inhibitors and pharmaceutical compositions thereof, which are useful for treating or preventing HCV infection in an individual in need thereof. The methods of topical therapy are described in detail in the following sections. Compounds can be any of the compounds provided herein, as described in the following article section. In certain embodiments, the compounds are in the form of a pharmaceutical composition or dosage form, as described in the following article section. As mentioned above, the current HCV therapy is co-administered with interferon and ribavirin. The current therapy is operated by regulating the immune system of the individual to treat or prevent HCV infection. The compounds are manipulated by novel mechanisms. , compositions and methods provide a novel therapy for treating or preventing HCV infection. Therefore, it can be beneficial for infecting HCV or feeling Any individual in the risk of HCV, and in particular an individual who is not responsive to current therapies. In certain embodiments, the individual may be any individual infected with or at risk of contracting HCV. The risk of infection or infection may be Any person skilled in the art will recognize any suitable technique for determining. Particularly preferred individuals are humans infected with HCV. HC V can be any hcV known to those skilled in the art. At least 6 HCV genotypes are currently known to those skilled in the art. And at least 50 HCV subtypes. HCV can be any genotype or subtype known to those skilled in the art. In certain embodiments, HCV is a genotype or subtype that is not yet characterized. In certain embodiments The system infects a single genotype of HCV. In certain embodiments 152269.doc • 22-201121958, the 'system affects HCV of multiple subtypes or multiple genotypes. In certain embodiments, HCV is genotype 1 and May be any subtype. For example, in certain embodiments, HCV infection with HCV subtype la, 115 or lc^sense genotype 1 is poorly responsive to current interferon therapy. In certain embodiments This article provides The method facilitates the therapy of Hcv infection of genotype 1. In certain embodiments, HCV is not genotype. In certain embodiments, HCV is genotype 2 and can be any subtype. For example, in In certain embodiments, HCV is subtype 2a, 2b or 2c. In certain embodiments, HCV is genotype 3 and can be of any subtype. For example, in certain embodiments, HCV is Subtype 3a, 3b or l〇a. In certain embodiments, HCV is genotype 4 and can be of any subtype. For example, in certain embodiments, HCV is subtype 4a. In some embodiments In the example, Hcv is genotype 5 and can be any subtype. For example, in certain embodiments, the HCV is subtype 5a. In certain embodiments, the HCV is genotype 6 and can be of any subtype. By way of example, a 'in certain embodiments, Hcv is subtype 6a, 6b, 7b, 8b, 9a or Ua. See, for example, the melon claw (10) heart, 2〇〇4, j仏”~夂85:3 173-88; Simmonds, 2001, j. Gen^? 82? 693„ 712, the inner valley is quoted in full by Into this article. In certain embodiments, the individual has never received a therapy or prevention of HCV infection. In other embodiments, the individual has previously received therapy or prevention of HCV infection as an example. In some embodiments, the individual has not responded to the therapy. In fact, under current interferon therapy, up to 5 (four) or more HCV individuals Do not respond to the therapy. In certain embodiments, the individual may be 152269.doc • 23· 201121958 Individuals who receive therapy but continue to develop a viral infection or one or more symptoms thereof. In certain embodiments, the individual may be receiving therapy but failing to achieve An individual with a persistent virological response. In certain embodiments, an individual who has received a therapy for HCV infection but has failed has shown a decrease in HCV RNA content of 2 logiG after 12 weeks of therapy. Salty 彳 § § § § § § § § § § § § § § § § § § § § § § § § § § § § § § § § § § § § Because the compounds provided herein act by a different mechanism than current HCV therapies, it is believed that the compounds provided herein should be effective in treating such non-responders. In certain embodiments, the individual is an individual who discontinues HCV therapy due to one or more adverse events associated with the therapy. In certain embodiments, the individual is an individual who does not qualify for the current therapy. For example, certain therapies for HCV are associated with neuropsychiatric events. Interferon (IFN)-a plus ribavirin is associated with a high rate of depression. Depressive symptoms have been associated with poorer outcomes in a number of medical conditions. During HCV therapy, life-threatening or fatal neuropsychiatric events have occurred in individuals with and without psychiatric conditions, including suicide, suicide, and homicide , depression, drug addiction / overdose recurrence and aggressive behavior. Especially for individuals with psychiatric disorders, interferon-induced depression limits the treatment of chronic hepatitis C. Psychiatric side effects are currently common for interferon therapy and cause approximately 1% to 2% of current HCV infection therapy to be discontinued.

因此,本文提供在神經精神病學事件(諸如抑鬱症)之風 險使得使用目前HCV療法之治療受禁忌之個體中治療或預 防HCV感染之方法。在一些實施例中,本文提供在神經精 神病學事件(諸如婦症)或其風險指示中止使用目前HCV 152269.doc _24· 201121958 =之治療的個體中治療或預防hcv感染之方法。在—些 實把例t,本文提供在神經精神病學事件(諸如抑營症)或 其風險指示目前HCV療法之劑量降低的個體中治 防 HCV感染之方法。 ’、 ^ 目刖療法亦在對干擾素或病毒唑或兩者、或供投與干擾 素或病毋坐之藥品的任何其他組分過敏之個體中受到禁 忌。目前療法不適應於患有血紅素病(例如地巾海重貧血 j(thalassemia maj〇r)、鐮狀細胞性貧血)之個體及處於目 前療法之血液學副作用之風險中的其他個體。常見血液學 副作用包括骨髓抑制、冑中性球減少症及血小板減少症。 此外’病毒㈣紅血球具有毒性且與溶血相關。因此,本 文提供在對干擾素或病毒唑或兩者過敏之個體中、患有血 紅素病之個體(例如地_海重貧血症個體及鐮狀細胞性貧 血個體)中、及處於目前療法之血液學副作用之風險中的 其他個體中治療或預防HCV感染之方法。 在某些實施例令,個體已接受HCV療法且在投與本文提 供之方法之前中止該療法。在其他實施例中,個體已接受 療法且繼續接受該療法以及投與本文提供之方法。根據熟 習此項技術者之判斷,本文中之方法可與其他HCV療法共 投與。在一些實施例中,本文提供之方法或組合物可與降 低劑量之其他HCV療法共投與。 在某些實施例中,本文提供之式I化合物係與選自由以 下組成之群的抗病毒劑共投與:核苷聚合酶抑制劑、非核 苷聚合酶抑制劑、蛋白酶抑制劑、親環素調節劑、干擾素 152269.doc •25· 201121958 及病 秦嗅。 在 一個實施例中, 在 一個實施例中, 在 另—實施例中, 投與 〇 在 某些實施例中, 體的 方法。舉例而言 對用 或多種選自由 體: 干擾素、干擾素 毒唾 、干擾素α加病 式i化合物係與干擾素一起投與。 式I化合物係與病毒唑一起投與。 式I化合物係與干擾素及病毒唑—起 本文提供治療用干擾素治療難治之個 •仪承U刀口炳蚕 唑。在一些實施例中,個體可為對用—或多種選自由以下 組成之群的藥劑治療反應不良之個體:干擾素、干擾素 «、聚乙二醇化干擾素α、干擾素加病毒嗤、干擾素α加病 毒11 坐及聚乙二醇化干擾素α加病毒唾。 在其他實施例中,因為目前療法在孕婦中亦為禁忌的, 所以本文提供在懷孕或可能懷孕之個體中治療hcv感染之 方法。 μ 在某些實施例中,個體已合併感染(c〇_infecU〇n)Hcv與 mv,或處於合併感染HCV與HIV之風險中。舉例而言,、 在美國,30% HIV個體合併感染Hcv且證據表明感染HIV 之人具有快得多之c型肝炎感染過程。Maier&Wu,2〇〇2, ❿J 8:577-57。本文提供之方法可用以在 此等個體中治療或預防HCV感染。咸信在此等個體中消除 HCV將降低由末期肝病引起之死亡率。音取u ^ Λ 貝丨示上,在患有嚴 152269.doc -26- 201121958 重AIDS限定免疫缺陷之個體中,進行性肝病之風險高於 未患嚴重AIDS限定免疫缺陷之個體。參看例如Lesens等 人,1999, //«/eci Db 179:1254-1258。 在某些實施例中’在肝臟移植之後投與個體本文提供之 方法或組合物^在美國’ C型肝炎為肝臟移植之最主要病 因’且許多經歷肝臟移植之個體在移植之後仍為HCV陽 性。因此’本文提供用本文提供之化合物或組合物治療此 等復發性HCV個體之方法。在某些實施例中,在肝臟移植 之刖、期間或之後根據本文提供之方法治療個體以預防復 發性HCV感染。 化合物 本文提供藉由投與有需要之個體有效量的以下通式⑴或 (II)之酮基醯胺化合物或其立體異構體或其醫藥學上可接 受之鹽在該個體中治療或預防c型肝炎感染之方法:Thus, the present invention provides methods for treating or preventing HCV infection in individuals who are contraindicated in the treatment of current HCV therapy, such as the risk of neuropsychiatric events such as depression. In some embodiments, provided herein are methods of treating or preventing hcv infection in an individual treated with current HCV 152269.doc _24·201121958 = in a neuropsychiatric event (such as a gynecological condition) or a risk indicator thereof. In the context of the present invention, there is provided a method of treating HCV infection in a neuropsychiatric event (such as a camping disorder) or an individual whose risk indicates a reduction in the current dose of HCV therapy. ‘, ^ 目刖 Therapy is also contraindicated in individuals who are allergic to interferon or ribavirin or both, or any other component that is administered to interferon or any other component of the drug. Current therapies are not suitable for individuals with hemoglobin (e.g., thalassemia maj〇r, sickle cell anemia) and other individuals at risk of hematological side effects of current therapies. Common hematological side effects include myelosuppression, spastic neutropenia, and thrombocytopenia. Furthermore, 'virus (4) red blood cells are toxic and related to hemolysis. Therefore, the present invention provides individuals in individuals who are allergic to interferon or ribavirin or both, such as individuals with serotoninemia and individuals with sickle cell anemia, and are currently in therapy. A method of treating or preventing HCV infection in other individuals at risk of hematological side effects. In certain embodiments, the individual has received HCV therapy and discontinued the therapy prior to administration of the methods provided herein. In other embodiments, the individual has received therapy and continues to receive the therapy and to administer the methods provided herein. The methods herein can be co-administered with other HCV therapies based on the judgment of those skilled in the art. In some embodiments, the methods or compositions provided herein can be co-administered with a reduced dose of other HCV therapies. In certain embodiments, a compound of Formula I provided herein is co-administered with an antiviral agent selected from the group consisting of a nucleoside polymerase inhibitor, a non-nucleoside polymerase inhibitor, a protease inhibitor, a cyclophilin Regulator, interferon 152269.doc •25· 201121958 and disease Qin sniffing. In one embodiment, in one embodiment, in another embodiment, the method of the body is applied in some embodiments. For example, a compound selected from the group consisting of interferon, interferon, and interferon alpha plus disease i is administered together with interferon. The compound of formula I is administered with ribavirin. The compound of formula I is associated with interferon and ribavirin. This article provides treatment for the treatment of refractory interferon. In some embodiments, the individual can be an individual who is refractory to treatment with or - a plurality of agents selected from the group consisting of interferon, interferon «, pegylated interferon alpha, interferon plus viral sputum, interference A-alpha plus virus 11 sits and pegylated interferon alpha plus viral saliva. In other embodiments, because current therapies are also contraindicated in pregnant women, the present invention provides methods of treating hcv infection in an individual who is pregnant or likely to become pregnant. μ In certain embodiments, the individual has been infected with (c〇_infecU〇n) Hcv and mv, or at risk of co-infection with HCV and HIV. For example, in the United States, 30% of HIV individuals are co-infected with Hcv and evidence suggests that people infected with HIV have a much faster process of hepatitis C infection. Maier & Wu, 2〇〇2, ❿J 8:577-57. The methods provided herein can be used to treat or prevent HCV infection in such individuals. The elimination of HCV in these individuals will reduce the mortality caused by end-stage liver disease. In the case of ou 152269.doc -26- 201121958 AIDS-deficient immunodeficiency, the risk of developing liver disease is higher than that of individuals without severe AIDS-deficient immunodeficiency. See, for example, Lesens et al., 1999, //«/eci Db 179: 1254-1258. In certain embodiments 'administering a method or composition provided herein after liver transplantation^ in the United States 'Hepatitis C is the leading cause of liver transplantation' and many individuals undergoing liver transplantation are still HCV positive after transplantation . Thus, the present invention provides methods of treating such recurrent HCV subjects with the compounds or compositions provided herein. In certain embodiments, the individual is treated according to the methods provided herein to prevent recurrent HCV infection during, during, or after liver transplantation. Compounds Provided herein are therapeutic or prophylactic treatments in a subject by administering to a subject in need thereof an effective amount of a ketoguanamine compound of the following formula (1) or (II) or a stereoisomer thereof or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; Method of hepatitis C infection:

R為(1:1-〇8烧基;C5-C8環烧基或c7-Ci〇芳基院基; 152269.doc -27· 201121958 R3為氫、氰基、-CONHR6、-NHS02R7或-S02N(R8)2 ; R為C丨-c4烷基; R為匚”(:4烷氧基或-N(R8)2 ; R6為2-吡啶基或Ci_C6烷基,其中一或多個碳原子視情況 經氧原子置換; R7為Ci-C4烷基、CH2CF3、苯曱基或苯基;且 R為CVC4烷基; r9為漠或6-(曱胺基比啶_3_基;R is (1:1-〇8 alkyl; C5-C8 cycloalkyl or c7-Ci〇 aryl; 152269.doc -27· 201121958 R3 is hydrogen, cyano, -CONHR6, -NHS02R7 or -S02N (R8)2; R is C丨-c4 alkyl; R is 匚"(:4 alkoxy or -N(R8)2; R6 is 2-pyridyl or Ci_C6 alkyl, wherein one or more carbon atoms If necessary, it is replaced by an oxygen atom; R7 is a Ci-C4 alkyl group, a CH2CF3 group, a phenylhydrazine group or a phenyl group; and R is a CVC4 alkyl group; r9 is a desert or a 6-(amidinopyridinyl-3-yl group;

Rl°為氫或-CONHR";且 R"為氫或CVC4烷基; 限制條件為若r3為棚〇2RW為甲基,則Ri不為甲 基; 限制條件為若RlO為氫,9 L 為6-(甲胺基)吡啶-3-基;且 限制條件為若RH為環丙*,則R9為溴。 在一個實施例中,其他限制條 為-nHS〇2r9。 f件為右R為甲基,則r3不 在另一實施例中,苴他限在丨丨片a 為, 9 件為若R2為甲基且R3 為-NHS〇2r9,則尺9不為甲基。 nhso2r9, 二二實施例中,其他限制條件為_ 則R2不為甲基。 。 若 R3為-NHS02R9且 在另一實施例中,其他限制條件為 R為甲基,則R2不為甲基。 乙基、異丙基或 些實施例中’ r,為,基、 152269.doc -28- ^0 201121958 在一個實施例中,Rl為甲基、、/或、乂 在一個實施例中,R丨為異丙基或、〆。 lQH 在一個實施例中,R 1為。 苯 在一些實施例中,R2a 馬第二丁基、私己基或1-甲基·1_ 基乙基。 在一些實施例中,R2為第三丁基。 在一些實施例中,R3為氫。 在一些實施例巾,R3為-NHS〇2RlR、甲基。 在二實施例令,若R2為甲基,則R3不為-nhso2r9。 在一個實施例中,若R2為甲基mN咖2R9,則r 在一個實施例中 在另—實施例中 不為甲基。 若R3為·nhs〇2R9,則R2不為曱基。 若R3為-nhso2r9且V為甲基,則r2 在-些實施例令,r4為第三丁基。 在—個實施例中,R5為甲氧基或二甲胺基。 在-些實施例中’ r6為甲基、乙基、丙基、 基、亞甲基環丙基或2“比。定基。 曱氧基乙 在—個實施例中,R7為甲基或乙基。 在—個實施例中,各R8為甲基。 在:個:施例令,R、甲基或乙基。 在—個實施例巾,尺9為6•(甲胺基)叱咬_3_基。 個實施例中,R9為溴;R10為-CONHRn ;且尺11為 152269.doc •29· 201121958 C】-C4燒基。 且R11為 在個實施例中,R9為溴;R10為-CONHR11 ; C1-C4燒基。 之鹽具有 在個實施例中,化合物或其醫藥學上可接受 下式:Rl° is hydrogen or -CONHR"; and R" is hydrogen or CVC4 alkyl; the restriction is that if r3 is shed 2RW is methyl, then Ri is not methyl; the restriction is that if R10 is hydrogen, 9 L is 6-(Methylamino)pyridin-3-yl; and the restriction is that if RH is cyclopropene*, then R9 is bromine. In one embodiment, the other restriction bars are -nHS〇2r9. f is the right R is a methyl group, then r3 is not in another embodiment, the 苴 is limited to the a a, 9 is if R2 is methyl and R3 is -NHS 〇 2r9, then the rule 9 is not A base. Nhso2r9, in the second embodiment, the other restriction condition is _ then R2 is not a methyl group. . If R3 is -NHS02R9 and in another embodiment, the other restriction is that R is methyl, then R2 is not methyl. Ethyl, isopropyl or in some embodiments 'r, is, 152269.doc -28-^0 201121958 In one embodiment, R1 is methyl, / or, in one embodiment, R丨 is isopropyl or hydrazine. lQH In one embodiment, R 1 is . Benzene In some embodiments, R2a is a horse, a second butyl group, a hexyl group or a 1-methylethyl group. In some embodiments, R2 is a third butyl group. In some embodiments, R3 is hydrogen. In some embodiments, R3 is -NHS〇2RlR, methyl. In the second embodiment, if R2 is a methyl group, R3 is not -nhso2r9. In one embodiment, if R2 is methyl mN 2R9, then r is not methyl in another embodiment. If R3 is ·nhs〇2R9, then R2 is not a sulfhydryl group. If R3 is -nhso2r9 and V is a methyl group, then r2 is in some embodiments, and r4 is a third butyl group. In one embodiment, R5 is methoxy or dimethylamino. In some embodiments, 'r6 is methyl, ethyl, propyl, benzyl, methylenecyclopropyl or 2' ratio. Alkyl. In an embodiment, R7 is methyl or B. In one embodiment, each R8 is a methyl group. In: a: order, R, methyl or ethyl. In an embodiment, the ruler 9 is a 6•(methylamino) bite. _3_基。 In one embodiment, R9 is bromine; R10 is -CONHRn; and ruler 11 is 152269.doc •29·201121958 C]-C4 alkyl. And R11 is in one embodiment, R9 is bromine; R10 is -CONHR11; C1-C4 alkyl. The salt has, in one embodiment, a compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable formula:

〇、 〇 在個實施例中,化合物或其醫藥學上可接受之鹽具有 式: …、〇, 〇 In one embodiment, the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof has the formula:

P ο 之鹽具有 在一個實施例中,化合物或其醫藥學上可接受 下式:The salt of P ο has, in one embodiment, a compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable formula:

0、 在一個實施例中,化合物或其醫藥學上可接受之鹽具有 式: — 152269.doc -30- 2011219580. In one embodiment, the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof has the formula: — 152269.doc -30- 201121958

在一個實施例中,化合物或其醫藥學上可接受之踐具 下式: 一、In one embodiment, the compound or its pharmaceutically acceptable formula is as follows:

在一個實施例中 下式: 化合物或其醫藥學上可接受之鹽具有In one embodiment: the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof has

化合物或其醫藥學上可接受 之鹽具有 在一個實施例中 下式:The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof has, in one embodiment:

在一個實施例中 化合物或其醫藥學上可接受 之鹽具有 152269.doc •31 · 201121958 下式: η3(〇 在一個實施例中 下式: 在一個實施例中 下式: h3c.〇/v^,n 在一個實施例中, 下式: ΗCrKiIn one embodiment the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof has 152269.doc • 31 · 201121958 Formula: η3 (〇 In one embodiment: the following formula: In one embodiment: the following formula: h3c.〇/v ^,n In one embodiment, the following formula: ΗCrKi

化合物或其醫藥學上可接受之鹽具有a compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof

化合物或其醫藥學上可接受之鹽具有a compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof

化合物或其醫藥學上可接受之鹽具有a compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof

152269.doc •32- 201121958 在一個實施例中,化合物或其醫藥學上可接受之鹽具有 下式:152269.doc • 32- 201121958 In one embodiment, the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof has the formula:

在一個實施例中,化合物或其醫藥學上可接受之鹽具有 下式:In one embodiment, the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof has the formula:

在一個實施例中,化合物或其醫藥學上可接受之鹽具有 下式:In one embodiment, the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof has the formula:

在一個實施例中,化合物或其醫藥學上可接受之鹽具有 下式:In one embodiment, the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof has the formula:

152269.doc -33- 201121958 在一個實施例中,化合物或其醫藥學上可接受之鹽具有 下式:152269.doc -33- 201121958 In one embodiment, the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof has the formula:

在一個實施例中,化合物或其醫藥學上可接受之鹽具有 下式:In one embodiment, the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof has the formula:

在一個實施例中 下式: 化合物或其醫藥學上可接受之鹽具有In one embodiment: the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof has

在一個實施例中 下式: 化合物或其醫藥學上可接受之鹽具有 152269.doc -34- 201121958In one embodiment: the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof has 152269.doc -34- 201121958

在一個實施例中,化合物或其醫藥學上可接受之鹽具有 下式:In one embodiment, the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof has the formula:

在一個實施例中,化合物或其醫藥學上可接受之鹽具有 下式:In one embodiment, the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof has the formula:

在一個實施例中,化合物或其醫藥學上可接受之鹽具有 下式:In one embodiment, the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof has the formula:

152269.doc -35- 201121958 在一個實施例中,化合物或其醫藥學上可接受之鹽具有 下式:152269.doc -35- 201121958 In one embodiment, the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof has the formula:

在一個實施例中,化合物或其醫藥學上可接受之鹽具有 下式:In one embodiment, the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof has the formula:

本文提供之某些化合物先前已揭示於美國專利公開案第 2005/0107399號中,該案之揭示内容係全文併入本文中。 美國專利公開案第2005/0107399號未揭示用進入抑制劑治 療HCV。美國專利公開案第2005/01 07399號未鑑別或選擇 本文提供之特定化合物用於治療HCV。 製備化合物 本文提供之化合物可藉由熟習此項技術者顯而易知之任 何方法來製備、分離或獲得。下文提供製備式〗化合物之 例示性方法。 152269.doc -36 - 201121958 流程A ·Certain of the compounds provided herein have been previously disclosed in U.S. Patent Publication No. 2005/0107399, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein in its entirety. U.S. Patent Publication No. 2005/0107399 does not disclose the treatment of HCV with an entry inhibitor. U.S. Patent Publication No. 2005/01 07399 does not identify or select the specific compounds provided herein for the treatment of HCV. Preparation of Compounds The compounds provided herein can be prepared, isolated or obtained by any method known to those skilled in the art. An exemplary method of preparing a compound of the formula is provided below. 152269.doc -36 - 201121958 Process A ·

流程B :Process B:

R4 ΟR4 Ο

RS ΟRS Ο

(I) 式1化合物可根據上述通用流程Α及Β製備。 製備式I化合物中之特定中間物可如下文所提供來製 以下流程僅為製備式!化合物之例示性方法,而不意 制本土明。熟習此項技術者瞭解,根據此項技術中已 知之方法,存在製備式I化合物之替代性方法。 合成蔡基·_基-乙酸衍生物··(I) The compound of formula 1 can be prepared according to the general procedure described above and hydrazine. The preparation of specific intermediates in the compounds of formula I can be prepared as follows. The following schemes are only preparative! An exemplary method of the compound, not intended to be local. Those skilled in the art understand that there are alternative methods of preparing compounds of formula I in accordance with methods known in the art. Synthesis of Tsaiki·_based-acetic acid derivatives··

4-[2·(萘 基氧基)-乙基]-嗎啉可例如藉由使2·羥基萘與 152269.doc •37- 201121958 2-氣乙基·嗎啉在鹼存在下反應來製備。4-[2.(Naphthyloxy)-ethyl]-morpholine can be prepared, for example, by reacting 2·hydroxynaphthalene with 152269.doc •37-201121958 2-oxoethylmorpholine in the presence of a base. .

X = och3, oh, ClX = och3, oh, Cl

在A1C13存在下以氯乙醛酸曱酯處理4-[2-(萘-1-基氧基)-乙基]_嗎琳提供4-[2-(嗎淋-4-基-乙氧基-茶-1-基)-酿)基-乙 酸曱酯或乙酯’其可與氫氧化物鹼反應以提供相應羧酸, 或可與HC1反應以提供相應羧酸,且隨後與乙二醯氯反應 以產生相應酸氣化物。此專所得泰-1 -基-嗣基-乙酸衍生物 可進一步與經取代之苯胺或3_胺基_噻吩反應以提供式^匕 合物。 例示性經取代之苯胺中間物:Treatment of 4-[2-(naphthalen-1-yloxy)-ethyl]-morphine with chloroglyoxylate in the presence of A1C13 provides 4-[2-(norpoline-4-yl-ethoxy) -Tea-1-yl)-branched-yl acetate or ethyl ester' which can react with a hydroxide base to provide the corresponding carboxylic acid, or can react with HCl to provide the corresponding carboxylic acid, and subsequently with ethylene The chlorine reacts to produce the corresponding acid gasification. This specific derivative of the indol-1-yl-indenyl-acetic acid derivative can be further reacted with a substituted aniline or a 3-amino-thiophene to provide a compound. Exemplary substituted aniline intermediates:

可藉由此項技術中已知之方法使用 市售試劑製備上述經 152269.doc •38· 201121958 取代之苯胺化合物。舉例而言,5_第三丁基·2_曱氧基_丨,3_ 苯二胺可獲自 Sigma-Aldrich Corp.(St. Louis,MO),5-第三 丁基-2-甲氧基笨甲酸可獲自chemos GmbH(Regenstauf, Germany)且4-第三丁基苯曱醚可獲自Acr〇S 〇rganics (ThermoFisher Scientific Inc.,Waltham, ΜΑ)。接著可如流 程Α中所提供’採用經取代之苯胺中間物,得到上述式^匕 合物。 例示性3-胺基-噻吩中間物:The above-mentioned aniline compound substituted by 152269.doc •38·201121958 can be prepared by a commercially available reagent by a method known in the art. For example, 5_t-butyl-2-yloxy-indole, 3-phenylenediamine is available from Sigma-Aldrich Corp. (St. Louis, MO), 5-tert-butyl-2-methoxy The base acid is available from Chemos GmbH (Regenstauf, Germany) and 4-tert-butyl benzoate is available from Acr〇S 〇rganics (ThermoFisher Scientific Inc., Waltham, ΜΑ). The substituted aniline intermediate can then be used as provided in the scheme to give the above formula. An exemplary 3-amino-thiophene intermediate:

上文乂供之經取代之3 -胺基-η塞吩化合物為市售的,或 可藉由此項技術中已知之方法使用市售試劑來製備。舉例 而言,5-第三丁基噻吩-2-曱酸甲酯及3_第三丁氧羰基胺 基-5-第三丁基噻吩_2-曱酸可購自Fiu〇r〇chem Ud. (Derbyshire, UK)AChemPur GmbH(Karlsruhe, Germany) 〇 接著可如流程B中所提供,採用此等中間物,得到上述式工 化合物。 製備N-經取代-5-第三丁基-2-甲氧基_3_(2_(4_甲氧基萘·工― 基)-2-酮基乙醯胺基)苯曱醢胺:The substituted 3-amino-η pheno compound described above is either commercially available or can be prepared by commercially available reagents by methods known in the art. For example, methyl 5-tert-butylthiophene-2-decanoate and 3-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-5-t-butylthiophene-2-decanic acid are commercially available from Fiu〇r〇chem Ud. (Derbyshire, UK) AChemPur GmbH (Karlsruhe, Germany) The intermediate formula can then be obtained using these intermediates as provided in Scheme B. Preparation of N-substituted-5-tert-butyl-2-methoxy_3_(2-(4-methoxynaphthalene)-yl)-2-ketoethylamino)benzamide:

152269.doc •39· 201121958 N-經取代-5-第三丁基-2-甲氧基-3-(2-(4 -甲氧基萘 2-酮基乙醯胺基)苯甲醯胺可如下所述藉由流程a之通用程 序製備》 5·第三丁基-2-甲氧基-3-硝基苯曱酸係使用例如確酸在 乙酸存在下自5 -第三丁基-2-曱氧基苯甲酸製備。 接著依次以乙二醯氣、胺處理5·第三丁基_2_甲氧基·3· 硝基苯甲酸,得到Ν_經取代·5_第三丁基_2_曱氧基_3•硝基_ 苯甲醯胺,其可用Pd/C及Η2還原,提供相應Ν_經取代_5_ 第三丁基-2-甲氧基-3-胺基-苯甲醯胺。 Ν-經取代-5-第三丁基-2-甲氧基-3-(2-(4-甲氧基萘 2-酮基乙醯胺基)苯甲醯胺係藉由使來自先前步驟之冰經 取代-5-第三丁基_2_甲氧基·3_胺基·苯曱醯胺與4_[2_(嗎啉· 4-基-乙氧基-萘-1-基)_酮基·乙醯氯(如上所示來製備)反應 來獲得。 & 製備式(II)化合物:152269.doc •39· 201121958 N-substituted-5-t-butyl-2-methoxy-3-(2-(4-methoxynaphthalene 2-ketoethylamino)benzamide It can be prepared by the general procedure of Scheme a as follows. 5. Third tert-butyl-2-methoxy-3-nitrobenzoic acid is used, for example, from 5 - tert-butyl in the presence of acetic acid. Preparation of 2-nonyloxybenzoic acid. Next, 5·t-butyl-2-methoxy-3-nitobenzoic acid is treated with ethylene dioxane and amine in order to obtain hydrazine _ substituted 5_ third butyl Base 2_曱oxy_3•nitro-benzamide, which can be reduced with Pd/C and Η2 to provide the corresponding Ν-substituted _5_t-butyl-2-methoxy-3-amino group -benzimidamide. Ν-substituted-5-t-butyl-2-methoxy-3-(2-(4-methoxynaphthalene-2-ketoethylamino)benzamide By substituting the ice from the previous step with -5-tert-butyl-2-methoxy-3-indolyl benzoguanamine and 4_[2_(morpholin-4-yl-ethoxy-naphthalene) -1-yl)-keto-ethyl chlorochloride (prepared as described above) is obtained by reaction. & Preparation of a compound of formula (II):

式(II)之Ν-經取代_5_第三丁基·2_甲氧基(甲 胺基)°比咬-3_基)-萘·i•基)·2_綱基乙酿胺基)苯甲酿胺可如 下所述藉由流程C之通用程序製備。 152269.doc -40· 201121958 流程c :Ν(-)-substituted _5_t-butyl-2- methoxy (methylamino) ° bite-3_yl)-naphthalene·i•yl)·2_cylamine The benzylamine can be prepared by the general procedure of Scheme C as described below. 152269.doc -40· 201121958 Process c:

DCM,室溫,隔夜 0/0 室溫,3小時DCM, room temperature, overnight 0/0 room temperature, 3 hours

如上所示,式(II)之N-經取代-5-第三丁基-2-曱氧基-3-(2-溴-萘-1 -基)-2-酮基乙醯胺基)苯甲醯胺可根據流程C製 備,如溴化物化合物為製備上述相應N-經取代-5-第三丁 基-2-甲氧基- 3- (2-(4-(6-(甲胺基)。比°定-3-基)-奈-1 -基)-2-酉同 基乙醯胺基)苯甲醯胺產物中之中間物。 醫藥鹽 152269.doc -41 - 201121958 本文提供之化合物可呈中性形式或鹽形式。鹽形式可為 熟習此項技術者已知之任何鹽形式。 田本文提供之化合物經鹼性部分取代時,可形成酸加成 鹽。可用以製備酸加成鹽之酸較佳包括當與游離鹼組合時 產生醫藥學上可接受之鹽(亦即在該鹽之醫藥劑量中該鹽 之陰離子對個體無毒)的酸。 醫藥學上可接受之鹽包括(但不限於)衍生自以下酸之 鹽:無機酸,諸如鹽酸、氫溴酸、硫酸、磷酸、胺基磺酸 及硝酸;及有機酸,諸如乙酸、三氟乙酸、三氯乙酸、丙 酸、己酸、環戊基丙酸、乙醇酸、戊二酸、丙酮酸、乳 酸、丙二酸、丁二酸、山梨酸、抗壞血酸、蘋果酸、順丁 烯二酸、反丁烯二酸、酒石酸、檸檬酸、苯甲酸、3_(4_羥 基本曱酿基)苯甲酸、苦味酸、肉桂酸、杏仁酸、鄰苯二 曱酸、月桂酸、甲烷磺酸、乙烷磺酸、i,2·乙烷·二磺酸、 2-經基乙烧續酸、苯續酸、4-氣苯續酸、2-萘績酸、4-甲 苯磺酸、樟腦酸、樟腦磺酸、4-甲基二環[2.2.2]·辛-2-烯· 1-甲酸、葡糖庚酸、3-苯基丙酸、三甲基乙酸、第三丁基 乙酸、月桂基硫酸、葡萄糖酸、苯曱酸、麵胺酸、羥基萘 曱酸、水楊酸、硬脂酸、環己基胺基磺酸、奎尼酸、黏康 酸及其類似酸。 相應酸加成鹽包括氫函化物,例如鹽酸鹽及氫溴酸鹽、 硫酸鹽、磷酸鹽、胺基磺酸鹽、硝酸鹽、乙酸鹽、三氟乙 酸鹽、三氣乙酸鹽、丙酸鹽、己酸鹽、環戊基丙酸鹽、羥 乙酸鹽、戊二酸鹽、丙酮酸鹽、乳酸鹽、丙二酸鹽、丁二 152269.doc • 42· 201121958 酸鹽、山梨酸鹽、抗壞血酸鹽、蘋果酸鹽、順丁烯二酸 鹽、反丁烯二酸鹽、酒石酸鹽、檸檬酸鹽、苯曱酸鹽、3_ (4-羥基苯甲醯基)苯曱酸鹽、苦味酸鹽、肉桂酸鹽、杏仁 酸鹽、鄰苯二甲酸鹽、月桂酸鹽、甲烷磺酸鹽(甲磺酸 鹽)、乙烷磺酸鹽、丨,2-乙烷-二磺酸鹽、2-羥基乙烷磺酸 鹽、苯磺酸鹽、4-氣苯磺酸鹽、2·萘磺酸鹽、4-曱苯磺酸 鹽、樟腦酸鹽、樟腦磺酸鹽、4-曱基二環[2.2.2]-辛-2-烯_ 1-曱酸鹽、葡糖庚酸鹽、3_苯基丙酸鹽、三甲基乙酸鹽、 第三丁基乙酸鹽、月桂基硫酸鹽 '葡糖酸鹽、苯曱酸鹽、 麵胺酸鹽、經基萘甲酸鹽、水楊酸鹽、硬脂酸鹽、環己基 胺基磺酸鹽、奎尼酸鹽、黏康酸鹽及其類似鹽❶ 本文亦提供式(I)化合物之酸加成鹽,其可藉由使游離鹼 與適S S文反應、藉由應用或調適已知方法來製備。舉例而 °酸加成鹽可如下製備:將游離驗溶解於含有適當酸之 水♦液或水性醇溶液或其他適合溶劑中,及藉由蒸發溶液 來分離鹽;或使游離驗與酸在有機溶劑中反應,在該情況 下,該鹽係直接分離或可藉由濃縮溶液來獲得。 可藉由應用或調適已知方法使本文提供之化合物的酸加 成鹽自鹽再生。舉例而t ’可藉由以驗(例如碳酸氣納水 溶液或氨水溶液)處理使親本化合物自其酸加成鹽再生。 當本文提供之化合物經酸部分取代時,可形成驗加成 鹽。醫藥學上可接受之鹽(包括例如驗及驗土金屬鹽)為衍 生自以下驗㈣:氫化納、氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀、氫氧化 鈣虱氧化鎂、氧氣化紹、氣氧化鐘、氯氧化辞、氣氧化 152269.doc -43· 201121958 鋇,及有機胺,諸如脂族、脂環族或芳族有機胺,諸如 氨、曱胺、一曱胺、二乙胺、曱基0比咬、乙醇胺、二乙醇 胺、二乙醇胺、乙二胺、離胺酸'精胺酸、烏胺酸、膽 鹼、N,N,-二苯曱基乙二胺、氣普魯卡因、二乙醇胺、普 魯卡因、N-苯曱基苯乙胺、N•甲基葡糖胺哌嗪、參(羥甲 基)-胺基甲烷、氫氧化四甲基銨及其類似物。 本文提供之化合物的金屬鹽可由所選金屬之氫化物、氫 氧化物、碳酸鹽或類似反應性化合物於水性溶劑或有機溶 劑中,與游離酸形式之化合物接觸來獲得。所用水性溶劑 可為水,或其可為水與有機溶劑之混合物,該有機溶劑較 佳為醇,諸如曱醇或乙醇;酮,諸如丙酮;脂族醚,諸如 四氫呋喃;或酯,諸如乙酸乙酯。此等反應通常在環境溫 度下進行,但必要時可在加熱下進行。 本文提供之化合物的胺鹽可由胺於水性溶劑或有機溶劑 中,與游離酸形式之化合物接觸來獲得。適合之水性溶劑 包括水,及水與諸如甲醇或乙醇之醇、諸如四氫呋喃之 醚、諸如乙腈之腈、或諸如丙酮之酮的混合物。可類似地 製備胺基酸鹽。 可藉由應用《操用6知方法,使本文提供之化合物的鹼 加成鹽自鹽再生。舉例而言,母本化合物可藉由酸(例如 鹽酸)處理’自其鹼加成鹽再生。 醫藥組合物及投藥方法 用於本文提供之方法中的化合物可使用含有以下之醫藥 組合物來提供:至少一種通式⑴化合物或其醫藥學上可接 152269.doc • 44 - 201121958 受之鹽,其單獨使用或呈與一或多種可相容且醫藥學上可 接受之載劑(諸如稀釋劑或佐劑)或與另一抗Hcv劑組合之 形式使用。在臨床操作中,本文提供之化合物可藉由㈣ 習知途徑’特定言之經口、非經腸、經直腸或藉由吸入 (例如呈氣溶膠之形式)投與。本文提供之化合物較佳經口 投與。 可利用錠劑、丸劑、硬明膠膠囊、散劑或顆粒作為供經 口投與之固體組合物。在此等組合物中,活性產物虚 多種惰性稀釋劑或佐劑(諸如絲、乳糖或澱粉)混入^ 此等組合物可包含稀釋劑以外之物質,例如潤滑劑,諸 如硬脂酸鎮,或意欲用於控制釋放之包衣。 可利用3有丨月性稀釋劑(諸如水或液體 可接受之溶液、縣浮洛^^ v酋辨子上 暂m 等組合物亦可包含稀釋劑以外之物 質,例如濕潤產品、甜味產品或調味產品。 卜之物 供非經腸投與之Μ合物可 二醇、聚乙二醇、植物油(尤其撖…I液。可利用丙 如油酸以旨)作為” ㈣有機S曰(例 劑,尤其為濕潤劑、等張 ' 組合物亦可含有佐 滅菌可以若干方式jr乳化劑、分散劑及穩定劑。 或藉由加熱來進行 ^17使用細菌過遽11、藉由輻射 備,該等無菌固體組合物:^無^體組合物之形式製 其他可注射無菌介質令。€用時溶解於無菌水或任何 供直腸投與之組合物為_或直勝膠囊,其除活性成分 152269.doc -45· 201121958 外亦含有賦形劑,諸如 旷 J省如可可脂、半合成甘油酯或聚乙二 醇0 且。物亦可為氣溶膠。為以液體氣溶膠形式使用,組合 物了為穩^無菌溶液,或固體組合物,其在使用時溶解於 不致‘、、、無菌水、生理食鹽水或任何其他醫藥學上可接受之 媒劑中A w意欲直接吸人之乾燥氣溶膠的形式使用,活 =成刀為細粉狀且與水溶性固體稀釋劑或媒劑(例如聚葡 萄糖、甘露糖醇或乳糖)組合。 。。較佳實轭例令,本文提供之組合物為醫藥組合物或 :一單位:型。醫藥組合物及單-單位劑型可包含預防或 療有效量之或多種預防劑或治療劑(例如式(I)化合物 或其他預防劑或治療劑),且通常包含一或多種醫藥學上 可接受之載劑或賦形劑。在一個特定實施例中及在本文 I ’術胃「胃藥學上可接受」意謂經聯邦政府或州政府之 管理機構核准,或列於適用於動物及更特定言之適用於人 類的美國藥典(U.s. Pharmacopeia)或其他公認之藥典中。 術語「載劑」係指與治療劑一起投與之稀釋劑、佐劑(例 如弗氏佐__d’s adjuvant)(完全及不完全))、賦形劑或 媒劑。此等醫藥載劑可為無菌液體,諸如水及油,包括石 油、動物油、植物油或合成來源之油,諸如花生油、大豆 油、礦物油、芝麻油及其類似物。當靜脈内投與醫藥組合 物時,水為較佳載劑。生理食鹽水溶液及水性右旋糖及甘 油溶液亦可用作液體載劑,尤其用於可注射溶液。適合醫 藥载劑的實例係描述於E.w. Martin之「Remingt〇n,s 152269.doc •46- 201121958As shown above, N-substituted-5-t-butyl-2-decyloxy-3-(2-bromo-naphthalen-1-yl)-2-ketoacetamido) of formula (II) Benzylamine can be prepared according to Scheme C, such as the bromide compound to prepare the above corresponding N-substituted-5-t-butyl-2-methoxy-3-(2-(4-(6-(methylamine)) An intermediate in the product of the product of the formula -3-yl)-na-1 -yl)-2-indanylamino)benzamide. Pharmaceutical salts 152269.doc -41 - 201121958 The compounds provided herein may be in neutral or salt form. The salt form can be any salt form known to those skilled in the art. When the compound provided herein is substituted with a basic moiety, an acid addition salt can be formed. The acid which can be used to prepare the acid addition salt preferably comprises an acid which, when combined with the free base, produces a pharmaceutically acceptable salt (i.e., the anion of the salt is not toxic to the individual in the pharmaceutical dosage of the salt). Pharmaceutically acceptable salts include, but are not limited to, salts derived from inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, aminosulfonic acid, and nitric acid; and organic acids such as acetic acid, trifluoro Acetic acid, trichloroacetic acid, propionic acid, caproic acid, cyclopentylpropionic acid, glycolic acid, glutaric acid, pyruvic acid, lactic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, sorbic acid, ascorbic acid, malic acid, maleic acid Acid, fumaric acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, benzoic acid, 3-(4-hydroxybenzyl)benzoic acid, picric acid, cinnamic acid, mandelic acid, phthalic acid, lauric acid, methanesulfonic acid Ethane, ethanesulfonic acid, i, 2, ethane, disulfonic acid, 2-ethylidene-burning acid, benzoic acid, 4-benzoic acid, 2-naphthoic acid, 4-toluenesulfonic acid, camphor Acid, camphorsulfonic acid, 4-methylbicyclo[2.2.2]·oct-2-ene·1-carboxylic acid, glucoheptanoic acid, 3-phenylpropionic acid, trimethylacetic acid, tert-butylacetic acid , lauryl sulfate, gluconic acid, benzoic acid, facial acid, hydroxynaphthoic acid, salicylic acid, stearic acid, cyclohexylaminosulfonic acid, quinic acid, muconic acid and the like. Corresponding acid addition salts include hydrogen complexes such as hydrochlorides and hydrobromides, sulfates, phosphates, amine sulfonates, nitrates, acetates, trifluoroacetates, trisodium acetates, propionic acid Salt, hexanoate, cyclopentylpropionate, glycolate, glutarate, pyruvate, lactate, malonate, butyl 152269.doc • 42· 201121958 acid salt, sorbate, Ascorbate, malate, maleate, fumarate, tartrate, citrate, benzoate, 3-(4-hydroxybenzhydryl)benzoate, picric acid Salt, cinnamate, mandelate, phthalate, laurate, methanesulfonate (methanesulfonate), ethanesulfonate, hydrazine, 2-ethane-disulfonate, 2-hydroxyethane sulfonate, benzenesulfonate, 4-gasbenzenesulfonate, 2-naphthalenesulfonate, 4-nonylbenzenesulfonate, camphorate, camphorsulfonate, 4-mercapto Bicyclo[2.2.2]-oct-2-ene-1-nonanoate, glucoheptanoate, 3-phenylpropionate, trimethylacetate, tert-butyl acetate, lauryl sulfate Salt 'gluconate, benzoate, Faceted amines, naphthoates, salicylates, stearates, cyclohexylamine sulfonates, quinic acid salts, muconate salts and the like. An acid addition salt of a compound which can be prepared by reacting a free base with a suitable S-text, by applying or adapting a known method. For example, an acid addition salt can be prepared by dissolving a free test in a water or liquid alcohol solution or other suitable solvent containing a suitable acid, and isolating the salt by evaporating the solution; or allowing the free test with an acid in the organic The reaction is carried out in a solvent, in which case the salt is directly isolated or can be obtained by concentrating the solution. The acid addition salts of the compounds provided herein can be regenerated from the salt by the application or adaptation of known methods. For example, t ' can be regenerated from its acid addition salt by treatment with a test such as a carbonated aqueous solution or aqueous ammonia solution. When the compound provided herein is substituted with an acid moiety, an addition salt can be formed. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts (including, for example, soil test metal salts) are derived from the following tests (4): sodium hydride, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, calcium hydroxide, magnesium oxide, oxygenated gas, gas oxidation clock, Chlorine oxidation, gas oxidation 152269.doc -43· 201121958 钡, and organic amines, such as aliphatic, alicyclic or aromatic organic amines, such as ammonia, guanamine, monoamine, diethylamine, sulfhydryl Biting, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, diethanolamine, ethylenediamine, lysine arginine, uric acid, choline, N, N,-diphenylmercaptoethylenediamine, gas procaine, diethanolamine , procaine, N-phenylmercaptophenethylamine, N-methylglucamine piperazine, ginseng (hydroxymethyl)-aminomethane, tetramethylammonium hydroxide and the like. The metal salts of the compounds provided herein can be obtained by contacting a hydride, hydroxide, carbonate or similar reactive compound of the selected metal in an aqueous or organic solvent with a compound of the free acid form. The aqueous solvent may be water, or it may be a mixture of water and an organic solvent, preferably an alcohol such as decyl alcohol or ethanol; a ketone such as acetone; an aliphatic ether such as tetrahydrofuran; or an ester such as ethyl acetate ester. These reactions are usually carried out at ambient temperature, but may be carried out under heating if necessary. The amine salts of the compounds provided herein can be obtained by contacting the amine with an aqueous acid or an organic solvent in contact with the free acid form of the compound. Suitable aqueous solvents include water, and mixtures of water with an alcohol such as methanol or ethanol, an ether such as tetrahydrofuran, a nitrile such as acetonitrile, or a ketone such as acetone. Amino acid salts can be prepared analogously. The base addition salt of the compound provided herein can be regenerated from the salt by the application of the "Knowledge 6" method. For example, the parent compound can be regenerated from its base addition salt by treatment with an acid such as hydrochloric acid. Pharmaceutical Compositions and Methods of Administration The compounds used in the methods provided herein can be provided using a pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one compound of formula (1) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, 152269.doc • 44 - 201121958, It is used alone or in combination with one or more compatible and pharmaceutically acceptable carriers such as diluents or adjuvants or in combination with another anti-Hcv agent. In clinical practice, the compounds provided herein can be administered by (4) conventional routes, in particular, orally, parenterally, rectally or by inhalation (e.g., in the form of an aerosol). The compounds provided herein are preferably administered orally. Tablets, pills, hard gelatin capsules, powders or granules can be used as a solid composition for oral administration. In such compositions, the active product may be in admixture with a plurality of inert diluents or adjuvants (such as silk, lactose or starch) such compositions may contain materials other than diluents, such as a lubricant such as stearic acid, or A coating intended to control release. It is possible to use a composition such as a moisturizing product or a sweet product which can be used with a composition such as a solution which is acceptable for water or a liquid, such as a solution which is acceptable for water or liquid, or a floating m. Or seasoning products. Buddy for parenteral administration of diol diol, polyethylene glycol, vegetable oil (especially ... I liquid. Can use propylene, such as oleic acid) as "(4) organic S 曰 ( The agent, especially the humectant, the isotonic composition may also contain a plurality of means of emulsifier, dispersant and stabilizer in a plurality of ways. Alternatively, by heating, the bacteria are used, and the radiation is prepared by irradiation. Such aseptic solid compositions: other injectable sterile medium in the form of a non-incorporate composition. dissolved in sterile water or any composition for rectal administration is _ or Zhisheng capsule, in addition to the active ingredient 152269.doc -45· 201121958 also contains excipients, such as 旷J province such as cocoa butter, semi-synthetic glycerides or polyethylene glycol 0. It can also be an aerosol. It is used in the form of liquid aerosol, combination a stable solution, or a solid composition, When used, it is dissolved in a form of dry aerosol that does not cause ',, sterile water, physiological saline or any other pharmaceutically acceptable agent. A w is intended to be directly inhaled. In combination with a water-soluble solid diluent or vehicle (for example, polydextrose, mannitol or lactose). Preferably, the composition provided herein is a pharmaceutical composition or: one unit: type. Pharmaceutical composition And a single-unit dosage form can comprise a prophylactically or therapeutically effective amount or a plurality of prophylactic or therapeutic agents (eg, a compound of formula (I) or other prophylactic or therapeutic agent), and typically comprises one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. Or an excipient. In a particular embodiment and herein, 'stomach gastrointestinal pharmaceutically acceptable' means approved by the regulatory agency of the federal or state government, or as applicable to animals and more specific words. In the US Pharmacopeia or other recognized pharmacopoeia. The term "carrier" refers to a diluent or adjuvant that is administered with a therapeutic agent (eg, __d's adjuvant) (complete and incomplete) , excipients or vehicles. These pharmaceutical carriers may be sterile liquids such as water and oils, including petroleum, animal, vegetable or synthetic oils such as peanut oil, soybean oil, mineral oil, sesame oil and the like. Water is a preferred carrier when administered intravenously. The physiological saline solution and aqueous dextrose and glycerol solutions can also be used as a liquid carrier, especially for injectable solutions. Examples suitable for pharmaceutical carriers. Described in Ew Martin, "Remingt〇n, s 152269.doc • 46- 201121958

Pharmaceutical Sciences」中。 典型醫藥組合物及劑型包含—十☆ ^ ^ 3或多種賦形劑。適合之賦 形劑為熟f㈣學技術者所熟知,且適合賦形劑之非限制 性實例包括殿粉、葡萄糖、乳糖,、明膠、麥芽、 稻、麵粉、白堊、石夕膠、硬脂酴知 更月日馱鈉、單硬脂酸甘油酯、滑 石、氣化鈉、脫脂乳粉、甘油、丙_ 叼一知、水、乙醇及其類 似物。特定賦形劑是否適於併入醫藥組合物或劑型中係視 此項技術中熟知之多種因素而定,該等因素包括(作不限 於)投與個體該劑型之方式及劑型中之特定活性成分。组 合物或單-單位劑型必要時亦可含有少量濕潤劑或乳化劑 或pH緩衝劑。 無乳糖組合物可包含此項技術中熟知且列於例如美國藥 典⑽P)SP (XXI)/NF (XVI)中之賦形劑…般而言,無乳 糖組合物包含醫藥學上可相容且醫藥學上可接受之量的活 性成分、黏合劑/填料及、1骨劑。<列示性無乳_型包含 活性成分、微晶纖維素、預膠凝化澱粉及硬脂酸鎂。 本文亦提供包含活性成分之無水醫藥組合物及劑型,因 為水可促進一些化合物降解。舉例而言,在醫藥技術中廣 泛接受添加水(例如5%)作為模擬長期儲存之方法以測定調 配物隨時間之特徵,諸如存放期或穩定性。參看例如 T. Carstensen,Drug Stability: Principles & Practice,第 2 版,Marcel Dekker,NY, NY,1995,第 379 80頁。實際上, 水及熱加速一些化合物之分解。因此,水對調配物之影響 了具有重大意義,因為在調配物製造、處理、包裝、儲 152269.doc •47- 201121958 存、貨運及使用期間通常遭遇水分及/或满氣。 無水醫藥組合物及劑型可使用無水或含低水分之成分及 低水分或低濕度條件來製備。若預期在製造、包裝及/或 儲存期間與水分及/或濕氣實質接觸,則包含乳糖及至少 -種包含-級胺或二級胺之活性成分的醫藥組合物及劑型 較佳為無水的。 應製備無水醫藥組合物並儲存使得其維持無水性質。因 此,較佳使用已知防止與水接觸之材料包農無水組合物, 使得其可包括於適合之處方集套組中β適合包裝之實例包 括(但不限於)密閉落、塑膠、單位劑量容器(例如小瓶)、 發泡包裝及條帶包裝。 本文中進-步提供包含—或多種降低活性成分分解速率 之化合物的醫藥組合物及劑型。此等化合物在本文中稱作 「穩定劑」,包括(但不限於)抗氧化劑(諸如抗壞血酸)、ρΗ 緩衝劑或鹽缓衝劑。 醫藥組合物及單一單位劑型可採用溶液、懸浮液、乳 液、錠劑、丸劑、膠囊、散劑、持久釋放型調配物及其類 似物之形式。經口調配物可包括標準載劑,諸如醫藥級甘 露糖醇、乳糖、澱粉、硬脂酸鎂、糖精鈉、纖維素、碳酸 鎂等。此等組合物及劑型將含有預防或治療有效量之較佳 呈純化形式之預防劑或治療劑,以及適量載劑以便提供用 於適當投與個體之形式。調配物應適應投藥模式。在一較 佳實施例中’醫藥組合物或單一單位劑型為無菌的且呈適 合形式以供投與個體,較佳動物個體,更佳哺乳動物個 152269.doc •48- 201121958 體,及最佳人類個體。 本文提供之醫藥組合物係經調配以與其預定投藥途徑可 相容。投藥途徑之實例包括(但不限於)非經腸,例如靜脈 内、皮内、皮下、肌肉内、皮下、經口、頰内、舌下、吸 入、鼻内、經皮、局部、經黏膜、腫瘤内、滑膜内及直腸 投與。在一個特定實施例中’根據常規程序將組合物調配 為適用於靜脈内、皮下、肌肉内、經口、鼻内或局部投與 人類之醫藥組合物。在一個實施例中,根據常規程序調配 醫藥組合物以供皮下投與人類。供靜脈内投與之組合物通 常為無菌荨張水性緩衝液中之溶液。必要時,組合物亦可 包括增溶劑及局部麻醉劑(諸如利多卡因(Ud〇caine))以減 輕注射部位之疼痛。 劑型之實例包括(但不限於):錠劑;囊片;膠囊,諸如 彈性軟明膠膠囊;扁囊劑;糖衣錠;口含錠;分散液;检 劑’軟膏,泥晏劑(cataplasms/oultices);糊劑;散劑·敷 料;乳膏;石膏;溶液;貼片劑;氣溶膠(例如鼻用噴霧 或吸入劑);凝膠;適用於經口或經黏膜投與個體之液體 劑型,包括懸浮液(例如水性或非水性液體懸浮液 '水包 油乳液或油包水液體乳液)、溶液及酏劑;適用於非經腸 投與個體之液體劑型;及可復原以提供適用於非經腸投與 個體之液體劑型的無菌固體(例如晶體或非晶固體)。 劑型之組成、形狀及類型通常將視其用途而變化。舉例 而言,用於初始治療病毒感染之劑型可含有一或多種活性 成分,其所包含之該一或多種活性成分之量大於維持治療 152269.doc •49- 201121958 相同感染中所用之劑型。類似地,非經腸劑型可含有一或 多種活性成分,其所包含之該一或多種活性成分之量小於 用以治療同一疾病或病症之經口劑型。特定劑型彼此存在 變化之此等及其他方式將對於熟習此項技術者為顯而易 知。參看例如 Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences,第 18 版 ’ Mack Publishing, Easton PA (1990)。 一般而言,本文提供之組合物的成分係分別提供或混合 在一起於單位劑型中提供,例如呈乾燥凍乾散劑或無水濃 縮物於密閉容器(諸如指示活性劑之量的安瓿或藥囊)中之 形式。g欲藉由輸注投與組合物時,組合物可用含有無菌 醫藥級水或生理食鹽水之輸減分配。#藉由注射投與組 合物時’可提供注射用無菌水或生理食鹽水之安瓶以使各 成分可在投與之前混合。 典型劑型包含本文提供之化合物,或其醫藥學上可接受 之鹽、溶劑合物或水合物’處於每日約〇」叫至約咖 mg之範圍内’早晨以每曰一次單次劑量之形式給予,"交 佳以分次劑量之形式整曰與食物—起服用。本發明之特定 劑型具有約 ο.1、0.2、。、 5.0、10.0、15.0、2〇,〇、25 500或1000 mg活性劑β 經口劑型 50.0 100、200、250、 適用於經口投與的本提 个又扠併之醫樂組合物可以個別劑型 之形式呈現’諸如(彳曰尤卩卩仏、^ 1不限於)叙劑(例如咀嚼錠)、囊片、 膠囊及液體(例如調咬她將、, 羽味糖漿)。此等劑型含有預定量之活性 152269.doc 201121958 成分,且可藉由熟習此項技術者熟知之藥劑學方法製備。 一般參看 Remington、Pharmaceutical 以“以㈡,第 18 版,In Pharmaceutical Sciences. Typical pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms comprise - ten ☆ ^ ^ 3 or more excipients. Suitable excipients are well known to those skilled in the art, and non-limiting examples of suitable excipients include powder, glucose, lactose, gelatin, malt, rice, flour, white peony, lycopene, stearin. It is known that sodium sulphate, glyceryl monostearate, talc, sodium carbonate, skim milk powder, glycerin, glycerol, water, ethanol and the like. Whether a particular excipient is suitable for incorporation into a pharmaceutical composition or dosage form will depend on a variety of factors well known in the art, including, without limitation, the manner in which the dosage form is administered to the individual and the particular activity in the dosage form. ingredient. The composition or single-unit dosage form may also contain minor amounts of wetting or emulsifying agents or pH buffering agents if desired. Lactose-free compositions may comprise excipients well known in the art and listed, for example, in the United States Pharmacopoeia (10) P) SP (XXI) / NF (XVI). In general, lactose-free compositions comprise pharmaceutically compatible and A pharmaceutically acceptable amount of active ingredient, binder/filler, and 1 bone agent. <Listed non-dairy _ type contains active ingredient, microcrystalline cellulose, pregelatinized starch and magnesium stearate. Also provided herein are anhydrous pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms comprising the active ingredient, as water promotes degradation of some of the compounds. For example, the addition of water (e.g., 5%) is widely accepted in medical technology as a method of simulating long-term storage to determine characteristics of the formulation over time, such as shelf life or stability. See, for example, T. Carstensen, Drug Stability: Principles & Practice, 2nd ed., Marcel Dekker, NY, NY, 1995, p. 379 80. In fact, water and heat accelerate the decomposition of some compounds. Therefore, the effect of water on the formulation is significant because it is often exposed to moisture and/or full gas during storage, handling, storage and storage of the formulation. Anhydrous pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms can be prepared using anhydrous or low moisture containing ingredients and low moisture or low humidity conditions. Pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms comprising lactose and at least one active ingredient comprising a -grade amine or a secondary amine are preferably anhydrous if it is intended to be in substantial contact with moisture and/or moisture during manufacture, packaging and/or storage. . Anhydrous pharmaceutical compositions should be prepared and stored such that they retain anhydrous character. Accordingly, it is preferred to use a material that is known to prevent contact with water, such that it can be included in a suitable kit. Examples of suitable packaging include, but are not limited to, sealed, plastic, unit dose containers. (eg vials), blister packs and strip packs. Further provided herein are pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms that comprise - or a plurality of compounds that reduce the rate of decomposition of the active ingredient. Such compounds are referred to herein as "stabilizers" and include, but are not limited to, antioxidants (such as ascorbic acid), pH buffers or salt buffers. The pharmaceutical compositions and single unit dosage forms may be in the form of solutions, suspensions, emulsions, lozenges, pills, capsules, powders, sustained release formulations, and the like. Oral formulations may include standard carriers such as pharmaceutical grade mannitol, lactose, starch, magnesium stearate, sodium saccharin, cellulose, magnesium carbonate, and the like. Such compositions and dosage forms will contain a prophylactic or therapeutically effective amount of a prophylactic or therapeutic agent in the form of a purified form, together with a suitable amount of carrier, in a form suitable for administration to the individual. The formulation should be adapted to the mode of administration. In a preferred embodiment, the 'pharmaceutical composition or single unit dosage form is sterile and in a suitable form for administration to an individual, preferably an individual animal, a better mammal, 152269.doc • 48-201121958, and preferably Human individual. The pharmaceutical compositions provided herein are formulated to be compatible with their intended route of administration. Examples of routes of administration include, but are not limited to, parenteral, such as intravenous, intradermal, subcutaneous, intramuscular, subcutaneous, oral, buccal, sublingual, inhalation, intranasal, transdermal, topical, transmucosal, Intratumoral, intrasynovial and rectal administration. In a particular embodiment, the composition is formulated according to conventional procedures into a pharmaceutical composition suitable for intravenous, subcutaneous, intramuscular, oral, intranasal or topical administration to humans. In one embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition is formulated for subcutaneous administration to humans according to conventional procedures. The composition for intravenous administration is usually a solution in a sterile aqueous buffer. If necessary, the composition may also include a solubilizing agent and a local anesthetic such as lidocaine to reduce pain at the injection site. Examples of dosage forms include, but are not limited to, lozenges; caplets; capsules, such as elastic soft gelatin capsules; cachets; sugar-coated tablets; buccal ingots; dispersions; test agents, ointments, cataplasms/oultices Paste; powders; dressings; creams; gypsum; solutions; tablets; aerosols (such as nasal sprays or inhalants); gels; liquid formulations suitable for oral or transmucosal administration to individuals, including suspension Liquid (eg, aqueous or non-aqueous liquid suspension 'oil-in-water emulsion or water-in-oil liquid emulsion), solution and expectorant; liquid dosage form suitable for parenteral administration to an individual; and reversible to provide a suitable parenteral Sterile solids (e.g., crystalline or amorphous solids) that are administered to a liquid dosage form of the individual. The composition, shape and type of dosage form will generally vary depending on its use. For example, a dosage form for initial treatment of a viral infection can contain one or more active ingredients in an amount greater than the dosage form used to maintain the same infection in the treatment of 152269.doc • 49-201121958. Similarly, a parenteral dosage form can contain one or more active ingredients in an amount that is less than the oral dosage form used to treat the same disease or condition. These and other ways in which particular dosage forms can vary from one another to those skilled in the art will be readily apparent. See, for example, Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 18th Edition, 'Mack Publishing, Easton PA (1990). In general, the ingredients of the compositions provided herein are provided separately or separately in unit dosage form, for example, as a dry lyophilized powder or a water-free concentrate in a closed container (such as an ampoule or sachet indicating the amount of active agent) The form in the middle. When the composition is to be administered by infusion, the composition may be dispensed with a drop containing sterile pharmaceutical grade water or physiological saline. # When the composition is administered by injection, an ampule for sterile water for injection or physiological saline can be provided so that the ingredients can be mixed before administration. A typical dosage form comprises a compound provided herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or hydrate thereof, in the range of from about 10,000 mg per day to about 50,000 mg per day in the form of a single dose per week. Give, "jiaojiao in the form of divided doses and food - take it. The particular dosage form of the invention has about ο.1, 0.2,. , 5.0, 10.0, 15.0, 2〇, 〇, 25 500 or 1000 mg of active agent β oral dosage form 50.0 100, 200, 250, suitable for oral administration of the present and forked medical composition can be individual The form of the dosage form presents 'such as (彳曰 卩卩仏, ^ 1 not limited to) the agent (such as a chewable tablet), a caplet, a capsule, and a liquid (such as biting her, feather syrup). These dosage forms contain a predetermined amount of the active ingredient 152269.doc 201121958 and can be prepared by a pharmacy method well known to those skilled in the art. See generally Remington, Pharmaceutical, "I (2), 18th edition,

Mack Publishing,Easton PA (1990) 〇 在某些實施例中,經π劑型為固體且在無水條件下用無 水成分製備’如上文章節中詳細描述。然而,其他實施例 延伸至無水固體經口劑型以外。因此,本文亦描述其他形 式。 典型經口劑型係根據習知醫藥混配技術藉由將活性成分 與至少-種賦形劑組合成緊密混合物來製備。賦形劑可視 投藥所需之製劑形式而採取多種形式。舉例而言,適用於 經口液體或氣溶膠劑型之賦形劑包括(但不限於)水、二 醇、油、醇、調味劑、防腐劑及著色劑。適用於固體經: 劑型(例如散劑、錠劑、膠囊及囊片)之賦形劑的實例包括 (但不限於)澱粉、糖、微晶纖維素、稀釋劑、成粒劑、潤 滑劑、黏合劑及崩解劑。 因為疑劑及膠囊易於投與,所以其代表最有利之經口單 位劑型,在該情況下採用固體賦形劑。必要時,鍵劑可藉 由標準水性或非水性技術包覆包衣。此等劑型可藉由任何 樂劑學方法製備。-般而言’醫藥組合物及劑型係藉由將 活性成分與液體載劑、細粉狀固體載劑或兩者均勾且緊密 地混合,接著需要時將產物成形為所需呈現形式來製備。 舉例而言’錠劑可藉由壓製或模製來製備。壓製錠劑可 糟由在適合機器中以自由流動形式(諸如散劑或顆粒)屋製 視情況與賦形劑混合之活性成分來製備。模製錠劑可藉由 I52269.doc •51 - 201121958 在適合機器中4莫製經惰性液體# #劑濕潤之粉末狀化合物 的混合物而製得。 可用於經口劑型中之賦形劑的實例包括(但不限於)黏合 劑、填料、崩解劑及潤滑劑。適用於醫藥組合物及劑型中 之黏合劑包括(但不限於)玉米澱粉、馬鈴薯澱粉或其他澱 叔月膠天然膠及合成勝(諸如阿拉伯膠(acacia)、褐藻 酸鈉、褐藻酸、其他褐藻酸鹽、粉末狀黃蓍膠、瓜爾膠 (guar gum))、纖維素及其衍生物(例如乙基纖維素、乙酸 纖維素、緩甲基纖維素鈣、羧曱基纖維素鈉)、聚乙烯吼 洛咬綱、曱基纖維素、預膠凝化澱粉、經丙基甲基纖維素 (例如編號2208、2906、2910)、微晶纖維素及其混合物。 適用於本文中所揭不之醫樂組合物及劑型中的填料之實 例包括(但不限於)滑石、碳酸鈣(例如顆粒或散劑)、微晶 纖維素、粉末狀纖維素、葡萄糖結合劑(dextrate)、高嶺 土、甘露糖醇、矽酸、山梨糖醇、澱粉、預膠凝化澱粉及 其混合物。在一些實施例中,本文提供之醫藥組合物中之 黏合劑或填料係以醫藥組合物或劑型之約50至約99重量〇/〇 存在。Mack Publishing, Easton PA (1990) 〇 In certain embodiments, the π dosage form is solid and is prepared with anhydrous ingredients under anhydrous conditions' as described in detail in the above section. However, other embodiments extend beyond the anhydrous solid oral dosage form. Therefore, other forms are also described herein. A typical oral dosage form is prepared according to conventional pharmaceutical compounding techniques by combining the active ingredient with at least one excipient into an intimate admixture. The excipient can take a variety of forms depending on the form of preparation required for administration. For example, excipients suitable for oral liquid or aerosol dosage forms include, but are not limited to, water, diols, oils, alcohols, flavoring agents, preservatives, and coloring agents. Examples of excipients suitable for use in solids: dosage forms such as powders, lozenges, capsules and caplets include, but are not limited to, starch, sugar, microcrystalline cellulose, diluents, granulating agents, lubricants, adhesives Agent and disintegrant. Because the suspects and capsules are easy to administer, they represent the most advantageous oral dosage unit form, in which case solid excipients are employed. If necessary, the bonding agent can be coated by standard aqueous or non-aqueous techniques. These dosage forms can be prepared by any of the methods of ethics. In general, 'pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms are prepared by intimately mixing the active ingredient with a liquid carrier, a finely divided solid carrier, or both, and, if desired, shaping the product into the desired form. . For example, a tablet can be prepared by compression or molding. The compressed lozenges can be prepared from the active ingredients in a suitable flow in the form of a free-flowing (such as powder or granule) mixture with excipients as appropriate. Molded lozenges can be prepared by mixing a mixture of powdered compounds which are wetted with an inert liquid in a suitable machine by I52269.doc • 51 - 201121958. Examples of excipients that can be used in the oral dosage form include, but are not limited to, binders, fillers, disintegrants, and lubricants. Adhesives suitable for use in pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms include, but are not limited to, corn starch, potato starch or other natural starches and synthetics such as acacia, sodium alginate, alginic acid, and other brown algae. Acid salt, powdered tragacanth, guar gum, cellulose and its derivatives (such as ethyl cellulose, cellulose acetate, calcium methylcellulose, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose), Polyethylene guanidine, sulfhydryl cellulose, pregelatinized starch, propylmethylcellulose (eg, No. 2208, 2906, 2910), microcrystalline cellulose, and mixtures thereof. Examples of fillers suitable for use in the medical compositions and dosage forms disclosed herein include, but are not limited to, talc, calcium carbonate (e.g., granules or powders), microcrystalline cellulose, powdered cellulose, glucose binders ( Dextrate), kaolin, mannitol, citric acid, sorbitol, starch, pregelatinized starch, and mixtures thereof. In some embodiments, the binder or filler in the pharmaceutical compositions provided herein is present in an amount of from about 50 to about 99 weight 〇/〇 of the pharmaceutical composition or dosage form.

適合形式之微晶纖維素包括(但不限於)以AVICEL PH 101、AVICEL PH 103 AVICEL RC 581、AVICEL PH 105(可獲自 FMC Corporation,American Viscose Division,Suitable forms of microcrystalline cellulose include, but are not limited to, AVICEL PH 101, AVICEL PH 103 AVICEL RC 581, AVICEL PH 105 (available from FMC Corporation, American Viscose Division,

Avicel Sales, Marcus Hook,PA)及其混合物出售之物質。 特定黏合劑為以AVICEL RC 581出售之微晶纖維素與敌甲 基纖維素納之混合物。適合之無水或低水分賦形劑或添加 152269.doc •52- 201121958 劑包括 AVICEL PH 1〇3tm 及 Starch 1500 LM。 曰在-些實施例中,在本文提供之組合物中使用崩解劑以 提供當暴露於水性環境時㈣之㈣。含有過多崩解劑之 錠劑可⑥在儲存時崩解,而含有過少崩解劑之錢劑可能不 以所需速率或在所需條件下崩解。因&,應使用足量崩解 劑(既非過多亦非過少,以免不利地改變活性成分之釋放) 以形成本發明之固體經口劑型。所用崩解劑之量基於調配 物類型而變化且可由一般技術者輕易辨別。典型醫藥組合 物包含約0.5至約15重量%崩解劑,特定言之約i至約$重量 %崩解劑。 可用於醫藥組合物中之崩解劑包括(但不限於)瓊脂、褐 藻酸、碳酸鈣、微晶纖雉素、交聯羧甲纖維素鈉、交聯聚 維酮、波拉克林卸(p〇lacrilin p〇tassium)、羥基乙酸澱粉 納、馬鈴薯或木薯澱粉、預膠凝化澱粉、其他澱粉、黏 土、其他褐藻膠、其他纖維素、膠及其混合物。 可用於醫藥組合物及劑型中之潤滑劑包括(但不限於)硬 脂酸鈣、硬脂酸鎂、礦物油、輕質礦物油、丙三醇、山梨 糖醇、甘露糖醇、聚乙二醇、其他二醇、硬脂酸、月桂基 硫酸鈉、滑石、氫化植物油(例如花生油、棉籽油、葵花 油、芝麻油、橄欖油、玉米油及大豆油硬脂酸鋅、油 酸乙酯、月桂酸乙酯、瓊脂及其混合物。其他潤滑劑包括 例如 syloid矽膠(syloid silica gel)(AEROSIL 200,由 W.R.Avicel Sales, Marcus Hook, PA) and mixtures thereof. The specific binder is a mixture of microcrystalline cellulose and dimethicone cellulose sold as AVICEL RC 581. Suitable for anhydrous or low-moisture excipients or additions 152269.doc •52- 201121958 Agents include AVICEL PH 1〇3tm and Starch 1500 LM. In some embodiments, a disintegrant is used in the compositions provided herein to provide (d) when exposed to an aqueous environment (d). Tablets containing too much disintegrant can disintegrate upon storage, while tablets containing too little disintegrant may not disintegrate at the desired rate or under the desired conditions. Because of &, a sufficient amount of disintegrant (neither too much or too little, so as not to adversely alter the release of the active ingredient) should be used to form the solid oral dosage form of the present invention. The amount of disintegrant used varies based on the type of formulation and can be readily discerned by one of ordinary skill. A typical pharmaceutical composition comprises from about 0.5 to about 15% by weight of a disintegrant, specifically from about i to about $% by weight of a disintegrant. Disintegrators which can be used in pharmaceutical compositions include, but are not limited to, agar, alginic acid, calcium carbonate, microcrystalline fibroin, croscarmellose sodium, crospovidone, and pollackin unloading (p 〇lacrilin p〇tassium), sodium glycolate acetate, potato or tapioca starch, pregelatinized starch, other starches, clay, other alginate, other cellulose, gums, and mixtures thereof. Lubricants useful in pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms include, but are not limited to, calcium stearate, magnesium stearate, mineral oil, light mineral oil, glycerol, sorbitol, mannitol, polyethylene Alcohol, other glycols, stearic acid, sodium lauryl sulfate, talc, hydrogenated vegetable oil (such as peanut oil, cottonseed oil, sunflower oil, sesame oil, olive oil, corn oil and soybean oil zinc stearate, ethyl oleate, bay laurel Ethyl acetate, agar and mixtures thereof. Other lubricants include, for example, syloid silica gel (AEROSIL 200, by WR

Grace Co.,Baltimore,MD製造)、合成二氧化矽之凝聚氣 溶膠(由 Degussa Co·,Plano, TX市售)、CAB O SIL(由 Cabot 152269.doc -53- 201121958Grace Co., manufactured by Baltimore, MD), condensed aerosol of synthetic cerium oxide (commercially available from Degussa Co., Plano, TX), CAB O SIL (by Cabot 152269.doc -53- 201121958

Co.,Boston,ΜΑ出售之熱解二氧化矽產品)及其混合物β 若確實使用’則潤滑劑通常以小於併有其之醫藥組合物或 劑型的約1重量%之量使用。 延遲釋放劑型 活性成分可由一般技術者所熟知之控制釋放方法或傳遞 裝置來投與。實例包括(但不限於)美國專利第3,845,77〇 號;第 3,916,899號;第 3,536,809號;第 3,598,123號;及 第 4’008,719 號、第 5,674,533 號、第 5,059,595 號、第 5’591,767 號、第 5,120,548 號、第 5,073,543 號、第 5,639,476號、第5,354,556號及第5,733,566號中所述者, 各案係以引用的方式併入本文中。此等劑型可用以提供一 或多種活性成分之緩慢或控制釋放,其中使用例如羥丙基 甲基纖維素、其他聚合物基質、凝膠、可渗透膜、滲透系 統、多層包衣、微粒、脂質體、微球體或其組合以提供在 不同比例下之所需釋放型態。可輕易選擇一般技術者已知 之適合控制釋放調配物(包括本文所述者)以便與本文提供 之活性成分一起使用。因此,本文提供適用於控制釋放之 適於經口投與之單一單位劑型,諸如(但不限於)鍵劑、膠 囊、膠囊錠(gelcap)及囊片。 所有控制釋放藥品均具有一個共同目標,即改良藥物療 法以超越由其非控制對應物所達成。理想地,在醫學治療 中使用經最佳設計之控制釋放製劑的特徵在於採用最少原 料藥以在最少時間内治癒或控制病狀。控制釋放調配物之 優勢包括藥物活性擴展、給藥頻率降低及個體順應性提 152269.doc • 54· 201121958 同。另外,可使用控制釋放調配物以影響起始作用時間或 其他特徵(諸如藥物之血液含量),且因此可影響副作用(例 如不利作用)出現。 大多數控制釋放調配物經設計以最初釋放一定量藥物 (活性成分)使得立即產生所需治療作用,且逐漸且連續地 釋放其他量之藥物以長時期維持此程度之治療或預防作 用。為在體内維持此恆定藥物含量,藥物必須以將替代經 代謝且自體内排泄之藥物量的速率自劑型釋放。活性成分 之控制釋放可受各種條件刺激,該等條件包括(但不限 於)pH值、溫度、酶、水或其他生理學條件或化合物。 非經腸劑型 本文提供非經腸劑型。非經腸劑型可藉由各種途徑投與 個體,該等途徑包括(但不限於)皮下、靜脈内(包括快速注 射)、肌肉内及動脈内。因為非經腸劑型之投與通常避開 個體對污染物之自然防紫,所以其在投與個體之前較佳為 無菌的或能夠經滅菌。非經腸劑型之實例包括(但不限於) 待注射溶液、待溶解或懸浮於醫藥學上可接受之注射用媒 劑中之乾燥產品、待注射懸浮液、及乳液。 可用以提供非經腸劑型之適合媒劑為熟習此項技術者熟 知。實例包括(但不限於):注射用水11卯;水性媒劑諸 如(但不限於)氣化鈉注射液、林格氏注射液 Injection)、右旋糖注射液、右旋糖及氯化鈉注射液、及乳 酸化林格氏注射液;水混溶性媒劑,諸如(但不限於)乙 醇、聚乙二醇及聚丙二醇;及非水性媒劑,諸如(但不限 152269.doc •55- 201121958 於)玉米#、棉籽油、花生油、芝麻油、油酸乙s旨、十四 烧酸異丙S旨及苯甲酸苯甲醋。 增加4夕種本文所揭示之活性成分之溶解性的化合物 亦可併入非經腸劑型中。 經皮、局部及經黏膜劑型 本文亦提供經皮、局部及經黏臈劑型。經皮、局部及經 黏膜劑型包括(但不限於)熟習此項技術者已知之眼用溶 液、喷霧劑、氣溶膠、乳膏、洗劑、軟膏、凝膠、溶液、 乳液、懸浮液或其他形式。參看例如Remington,s Pharmaceutical Sciences, ^ Mack Publishing,The pyrogenic cerium oxide product sold by Co., Boston, ), and mixtures thereof, if used correctly, are typically employed in amounts less than about 1% by weight of the pharmaceutical composition or dosage form. Delayed Release Dosage The active ingredient can be administered by controlled release methods or delivery devices well known to those of ordinary skill in the art. Examples include, but are not limited to, U.S. Patent Nos. 3,845,77; 3,916,899; 3,536,809; 3,598,123; and 4'008,719, 5,674,533, 5,059,595, 5'591, Each of the items is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety by reference in its entirety in its entirety in the the the the the the the the the the the the the the the the the the the Such dosage forms can be used to provide slow or controlled release of one or more active ingredients using, for example, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, other polymeric matrices, gels, permeable membranes, osmotic systems, multi-layer coatings, microparticles, lipids The body, microspheres, or a combination thereof, provides the desired release profile at different ratios. Suitable controlled release formulations known to those of ordinary skill in the art, including those described herein, can be readily selected for use with the active ingredients provided herein. Accordingly, provided herein is a single unit dosage form suitable for oral administration suitable for controlled release, such as, but not limited to, a key, a capsule, a gelcap, and a caplet. All controlled release drugs have a common goal of improving drug therapy beyond what is achieved by their non-control counterparts. Ideally, the use of an optimally designed controlled release formulation in medical therapy is characterized by the use of a minimal amount of the drug to cure or control the condition in a minimum amount of time. Advantages of controlled release formulations include drug activity expansion, reduced dosing frequency, and individual compliance. 152269.doc • 54· 201121958 The same. Additionally, controlled release formulations can be used to affect the onset of action or other characteristics, such as the blood level of the drug, and thus can affect the appearance of side effects, such as adverse effects. Most controlled release formulations are designed to initially release a certain amount of the drug (active ingredient) such that the desired therapeutic effect is immediately produced, and other amounts of the drug are gradually and continuously released to maintain this degree of therapeutic or prophylactic action for a prolonged period of time. To maintain this constant drug content in the body, the drug must be released from the dosage form at a rate that will replace the amount of drug that is metabolized and excreted from the body. Controlled release of the active ingredient can be stimulated by a variety of conditions including, but not limited to, pH, temperature, enzymes, water, or other physiological conditions or compounds. Parenteral dosage forms Parenteral dosage forms are provided herein. Parenteral dosage forms can be administered to the individual by a variety of routes including, but not limited to, subcutaneous, intravenous (including rapid injection), intramuscular, and intraarterial. Because parenteral dosage forms generally circumvent the individual's natural anti-purple effect on the contaminant, it is preferably sterile or sterilizable prior to administration to the individual. Examples of parenteral dosage forms include, but are not limited to, the solution to be injected, the dry product to be dissolved or suspended in a pharmaceutically acceptable injectable vehicle, the suspension to be injected, and the emulsion. Suitable vehicles for providing parenteral dosage forms are well known to those skilled in the art. Examples include, but are not limited to, 11 hydrazine for injection; aqueous vehicles such as, but not limited to, sodium sulphate injection, Ringer's injection, dextrose injection, dextrose, and sodium chloride injection. Liquid, and lactated Ringer's injection; water-miscible vehicles such as, but not limited to, ethanol, polyethylene glycol, and polypropylene glycol; and non-aqueous vehicles such as (but not limited to 152269.doc • 55- 201121958 Yu) corn #, cottonseed oil, peanut oil, sesame oil, oleic acid B s, fourteen succinic acid isopropyl S and benzoic acid benzoic acid. Compounds which increase the solubility of the active ingredients disclosed herein may also be incorporated into parenteral dosage forms. Percutaneous, topical, and transmucosal dosage forms Percutaneous, topical, and transdermal formulations are also provided herein. Percutaneous, topical, and transmucosal dosage forms include, but are not limited to, ophthalmic solutions, sprays, aerosols, creams, lotions, ointments, gels, solutions, emulsions, suspensions, or solutions known to those skilled in the art. Other forms. See, for example, Remington, s Pharmaceutical Sciences, ^ Mack Publishing,

Easton PA (1980 ^ 1990) ; ^Introduction to Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms,第 4版,Lea及Febiger,Philadelphia (1985)。可 將適用於治療口腔内黏膜組織之劑型調配為漱口劑或經口 凝膠。此外,經皮劑型包括「儲集器型」或「基質型」貼 片’其可塗覆於皮膚上且敷戴一段特定時間以使所需量之 活性成分穿透。 可用以乂供經皮、局部及經黏膜劑型之適合賦形劑(例 如載劑及稀釋劑)及其他物質為熟習醫藥技術者所熟知, 且視將塗覆既定醫藥組合物或劑型之特定組織而定。應瞭 解’典型賦形劑包括(但不限於)水、丙酮、乙醇、乙二 醇、丙二醇、丁烷1,3二醇、十四烷酸異丙酯、棕搁酸異 丙S旨、礦物油及其混合物以形成無毒且醫藥學上可接受之 洗劑、酊劑、乳膏、乳液、凝膠或軟膏。必要時亦可將增 濕劑(Moisturizer)或保濕劑添加至醫藥組合物及劑型中。 152269.doc -56- 201121958 此項技術中熟知此等其他成分之實例。參看例如Easton PA (1980 ^ 1990); ^ Introduction to Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms, 4th edition, Lea and Febiger, Philadelphia (1985). A dosage form suitable for treating oral mucosal tissue can be formulated as a mouthwash or an oral gel. In addition, transdermal dosage forms include "reservoir type" or "matrix type" patches which can be applied to the skin and applied for a specific period of time to allow penetration of the desired amount of active ingredient. Suitable excipients (e.g., carriers and diluents) and other materials which may be used in transdermal, topical and transmucosal dosage forms are well known to those skilled in the art, and will depend on the particular tissue to which a given pharmaceutical composition or dosage form will be applied. And set. It should be understood that 'typical excipients include, but are not limited to, water, acetone, ethanol, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, butane 1,3 diol, isopropyl myristate, palmitic acid isopropyl, minerals Oils and mixtures thereof to form non-toxic and pharmaceutically acceptable lotions, elixirs, creams, lotions, gels or ointments. A moisturizer (Moisturizer) or a humectant may also be added to the pharmaceutical composition and dosage form as necessary. 152269.doc -56- 201121958 Examples of such other ingredients are well known in the art. See for example

Remington’s Pharmaceutical Sciences,第 16版及第 18版, Mack Publishing, Easton PA (1980及 1990)。 視欲治療之特定組織而定,可在以活性成分(包括(但不 限於)本文提供之化合物)治療之前、同時或之後使用其他 組分。舉例而言,穿透增強劑可用以幫助將活性成分傳遞 至組織。適合之穿透增強劑包括(但不限於):丙酮;各種 醇’諸如乙醇、油醇及四氫呋喃醇;烷基亞颯,諸如二曱 亞砜’二甲基乙醯胺;二甲基甲醯胺;聚乙二醇;吡咯啶 闕’諸如聚乙烯η比洛咬酮;科利當(K〇1lid〇n)級(聚維酮 (P〇Vld〇ne)、聚乙烯吡咯啶酮(Polyvidone));脲;及各種 水溶性或水不溶性糖酯,諸如Tween 8〇(聚山梨醇酯8〇)及 Span 60(去水山梨糖醇單硬脂酸酯)。 亦可調節醫藥組合物或劑型、或塗覆有該醫藥組合物或 劑聖之組織的pH值以改良一或多種活性成分之傳遞。類似 地’可調節溶劑載劑之極性、其離子強度或張力以改良傳 遞。亦可將諸如硬脂酸鹽之化合物添加至醫藥组合物或劑 、'、有利地改邊一或多種活性成分之親水性或親脂性, 以便改良傳遞。就此而言,硬脂酸鹽可充當調配物之脂質 媒劑充备礼化劑或界面活性劑,及充當傳遞增強劑或穿 、曰強劑活性成分之不同鹽、水合物或溶劑合物可用以 進一步調節所得組合物之特性。 劑量及單位劑型 在人類〜療劑中’醫生將根據預防性或治瘉性治療及根 152269.doc •57· 201121958 據奴冶療之個體的特定年齡、體重、感染階段及其他因素 來確定其認為最適當之劑量學。一般而言,對於成人,劑 量為每曰約1 mg至約1000 mg,或對於成人為每曰約5 至’力250 mg,或每曰約丨〇 mg至5〇 mg。在某些實施例中, 劑里為每個成人每日約5 mg至約彻mg,且更佳為每日 mg至2〇〇 mg。每日約5〇 mg至約5〇〇 之劑量率亦為較佳 的》 在其他態樣中,本文提供藉由投與有需要之個體有效量 的針對C型肝炎病毒具有高治療指數之本發明化合物或其 醫藥學上可接受之鹽治療或預防個體之C型肝炎病毒感染 的方法。治療指數可根據熟習此項技術者已知之任何方法 (諸如下文實例中所述之方法)來量測。在某些實施例中, 冶療指數為化合物具有毒性之濃度與有效對抗C型肝炎病 毒之濃度的比率。毒性可藉由熟習此項技術者已知之任何 技術量測,包括細胞毒性(例如ICso或ICM及致死劑量(例 如LD5〇或LD9〇)。同樣地,有效濃度可藉由熟習此項技術 者已知之任何技術量測,包括有效濃度(例如Ec^或EC%) 及有效劑量(例如Ehp'ED9。)。較佳地’以比率形式比較 類似量測值(例如 IC5〇/EC5q、IC9G/EC9Q、LD5Q/ED5〇 或 LD9Q/ED90)。在某些實施例中,治療指數可高達2.0、5.0、 10.0、15,0、20.0、25.0、50.0、75.0、100.0、125.0、 150.0或 150.0以上。 化合物或組合物有效預防、治療、管理或改善病症或其 一或多個症狀之量將隨疾病或病狀之性質及嚴重度及活性 152269.doc -58- 201121958 成分之投藥途徑而變化。頻率及劑量亦將根據各個體之特 定因素’視所投與之特定療法(例如治療劑或預防劑)、病 症、疾病或病狀之嚴重度、投藥途徑、以及個體之年齡、 身體、體重、反應及以往病史而變化。有效劑量可自源自 活體外或動物模型測試系統之劑量-反應曲線外推。 組合物之例示性劑量包括毫克或微克量之活性化合物/ 公斤個體或樣本重量(例如約10微克/公斤至約50毫克/公 斤、約100微克/公斤至約25毫克/公斤,或約100微克/公斤 至約10毫克/公斤)。對於本文提供之組合物’以活性化合 物之重量計’投與個體之劑量通常為每公斤個體體重 0.140 mg至3 mg。在一個實施例中,投與個體之劑量係在 每公斤個體體重0.20 „^與2.〇〇 mg之間,或在〇 3〇叫與 1.50 mg之間。 在個實施例中,本文提供之組合物用於治療或預防 HCV感染的推薦日劑量範圍處於每日約0.1 mg至約1000 mg之範圍内,以每日一次單次劑量之形式或以貫穿一日之 分次劑量形式給予。肩一杂 在個只知例中,曰劑量係以等分劑 量每日投與兩次。杜令士― 5之’曰劑量範圍應為每曰約i 〇 mg至約 200 mg,P 胜中一· + , ^ 更特疋5之,在每日約1〇 mg與約15〇 mg 之間甚至更特定言之在每曰約25邮與約_呵之 間。^些情況下,可能必需使用本文所揭示之範圍以外 之活性成/刀劑量,其將對 1万、奴技術者為顯而易知。此 外’注忍到臨床醫師岑、Λ,麻s 打次。療邊師將結合個體反應來瞭解如 何及何時中斷、調節或終止療法。 152269.doc •59· 201121958 不同治療有效量可適用於不同疾病及病狀,如—般技術 者將輕易知曉。類似地’上述劑量及給藥頻率時程亦將涵 蓋足以預防、管理、治療或改善此等病症,但不足以引起 與本文提供之組合物相關的不利侧,或足以減小該等不 利作用之量。此外’當投與個體多個劑量之本文提供之組 合物時,並非所有劑量均需相同。舉例而言,可提高投與 個體之劑夏以改良組合物之預防或治療作用,或可降低投 與個體之劑量以減小特定個體所經歷之一或多種副作用。 在一個特定實施例中’以活性化合物之重量計,經投與 以預防或治療個體之病症或其一或多個症狀的本文提供之 組合物之劑量為每公斤個體體重〇. i mg、1 mg、2 mg、3 mg、4 mg、5 mg、6 mg、1 〇 mg或 1 5 mg或 15 mg以上。在 另一實施例中,經投與以預防、治療、管理或改善個體之 病症或其一或多個症狀的組合物之劑量為以下單位劑量: 0.1 mg至 200 mg、0.1 mg至 100 mg、0.1 mg至 50 mg、0.1 mg至 25 mg、0.1 mg至 20 mg、0.1 mg至 15 mg、0.1 mg至 10 mg、0.1 mg至 7.5 mg、0.1 mg至 5 mg、0.1 至 2.5 mg、 0.25 mg 至 20 mg、0.25至 15 mg、0.25至 12 mg、0.25 至 10 mg、0.25 mg 至 7.5 mg、0.25 mg 至 5 mg、0.5 mg 至 2.5 mg、1 mg至 20 mg、1 mg至 15 mg、1 mg至 12 mg、1 mg至 10 mg、1 mg至 7·5 mg、1 mg至 5 mg或 1 mg至 2.5 mg。 在某些實施例中’治療或預防可用本文提供之化合物或 組合物的一或多個起始劑量引發’繼之以一或多個維持劑 量。在此等實施例中’起始劑量可為例如每曰約60 mg至 152269.doc • 60- 201121958 約400 mg,或每曰約loo mg至約2〇〇 mg ,持續一曰至五 週。起始劑量之後可為一或多個維持劑量。各維持劑量可 獨立地為每日約10 mg至約200 mg,更特定言之在每曰約 25 mg與約150 mg之間,或甚至更特定言之在每曰約乃mg 與約80 mg之間。維持劑量較佳地每曰投與且可以單一劑 量或分次劑量形式投與。 在某些實施例中,可投與劑量以達成個體之血液或血清 中的活性成分穩態濃度。穩態濃度可藉由根據熟習此項技 術者可用之技術進行的量測來測定,或可基於個體之身體 特徵,諸如身高、體重及年齡。在某些實施例中,投與足 量化合物或組合物以達成個體之血液或血清中約3〇〇 ng/mL至約 4000 ng/mL、約 400 ng/mL至約 16〇〇 ng/mL、或Remington’s Pharmaceutical Sciences, 16th and 18th editions, Mack Publishing, Easton PA (1980 and 1990). Depending on the particular tissue being treated, other components may be used prior to, concurrently with, or after treatment with the active ingredients, including but not limited to the compounds provided herein. For example, penetration enhancers can be used to help deliver the active ingredient to the tissue. Suitable penetration enhancers include, but are not limited to: acetone; various alcohols such as ethanol, oleyl alcohol, and tetrahydrofuranol; alkyl alum, such as disulfoxide, dimethylacetamide; dimethylformamidine; Amine; polyethylene glycol; pyrrolidinium 'such as polyethylene η piroxime; K〇1lid〇n grade (P〇Vld〇ne), polyvinylpyrrolidone (Polyvidone) ;); urea; and various water-soluble or water-insoluble sugar esters, such as Tween 8 (polysorbate 8) and Span 60 (sorbitan monostearate). The pH of the pharmaceutical composition or dosage form, or tissue coated with the pharmaceutical composition or agent can also be adjusted to improve the delivery of one or more active ingredients. Similarly, the polarity of the solvent carrier, its ionic strength or tension can be adjusted to improve delivery. A compound such as a stearate may also be added to the pharmaceutical composition or agent, ', advantageously to modify the hydrophilicity or lipophilicity of one or more of the active ingredients, in order to improve delivery. In this regard, the stearate can act as a lipid vehicle for the formulation as a ritual or surfactant, and as a delivery enhancer or a different salt, hydrate or solvate of the active ingredient of the penetration and redness agent. To further adjust the properties of the resulting composition. Dosage and unit dosage form in humans ~ therapeutics 'doctors will be based on preventive or curative treatment and root 152269.doc •57· 201121958 according to the specific age, weight, infection stage and other factors of the individual The most appropriate dosimetry is considered. Generally, for an adult, the dosage is from about 1 mg to about 1000 mg per ounce, or from about 5 to about 250 mg per ounce for adults, or from about 丨〇 mg to 5 mg per ounce. In certain embodiments, the agent is from about 5 mg to about 100 mg per day, and more preferably from mg to 2 mg per day. A dosage rate of about 5 〇 mg to about 5 每日 per day is also preferred. In other aspects, the present invention provides a high therapeutic index for hepatitis C virus by administering an effective amount to an individual in need thereof. A method of treating or preventing a hepatitis C virus infection in an individual by a compound of the invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. The therapeutic index can be measured according to any method known to those skilled in the art, such as the methods described in the Examples below. In certain embodiments, the therapeutic index is the ratio of the concentration at which the compound is toxic to the concentration effective against the hepatitis C virus. Toxicity can be measured by any technique known to those skilled in the art, including cytotoxicity (eg, ICso or ICM and lethal dose (eg, LD5〇 or LD9〇). Similarly, effective concentrations can be obtained by those skilled in the art. Any technical measurement is known, including effective concentrations (eg, Ec^ or EC%) and effective doses (eg, Ehp'ED9.). Preferably, similar measurements are compared in ratios (eg, IC5〇/EC5q, IC9G/EC9Q). , LD5Q/ED5〇 or LD9Q/ED90). In certain embodiments, the therapeutic index can be as high as 2.0, 5.0, 10.0, 15, 0, 20.0, 25.0, 50.0, 75.0, 100.0, 125.0, 150.0 or more. Or the effective amount of the composition to prevent, treat, manage or ameliorate the condition or one or more of its symptoms will vary depending on the nature and severity of the disease or condition and the route of administration of the ingredient 152269.doc-58-201121958. The dosage will also depend on the particular factor of each individual 'depending on the particular therapy (eg, therapeutic or prophylactic) administered, the severity of the condition, disease or condition, the route of administration, and the age, body, weight, and The clinical dose varies. The effective dose can be extrapolated from the dose-response curve derived from an in vitro or animal model test system. Exemplary dosages of the composition include milligrams or micrograms of active compound per kilogram of individual or sample weight (eg, about 10) Micrograms/kg to about 50 mg/kg, from about 100 micrograms/kg to about 25 mg/kg, or from about 100 micrograms/kg to about 10 mg/kg. For the compositions provided herein, 'by weight of active compound' The dosage administered to the individual is usually from 0.140 mg to 3 mg per kg of body weight. In one embodiment, the dosage administered to the individual is between 0.20 ng and 2. 〇〇mg per kg of body weight, or at 〇3 The bark is between 1.50 mg. In one embodiment, the recommended daily dose for the treatment or prevention of HCV infection in the compositions provided herein is in the range of from about 0.1 mg to about 1000 mg per day, once daily. The sub-dose is administered in the form of a divided dose throughout the day. In the case of a single dose, the sputum dose is administered twice daily in aliquots. Du francs - 5' dose range Should be for each About i 〇mg to about 200 mg, P wins one + +, ^ more special 5, between about 1 〇 mg and about 15 〇 mg per day, or even more specifically about 25 pm per week Between _ _ oh. In some cases, it may be necessary to use the active ingredient / knife dose outside the scope disclosed in this article, which will be obvious to 10,000, slave technicians. In addition, 'tolerate the clinician 岑, Hey, hemp s. Therapist will combine individual reactions to understand how and when to interrupt, regulate or terminate therapy. 152269.doc •59· 201121958 Different therapeutically effective amounts can be applied to different diseases and conditions, as will be readily known to the general practitioner. Similarly, the above dosages and dosing frequency schedules will also cover sufficient to prevent, manage, treat or ameliorate such conditions, but not sufficient to cause adverse side effects associated with the compositions provided herein, or sufficient to reduce such adverse effects. the amount. In addition, not all doses need to be the same when administered to a plurality of dosages of the compositions provided herein. For example, the agent administered to an individual can be administered to improve the prophylactic or therapeutic effect of the composition, or the dosage administered to the individual can be reduced to reduce one or more side effects experienced by the particular individual. In one particular embodiment, the dosage of a composition provided herein to be administered to prevent or treat a condition of the individual or one or more symptoms thereof, by weight of the active compound, is per kg body weight. i mg, 1 Mg, 2 mg, 3 mg, 4 mg, 5 mg, 6 mg, 1 mg or 15 mg or more. In another embodiment, the dosage of the composition administered to prevent, treat, manage, or ameliorate the condition of the individual or one or more symptoms thereof is the following unit dose: 0.1 mg to 200 mg, 0.1 mg to 100 mg, 0.1 mg to 50 mg, 0.1 mg to 25 mg, 0.1 mg to 20 mg, 0.1 mg to 15 mg, 0.1 mg to 10 mg, 0.1 mg to 7.5 mg, 0.1 mg to 5 mg, 0.1 to 2.5 mg, 0.25 mg to 20 mg, 0.25 to 15 mg, 0.25 to 12 mg, 0.25 to 10 mg, 0.25 mg to 7.5 mg, 0.25 mg to 5 mg, 0.5 mg to 2.5 mg, 1 mg to 20 mg, 1 mg to 15 mg, 1 mg Up to 12 mg, 1 mg to 10 mg, 1 mg to 7.5 mg, 1 mg to 5 mg, or 1 mg to 2.5 mg. In certain embodiments, the treatment or prevention may be initiated by one or more starting doses of a compound or composition provided herein, followed by one or more maintenance doses. In such embodiments, the starting dose can be, for example, about 60 mg to 152269.doc • 60 to 201121958, about 400 mg per ounce, or about loo mg to about 2 mg per ounce, for one to five weeks. The starting dose can be followed by one or more maintenance doses. Each maintenance dose may independently be from about 10 mg to about 200 mg per day, more specifically between about 25 mg and about 150 mg per sputum, or even more specifically at about mg and about 80 mg per guanidine. between. The maintenance dose is preferably administered per ounce and can be administered in a single dose or in divided doses. In certain embodiments, the dosage can be administered to achieve a steady state concentration of the active ingredient in the blood or serum of the individual. The steady state concentration can be determined by measurements made according to techniques available to those skilled in the art, or can be based on the physical characteristics of the individual, such as height, weight, and age. In certain embodiments, a sufficient amount of the compound or composition is administered to achieve from about 3 ng/mL to about 4000 ng/mL, from about 400 ng/mL to about 16 ng/mL in the blood or serum of the individual. ,or

約600 ng/mL至約1200 ng/mL·之穩態濃度。可投與起始劑 里以達成約 1200 ng/mL 至約 8000 ng/mL' 或約 2000 ng/mLA steady state concentration of from about 600 ng/mL to about 1200 ng/mL. Can be administered in the starter to achieve about 1200 ng/mL to about 8000 ng/mL' or about 2000 ng/mL

至、4000 ng/mL之穩態血液或血清濃度並持續一至五天。 才又/、、准持里以達成個體之血液或血清中約ng/mL 至約 4000 ng/mL、約 4〇〇 ng/mL至約 l6〇〇 、或約 6〇〇 ng/mL至約12〇〇 ng/mL之穩態濃度。 在某些實施例中’可重複投與同一組合物且該等投與可 相隔至j/1日、2日、3日'5日、1()日、15日、;30日、 曰 2個月、75日、3個月或6個月。在其他實施例中,可 重複投與同—預防劑或治療劑且該等投與可相隔至少1 日2日、3日、5日、10日、15日、30日、45日、2個月、 75曰、3個月或6個月。 152269.doc -61 - 201121958 在某些態樣中,本文提供單位劑量,其包含式(1)化合物 或其醫藥學上可接受之鹽,呈適於投與之形式。此等形式 在上文中詳細描述。在某些實施例中,單位劑量包含i至 1000 mg、5至250 mg或10至5〇 mg活性成分。在特定實施 例中’單位劑量包含約!、5、10、25、5〇、1〇()、125、 250、500或1000 mgs性成分。此等單位劑量可根據熟習 此項技術者熟習之技術製備。 套組 本文亦提供適用於治療或預防HCV感染之方法中的套 組。該等套組可包括本文提供之化合物或組合物,及向健 康照護提供者提供關於治療或預防Hcv感染之用途的資訊 之說明書。㉟明書可以印刷形式或以電子媒體(諸如軟磁 碟、CD或DVD)形式’或以可獲得此等說明書之網站位址 的形式提供。本文提供之化合物或組合物的單位劑量可包 括當投與個體時,使個體體内達成化合物或組合物之治療 或預防有效血漿含量並持續至少〖日之劑量。在一些實施 例中,本文提供之化合物或組合物可以無菌水性醫藥組合 物或乾粉(例如凍乾)組合物之形式包括在内。在一些實施 例中’化合物係根據式(1)。 在一些實施例中,提供適合之包裝。如本文中所用, 「包裝」係指慣常用於系統中且能夠將適於投與個體之本 文提供之化合物或組合物固持於固定界限内的固體基質或 材料此等材料包括玻璃及塑膠(例如聚乙烯、聚丙烯及 聚碳酸醋)瓶、小瓶、紙、塑膠’及塑膠_结層壓封袋及其 152269.doc -62· 201121958 類似物。若採用電子束滅菌技術,則包裝應具有足夠低之 密度以使内容物滅菌。 本文提供之套組除式(I)化合物或其組合物之外亦可包含 其他化合物或組合物以與式⑴化合物或其組合物一起使 用,如上文方法中所述。 組合療法 本文提供之化合物亦可與適用於治療及/或預防HCv感 染之其他治療劑組合,或組合使用。 如本文中所用,術語「組合」包括使用一種以上療法 (例如一或多種預防劑及/或治療劑)。然而,使用術語「組 合」不限制投與患有疾病或病症之個體療法(例如預防劑 及/或治療劑)之順序。第一療法(例如預防劑或治療劑,諸 如本文提供之化合物)可在投與第二療法(例如預防劑或治 療劑)之前(之前例如5分鐘、15分鐘、3〇分鐘、Μ分鐘、i 小時、2小時、4小時、6小時、12小時、24小時、48小 時、72小時、96小時、1週、2週、3週、4週、5週、6週、 8週或η週)、同時或之後(之後例如5分鐘、15分鐘、3〇分 鐘、45分鐘、1小時、2小時、4 ^ Μ、時、丨2小時、24 小時、48小時、72小時、96小時H、3週、4週、 5週、6週、8週或12週)投與個體。本文亦涵蓋三合一療 法0 7、 匕枯本文提供厶 已經用於或目前正用於治療、預防或管理…、 -療法(例如預防劑或治療劑)之缸人、’ 3病症之: °卉比療法之相加; 152269.doc •63· 201121958 應更有效。療法組合(例如預防劑或治療劑之組合)之協同 效應允許使用較低劑量之一或多種療法及/或較小之投與 罹患病症的個體該等療法之頻率。利用較低劑量之療法 (例如預防劑或治療劑)及/或以較小頻率投與該療法之能力 降低與投與個體該療法相Μ之毒性,而未%低該療法在預 防或治療病症中之功效。另外,協同效應可使得藥劑在預 防或治療病症中之功效改良。最終,療法組合(例如預防 劑或治療劑之組合)之協同效應可避免或降低與使用任一 單獨療法相關的不利或不期望之副作用。 本文提供之化合物可與諸如抗11(:¥劑之另一治療劑組合 =交替杈與。在組合療法中,有效劑量之兩種或兩種以上 藥劑係一起投與,而在交替或連續步驟療法中,有效劑量 之各藥劑係連續或依次投與。所給劑量將視藥物之吸收、 失活及排泄速率以及熟習此項技術者已知之其他因素而 疋。應注意,劑量值亦將隨欲緩解之病狀的嚴重度而變 化。應進一步瞭解,對於任何特定個體,均應根據個體需 要及投與或監督投與組合物者之專業判斷隨時間調節特定 給藥方案及時程。 $已%識到在長期抗病毒劑治療之後可能出現之抗藥 =異體。抗藥性最通常因編碼病毒複製中所用之酶的基因 而出現。藉由與誘導與主要藥物引起之突變不同之突 一及或許第三抗病毒化合物組合或交替投與該化合 物’針對病毒感染之藥物的功效可能延長、加強或恢復。 或者,藥物之藥物動力學、生物分佈或其他參數可藉由此 152269.doc •64· 201121958 組合或交替療法而改變。一般而言,組合療法通常優於交 替療法,因為其同時對病毒誘導多種應力。 適合之HCV蛋白酶抑制劑包括(但不限於)Medivir HCV 蛋白酶抑制劑(Medivir/Tobotec) ; ITMN-191(InterMune)、 SCH 503034(Schering)、VX950(Vertex);如以下文獻中所 揭示之基於受質的NS3蛋白酶抑制劑:WO 98/22496 ; Attwood 等人,Antiviral Chemistry and Chemotherapy 1999, 10, 259-273 ; DE 19914474 ; WO 98/17679 ; WO 99/07734 ;非基於受質之NS3蛋白酶抑制劑,諸如2,4,6-三 經基-3-石肖基-笨曱醯胺衍生物(Sudo等人,別oc/iew. Biophys. Res. Commun. 1997, 238, 643-647) ' RD3-4082 ' RD3-4078、SCH 68631 及菲酿(Chu 等人,Tetrahedron 1996,37,7229-7232) ; SCH 35 1633(Chu 等人, Bioorganic and Medicinal Chemistry Letters 1999, 9, 1949-1952) ; Eglin c,一種有效聚合酶抑制劑(Qasim等人, Biochemistry 1997, 36, 1598-1607) ° 用於治療HCV之其他適合之蛋白酶抑制劑包括例如美國 專利第6,004,933號中所揭示者,該案揭示一類HCV内肽酶 2半胱胺酸蛋白酶抑制劑》 其他C型肝炎病毒NS3蛋白酶抑制劑包括以下文獻中所 揭示者:例如Llin^s-Brunet等人,5/〇〇叹从己6/.0/^所.乙6". 1998, 1713-1718 ; Steinkiihler等人,1998, 37, 8899-8905 ;美國專利第 5,538,865號;第 5,990,276號;第 6,143,715號;第 6,265,380號;第 6,323,180號;第 6,329,379 152269.doc -65- 201121958 號;第 6,410,531 號;第 6,420,380號;第 6,534,523 號;第 6,642,204號;第 6,653,295 號;第 6,727,366號;第 6,838,475 號;第 6,846,802 號;第 6,867,185 號;第 6,869,964 號;第 6,872,805 號;第 6,878,722號;第 6,908,901 號;第 6,911,428 號;第 6,995,174號;第 7,012,066 號;第7,041,698 號;第 7,091,184 號;第 7,169,760 號;第 7,176,208 號;第 7,208,600號;美國專利申請公開案第2002/0016294號、第 2002/0016442號;第 2002/0037998 號;第 2002/0032175 號; 第 2004/0229777號;第 2005/0090450號;第 2005/0153877號; 第 2005/176648號;第 2006/0046956號;第 2007/0021330號; 第 2007/0021351號;第 2007/0049536號;第 2007/0054842號; 第 2007/0060510號;第 2007/0060565號;第 2007/0072809號; 第 2007/0078081號;第 2007/0078122號;第 2〇07/0093414號; 第 2007/0093430號;第 2007/0099825號;第 2007/0099929號; 第 2007/0105781 號;WO 98/17679 ; WO 98/22496 ; WO 99/07734 ; WO 00/059929 ; WO 00/09543 ; WO 02/060926 ; WO 02/08187 ; WO 02/008251 ; WO 02/008256 ; WO 02/08198 ; WO 02/48116 ; WO 02/48157 ; WO 02/48172 ; WO 03/053349 ; WO 03/064416 ; WO 03/064456 ; WO 03/099274 ; WO 03/099316 ; WO 2004/032827 ; WO 2004/043339 ; WO 2005/037214 ; WO 2005/037860 ; WO 2006/000085 ; WO 2006/119061 ; WO 2006/122188 ; WO 2007/001406 ; WO 2007/014925 ; WO 2007/014926號;及 WO 2007/056120。 其他蛋白酶抑制劑包括噻唑啶衍生物,諸如RD-1 - 152269.doc -66- 201121958 6250、RD4 6205及RD4 6193,其在逆相HPLC檢驗中對 NS3/4A融合蛋白及NS5A/5B受質顯示相關抑制(Sudo等 人,1996,9-18);嗔。坐咬及苯甲酿 苯胺,其在以下文獻中加以鑑別:Kakiuchi等人,尸£55 Lett. 1998,42八 217-220 ; Takeshita 等人,少"ca/ Biochemistry 1991, 247,2A2-246。 適合之非核苷HCV聚合酶抑制劑包括(但不限於)A-848837(阿博特(Abbott))、黴膠毒素(gliotoxin)(Ferrari 等 人,々《"仙/ 〇/ Wro/og少 1999,73,1649-1654),及天然產 物淺藍菌素(cerulenin)(Lohmann等人,KiVo/ogjv 1998,249, 108-118)。 適合之核苷HCV聚合酶抑制劑包括(但不限於)1171280· Hoffmann-La Roche Ltd., Basel, Switzerland) ' PSI-7851Steady blood or serum concentrations up to 4000 ng/mL for one to five days. And / or, to achieve the individual's blood or serum about ng / mL to about 4000 ng / mL, about 4 ng / mL to about l6 〇〇, or about 6 〇〇 ng / mL to about Steady state concentration of 12 ng/mL. In some embodiments, the same composition can be repeatedly administered and such investments can be separated by j/1, 2, 3, '5 days, 1 () day, 15 days, 30 days, 曰 2 Month, 75, 3 or 6 months. In other embodiments, the same-preventive or therapeutic agent may be administered repeatedly and the administration may be separated by at least 1 day, 2 days, 3 days, 5 days, 10 days, 15 days, 30 days, 45 days, 2 days. Month, 75, 3 or 6 months. 152269.doc -61 - 201121958 In certain aspects, provided herein is a unit dosage comprising a compound of formula (1), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in a form suitable for administration. These forms are described in detail above. In certain embodiments, the unit dose contains from i to 1000 mg, from 5 to 250 mg, or from 10 to 5 mg of active ingredient. In a particular embodiment the 'unit dose contains about! , 5, 10, 25, 5 〇, 1 〇 (), 125, 250, 500 or 1000 mgs of sexual ingredients. These unit dosages can be prepared according to techniques familiar to those skilled in the art. Kits This article also provides kits for use in methods for treating or preventing HCV infection. Such kits can include the compounds or compositions provided herein, as well as instructions for providing health care providers with information regarding the use of the treatment or prevention of Hcv infection. 35 The book may be provided in printed form or in the form of electronic media (such as a floppy disk, CD or DVD) or in the form of a website address at which such instructions are available. A unit dosage of a compound or composition provided herein can include, when administered to an individual, the therapeutic or prophylactic plasma levels of the compound or composition in an individual to be sustained for at least a daily dose. In some embodiments, the compounds or compositions provided herein can be included in the form of a sterile aqueous pharmaceutical composition or a dry powder (e.g., lyophilized) composition. In some embodiments the 'compound is according to formula (1). In some embodiments, a suitable package is provided. As used herein, "packaging" refers to a solid matrix or material that is conventionally used in a system and capable of holding a compound or composition provided herein to a fixed limit within a fixed limit, such as glass and plastic (eg, Polyethylene, polypropylene and polycarbonate bottles, vials, paper, plastic 'and plastic _ knot laminated bags and 152269.doc -62· 201121958 analogs. If electron beam sterilization techniques are employed, the package should have a sufficiently low density to sterilize the contents. The kits provided herein may also comprise, in addition to a compound of formula (I) or a composition thereof, other compounds or compositions for use with a compound of formula (1) or a combination thereof, as described in the above methods. Combination Therapy The compounds provided herein can also be combined with, or used in combination with, other therapeutic agents suitable for the treatment and/or prevention of HCv infection. As used herein, the term "combination" includes the use of more than one therapy (e.g., one or more prophylactic and/or therapeutic agents). However, the use of the term "combination" does not limit the order in which an individual's therapy (e.g., prophylactic and/or therapeutic agent) is administered to a disease or condition. The first therapy (eg, a prophylactic or therapeutic agent, such as a compound provided herein) can be prior to administration of a second therapy (eg, a prophylactic or therapeutic agent) (eg, 5 minutes, 15 minutes, 3 minutes, minutes, minutes, i Hour, 2, 4, 6, 12, 24, 48, 72, 96, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 , at the same time or after (after 5 minutes, 15 minutes, 3 minutes, 45 minutes, 1 hour, 2 hours, 4 ^ Μ, hour, 丨 2 hours, 24 hours, 48 hours, 72 hours, 96 hours H, 3 The individual is administered weekly, 4 weeks, 5 weeks, 6 weeks, 8 weeks, or 12 weeks. This article also covers three-in-one therapy. 0. 匕 本文 This article provides 缸, which has been or is currently being used to treat, prevent, or manage..., - therapies (such as prophylactic or therapeutic agents), '3 conditions: ° The addition of plants to therapy; 152269.doc •63· 201121958 should be more effective. The synergistic effect of a combination of therapies (e.g., a combination of prophylactic or therapeutic agents) allows for the frequency of such treatments to be administered to a subject having a lower dose of one or more therapies and/or a smaller one. The ability to administer the therapy with a lower dose of therapy (e.g., a prophylactic or therapeutic agent) and/or at a lesser frequency reduces the toxicity associated with administering the therapy to the individual, while the therapy is less effective than preventing or treating the disorder The effect in the middle. In addition, synergistic effects may result in improved efficacy of the agent in preventing or treating a condition. Ultimately, the synergistic effect of a combination of therapies (e.g., a combination of prophylactic or therapeutic agents) can avoid or reduce the adverse or undesirable side effects associated with the use of either of the individual therapies. The compounds provided herein can be administered in combination with another therapeutic agent such as anti-11 (: another agent). In combination therapy, an effective dose of two or more agents is administered together, in alternating or sequential steps. In therapy, an effective dose of each agent is administered continuously or sequentially. The dose administered will depend on the absorption, inactivation, and excretion rates of the drug and other factors known to those skilled in the art. It should be noted that the dose will also follow It is to be understood that the severity of the condition to be ameliorated should be further understood. For any particular individual, the specific course of administration should be adjusted over time according to the individual's needs and the professional judgment of the person administering or supervising the administration of the composition. % recognizes drug resistance = allogeneic that may occur after long-term antiviral therapy. Drug resistance is most commonly caused by genes encoding enzymes used in viral replication, by inducing mutations that are different from those caused by major drugs. Perhaps the efficacy of the third antiviral compound in combination or alternation of the compound's drug against a viral infection may be prolonged, enhanced or restored. The kinetics, biodistribution, or other parameters can be altered by this combination or alternation therapy. In general, combination therapy is generally superior to alternation therapy because it simultaneously induces multiple stresses to the virus. HCV protease inhibitors include, but are not limited to, Medivir HCV protease inhibitors (Medivir/Tobotec); ITMN-191 (InterMune), SCH 503034 (Schering), VX950 (Vertex); based on the substrate as disclosed in the following literature NS3 protease inhibitors: WO 98/22496; Attwood et al, Antiviral Chemistry and Chemotherapy 1999, 10, 259-273; DE 19914474; WO 98/17679; WO 99/07734; non-based NS3 protease inhibitors, such as 2,4,6-Tris-methyl-3-stone succinyl-crackamine derivatives (Sudo et al., oc/iew. Biophys. Res. Commun. 1997, 238, 643-647) 'RD3-4082 ' RD3 -4078, SCH 68631 and Philippine (Chu et al., Tetrahedron 1996, 37, 7229-7232); SCH 35 1633 (Chu et al., Bioorganic and Medicinal Chemistry Letters 1999, 9, 1949-1952); Eglin c, an effective Polymerase inhibitors (Qasim et al, Biochemistry 1997, 36, 1598-1607) ° Other suitable protease inhibitors for the treatment of HCV include, for example, those disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 6,004,933, which discloses a class of HCV endopeptidase 2 cysteine protease inhibitors. Other Hepatitis C virus NS3 protease inhibitors include those disclosed in the following literature: for example, Llin^s-Brunet et al., 5/Sigh from 6/.0/^. B6". 1998, 1713-1718 ; Steinkiihler et al., 1998, 37, 8899-8905; U.S. Patent No. 5,538,865; 5,990,276; 6,143,715; 6,265,380; 6,323,180; 6,329,379 152269.doc-65-201121958; No. 6,410, 531; No. 6,534, 523; No. 6,642,204; No. 6,653, 295; No. 6, 727, 366; No. 6, 838, 475; No. 6, 846, 802; No. 6, 867, 185; No. 6, 869, 964; No. 6, 872, 805; No. 6, 878, 722; Nos. 6,908,901; 6,911,428; 6,995,174; 7,012,066; 7,041,698; 7,091,184; 7,169,760; 7,176,208; 7,208,600 U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2002/0016294, No. 2002/0016442, No. 2002/0037998, No. 2002/0032175, No. 2004/0229777, No. 2005/0090450, No. 2005/0153877, No. 2005/ 176648; No. 2006/0046956; 2007/0021330; 2007/0021351; 2007/0049536; 2007/0054842; 2007/0060510; 2007/0060565; 2007/0072809 ; 2007/0078081; 2007/0078122; 2〇07/0093414; 2007/0093430; 2007/0099825; 2007/0099929; 2007/0105781; WO 98/17679; WO 98/22496; WO 99/07734; WO 00/059929; WO 00/09543; WO 02/060926; WO 02/08187; WO 02/008251; WO 02/008256; WO 02/08198; WO 02/48116; WO 02/48157; WO 02/48172; WO 03/053349; WO 03/064416; WO 03/064456; WO 03/099274; WO 03/099316; WO 2004/032827; WO 2004/043339; WO 2005/037214; WO 2005/037860; WO 2006/000085; WO 2006/119061; WO 2006/122188; WO 2007/001406; WO 200 7/014925; WO 2007/014926; and WO 2007/056120. Other protease inhibitors include thiazole derivatives, such as RD-1 - 152269.doc -66 - 201121958 6250, RD4 6205 and RD4 6193, which display the NS3/4A fusion protein and NS5A/5B substrate in a reverse phase HPLC assay. Related inhibition (Sudo et al., 1996, 9-18); Sit and aniline aniline, which is identified in the following literature: Kakiuchi et al., corpse £55 Lett. 1998, 42 VIII 217-220; Takeshita et al., less "ca/ Biochemistry 1991, 247, 2A2-246 . Suitable non-nucleoside HCV polymerase inhibitors include, but are not limited to, A-848837 (Abbott), gliotoxin (Ferrari et al., 々 ""Shen / 〇 / Wro/og less 1999, 73, 1649-1654), and the natural product cerulenin (Lohmann et al, KiVo/ogjv 1998, 249, 108-118). Suitable nucleoside HCV polymerase inhibitors include, but are not limited to, 1171280· Hoffmann-La Roche Ltd., Basel, Switzerland) ' PSI-7851

(Pharmasset,Inc., Princeton, NJ)、PSI-352879(Pharmasset,Inc., Princeton, NJ)、PSI-352938(Pharmasset,Inc., Princeton,NJ)、 IDX184(Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Cambridge, ΜΑ) ' INX-189(Inhibitex,Inc., Alpharetta, GA)及以下文獻中所述之化合 物:美國專利第6,660,721號;第6,777,395號;第6,784,166 號;第 6,846,810號;第 6,914,054號;第 6,927,291 號;第 7,094,770 號;第 7,105,499 號;第7,125,855 號;及第 7,202,224號;美國專利公開案第2004/0121980號;第 2005/0009737號;第 2005/0038240號;第 2006/0040890號;及 第 2008/0286230 號;WO 99/43691 ; WO 01/32153 ; WO 01/60315 ; WO 01/79246 ; WO 01/90121 ' WO 01/92282 > WO 152269.doc -67- 201121958(Pharmasset, Inc., Princeton, NJ), PSI-352879 (Pharmasset, Inc., Princeton, NJ), PSI-352938 (Pharmasset, Inc., Princeton, NJ), IDX184 (Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Cambridge, ΜΑ ' INX-189 (Inhibitex, Inc., Alpharetta, GA) and the compounds described in U.S. Patent Nos. 6,660,721; 6,777,395; 6,784,166; 6,846,810; 6,914,054; 6,927,291 No. 7,094,770; No. 7,105,499; No. 7,125,855; and No. 7,202,224; U.S. Patent Publication No. 2004/0121980; No. 2005/0009737; No. 2005/0038240; No. 2006/0040890; No. 2008/0286230; WO 99/43691; WO 01/32153; WO 01/60315; WO 01/79246; WO 01/90121 'WO 01/92282 > WO 152269.doc -67- 201121958

02/18404 ; WO 02/32920、WO 02/48165、WO 02/057425 ; WO 02/057287 ; WO 2004/002422、WO 04/002999 及 WO 04/003000。 適合之親環素調節劑包括(但不限於)環孢素(例如環孢素 A)、抗親環素抗體(參看例如Yang, F.等人’ P7ro/og_y, 2008,82(11):5269-5278)、薩菲菌素 A(sanglifehrin A)、 NIM811(Novartis AG, Basel, Switzerland) ; DEBIO-025 (Debiopharm SA, Lausanne,Switzerland),及以下文獻中所 述之化合物:美國專利第7,439,227號;美國專利公開案第 2007/0275884號;第 2008/0045454號及第 2009/0221598號;WO 05/0021028 ; WO 06/038088 ; WO 06/071618 ; WO 06/23394 及 WO 08/043797。 可用作第二藥劑之其他混雜化合物包括例如1 ·胺基-院 基環己烷(美國專利第6,034,134號)、烷基脂質(美國專利第 5,922,757號)、維生素E及其他抗氧化劑(美國專利第 5,922,757號)、角鯊烯、三環癸胺、膽酸(美國專利第 5,846,964號)、N-(膦酸乙醯基)-L-天冬胺酸(美國專利第 5,830,905號)、苯二甲醯胺(美國專利第5,633,388號)、聚 腺苷酸衍生物(美國專利第5,496,546號)、2’,3’-二去氧肌普 (美國專利第5,026,687號)、苯并咪唑(美國專利第 5,891,874號)、植物提取物(美國專利第5,725,859號;第 5,837,257號;及第6,056,961號)及哌啶(美國專利第 5,830,905號)°02/18404; WO 02/32920, WO 02/48165, WO 02/057425; WO 02/057287; WO 2004/002422, WO 04/002999 and WO 04/003000. Suitable cyclophilin modulators include, but are not limited to, cyclosporin (e.g., cyclosporin A), anti-cyclin antibodies (see, e.g., Yang, F. et al. 'P7ro/og_y, 2008, 82(11): 5269-5278), sanglifehrin A, NIM811 (Novartis AG, Basel, Switzerland); DEBIO-025 (Debiopharm SA, Lausanne, Switzerland), and compounds described in the following documents: U.S. Patent No. 7,439,227 U.S. Patent Publication No. 2007/0275884; No. 2008/0045454 and No. 2009/0221598; WO 05/0021028; WO 06/038088; WO 06/071618; WO 06/23394 and WO 08/043797. Other hybrid compounds that can be used as the second agent include, for example, 1 -amino-homocyclohexane (U.S. Patent No. 6,034,134), alkyl lipids (U.S. Patent No. 5,922,757), vitamin E and other antioxidants (US Patent) No. 5,922,757), squalene, tricyclic guanamine, cholic acid (U.S. Patent No. 5,846,964), N-(phosphonium ethoxide)-L-aspartic acid (U.S. Patent No. 5,830,905), benzene Formamide (U.S. Patent No. 5,633,388), polyadenylation derivatives (U.S. Patent No. 5,496,546), 2',3'-dideoxygen (US Patent No. 5,026,687), benzimidazole (US Patent) No. 5, 891, 874), plant extracts (U.S. Patent No. 5,725,859; 5,837,257; and 6,056,961) and piperidine (U.S. Patent No. 5,830,905)

在某些實施例中’本文提供之一或多種化合物係與抗C 152269.doc • 68 - 201121958 型肝炎病毒干擾素組合或交替投與,該干擾素包括(但不 限於)天然干擾素、INTRON® A(干擾素a-2b)及 PEGASYS®(聚乙二醇化干擾素(Peginterferon)a-2a); ROFERON® A(重組干擾素 a-2a)、INFERGEN®(干擾素 alfacon-1)、PEG-INTRON®(聚乙二醇化干擾素 a-2b)、干擾 素β-la、ω干擾素、干擾素γ、干擾素τ、干擾素δ或干擾素 γ-lb。在一個實施例中,抗C型肝炎病毒干擾素為 INFERGEN®、IL-29(PEG-干擾素 λ)、R7025(Maxy-a)、 BELEROFON®、經口 干擾素a、BLX-883(LOCTERON®)、 ω干擾素、MULTIFERON®、水母干擾素(medusa interferon)、ALBUFERON® 或 REBIF®。 實例 以下實例說明本文提供之方法中所用之式(I)代表性化合 物的合成。以下實例進一步說明製備式(I)化合物中所用之 中間物的合成。此等實例不意欲,亦不視為限制本發明之 範疇。顯然,本發明除在本文中特定描述外,亦可經實 踐。鑒於本文中之教示,本發明之眾多修改及變化為可能 的,且因此處於本發明之範疇内。 實例1 :製備N-(5-第三丁基-2-甲氧基苯基)-2_{4_[2-(嗎 淋-4-基)乙氧基]蔡-1-基}-2 -嗣基酿胺In certain embodiments, one or more of the compounds provided herein are administered in combination or alternation with an anti-C 152269.doc • 68 - 201121958 hepatitis virus interferon, including but not limited to natural interferon, INTRON ® A (interferon a-2b) and PEGASYS® (Peginterferon a-2a); ROFERON® A (recombinant interferon a-2a), INFERGEN® (interferon alfacon-1), PEG - INTRON® (pegylated interferon a-2b), interferon beta-la, omega interferon, interferon gamma, interferon tau, interferon delta or interferon gamma-lb. In one embodiment, the anti-hepatitis C virus interferon is INFERGEN®, IL-29 (PEG-interferon λ), R7025 (Maxy-a), BELEROFON®, oral interferon a, BLX-883 (LOCTERON® ), omega interferon, MULTIFERON®, medusa interferon, ALBUFERON® or REBIF®. EXAMPLES The following examples illustrate the synthesis of representative compounds of formula (I) used in the methods provided herein. The following examples further illustrate the synthesis of intermediates used in the preparation of compounds of formula (I). These examples are not intended to be limiting, nor are they intended to limit the scope of the invention. It will be apparent that the invention may be practiced otherwise than specifically described herein. Numerous modifications and variations of the present invention are possible in light of the teachings herein, and are therefore within the scope of the invention. Example 1: Preparation of N-(5-t-butyl-2-methoxyphenyl)-2_{4_[2-(hept-4-yl)ethoxy]cain-1-yl}-2 - Indole

152269.doc -69· 201121958 方法A : 中間物2 : 4-[2萘-1-基氧基)乙基】嗎啉。152269.doc -69· 201121958 Method A: Intermediate 2: 4-[2Naphthalen-1-yloxy)ethyl]morpholine.

〇 材料· 材料 量(kg) 分子量 莫耳 曱苯 120 L 92.14 1_萘酚 23.7 kg 144.17 1.02當量 N-氣乙基嗎啉鹽酸鹽 3〇kg 186.08 1當量 埃化钟 0.6 kg 166.0 0.02當量 硫酸氫四丁銨 2.7 kg 339.54 0.05當量 50%氫氧化鈉 64.5 kg 40.0 約10當量 乙酸乙酯 45 L 88.11 庚院 45 L 100.2 二氣甲烷 69 L 84.93 將65 L去礦質水添加至饋有64.5 kg 50%氩氧化鈉之容器 中。在饋有30 kg N-氯乙基嗎啉鹽酸鹽之另一容器中添加 23.7 kg 1-萘酚、2·7 kg硫酸氫四丁銨、120 L甲苯及0·6 kg 碘化鉀。經20分鐘將氫氧化鈉溶液添加至饋有N-氣乙基嗎 啉鹽酸鹽混合物之容器中,保持溫度在20-40°C下。將混 合物加熱至90°C並持續3小時。接著將混合物冷卻至40-45°C且維持至反應完成。 若反應完成小於95%,則將反應混合物加熱至90°C並持 續1小時且如先前再取樣。 152269.doc -70- 201121958 將102 L去礦質水添加至混合物中使得溫度不升至5 〇^ 以上。在一些情況下,存在三個相··下部橙色水相、中部 黑色相及上部淺綠色有機相。在4(TC下分離橙色水相與中 間相。以60 L去礦質水(15分鐘,15_25。〇重複洗滌有機 相。在<20毫巴下,在60°C下自有機相蒸餾甲苯。 將所得有機相在氮氣氛圍下冷卻至40°C且添加15 L乙酸 乙酯及15 L庚烷。將溫度升至60。(:且緩慢添加真空以蒸潑 溶劑。此過程重複一次且取樣以測定曱苯含量。若曱苯含 量大於0.3%,則如先前蒸餾混合物。 再次將溫度升至6 0 °C且緩慢添加真空以蒸德溶劑,冷卻 至25 °C且添加69 L二氣甲烧,且攪拌混合物15-20分鐘。 產率:35.5 kg,85·6%(96.0%純)。 中間物4 : {4-[2-(嗎啉-4-基)乙氧基】萘-l-基}(酮基)己酸〇Materials·Material quantity (kg) Molecular weight Molybdenum benzene 120 L 92.14 1_Naphthol 23.7 kg 144.17 1.02 equivalents N-gas ethylmorpholine hydrochloride 3〇kg 186.08 1 equivalent Essence clock 0.6 kg 166.0 0.02 equivalent sulfuric acid Tetrabutylammonium hydride 2.7 kg 339.54 0.05 equivalent 50% sodium hydroxide 64.5 kg 40.0 About 10 equivalents of ethyl acetate 45 L 88.11 Gengyuan 45 L 100.2 Diqi methane 69 L 84.93 Add 65 L of demineralized water to feed 64.5 kg 50 % argon oxide in a container. In a separate container fed with 30 kg of N-chloroethylmorpholine hydrochloride, 23.7 kg of 1-naphthol, 2.7 kg of tetrabutylammonium hydrogen sulfate, 120 L of toluene and 0.66 kg of potassium iodide were added. The sodium hydroxide solution was added to a vessel fed with a mixture of N-gas ethylmorpholine hydrochloride over 20 minutes maintaining the temperature at 20-40 °C. The mixture was heated to 90 ° C for 3 hours. The mixture is then cooled to 40-45 ° C and maintained until the reaction is complete. If the reaction is completed less than 95%, the reaction mixture is heated to 90 ° C for 1 hour and resampled as before. 152269.doc -70- 201121958 Add 102 L of demineralized water to the mixture so that the temperature does not rise above 5 〇^. In some cases, there are three phases, a lower orange aqueous phase, a middle black phase, and an upper light green organic phase. The orange aqueous phase was separated from the mesophase at 4 (TC). The organic phase was washed with 60 L of demineralized water (15 min, 15-25). The toluene was distilled from the organic phase at <20 mbar. The resulting organic phase was cooled to 40 ° C under a nitrogen atmosphere and 15 L of ethyl acetate and 15 L of heptane were added. The temperature was raised to 60. (: and a vacuum was slowly added to evaporate the solvent. This process was repeated once and sampled. Determine the content of benzene. If the benzene content is more than 0.3%, distill the mixture as before. Increase the temperature to 60 °C again and slowly add vacuum to steam the solvent, cool to 25 °C and add 69 L two gas And the mixture was stirred for 15-20 minutes. Yield: 35.5 kg, 85.6% (96.0% pure) Intermediate 4: {4-[2-(morpholin-4-yl)ethoxy]naphthalene-l -keto(hexyl)hexanoic acid

材料· 材料 中間物2之二氣曱烷溶液 甲基乙二醯氣 二氣曱烷 氯化铭Materials and Materials Intermediate 2 Dioxane Solution Methyl Ethylene Dioxane Chlorinated Chloride

Clarcel DIC(助濾劑) 量(kg) 分子量 31 kg(32.3x96.03% 純) 257.3 39.8 kg 122.51 434 L 84.9 43.4 kg 134.34 108.5 kg 152269.doc -71· 201121958Clarcel DIC (filter aid) Amount (kg) Molecular weight 31 kg (32.3x96.03% pure) 257.3 39.8 kg 122.51 434 L 84.9 43.4 kg 134.34 108.5 kg 152269.doc -71· 201121958

鹽酸 279 L 36.5 曱基第三丁基醚 252 L 88.2 丙酮 168 L 58.1 乙醇 252 L 在10-23°C下,於攪拌下向43·4 kg氯化鋁及434 L二氣曱 烷中添加39.8 kg乙二醯氣。接著以62 L二氣曱烷沖洗混合 物且添加108.5!<^(:41^1〇1(:(助濾劑)。經30分鐘向二氣 曱烷中添加3 1 kg中間物2。將2(TC之溫度維持最少1 6小 時。緩慢添加77.5 kg去礦質水,同時將溫度控制在2〇_ 30°C下。在20-25°C下劇烈攪拌所得混合物1-2小時。 過濾所得固體且以二氣曱烷(186 L)洗滌。任何水相均與 有機相分離。接著在大氣壓下在55_6〇°c下蒸餾二氯曱烷 直至剩餘約500 L為止。添加310 L去礦質水且在75-80 °C下 繼續蒸顧直至二氣甲院消除為止。將混合物冷卻至65_ 70°C且添加325 kg鹽酸,同時將溫度維持在7fC下16小 時。約3 0为鐘後開始結晶。接著將混合物冷卻至ye至 2°C並持續至少3小時。用藉由混合77·5 L鹽酸與77 5 ^去 礦質水製備之酸洗液洗滌所得餅狀物,該餅狀物接著以84 L (每次)乙醇洗滌三次、以84 L(每次)丙酮洗滌兩次,且以 84 L(母-人)甲基第三丁基醚洗滌三次。在不超過⑼。c下乾 燥該餅狀物。產率:24 6 kg,55 〇%(96%純)。 Ν-(5·第三丁基_2_甲氧基苯基)_2 {4_【2_(嗎啉_4基)乙氧基】 蔡-1-基}-2-明基酿胺。 152269.doc -72- 201121958Hydrochloric acid 279 L 36.5 Mercapto-tert-butyl ether 252 L 88.2 Acetone 168 L 58.1 Ethanol 252 L Add 39.8 to 43.4 kg of aluminum chloride and 434 L of dioxane at 10-23 ° C with stirring. Kg B dioxin. The mixture was then rinsed with 62 L of dioxane and 108.5! <^(: 41^1〇1 (: filter aid) was added. 3 1 kg of intermediate 2 was added to the dioxane over 30 minutes. 2 (The temperature of TC is maintained for a minimum of 16 hours. Slowly add 77.5 kg of demineralized water while controlling the temperature at 2 〇 30 ° C. The resulting mixture is stirred vigorously at 20-25 ° C for 1-2 hours. Solid and washed with dioxane (186 L). Any aqueous phase was separated from the organic phase. Dichloromethane was then distilled at 55_6 ° C under atmospheric pressure until about 500 L remained. Add 310 L of demineralized water Continue to steam at 75-80 °C until the second gas chamber is eliminated. Cool the mixture to 65_70 ° C and add 325 kg of hydrochloric acid while maintaining the temperature at 7 f C for 16 hours. About 30 starts after the clock Crystallization. The mixture is then cooled to ye to 2 ° C for at least 3 hours. The resulting cake is washed with an acid wash prepared by mixing 77. 5 L of hydrochloric acid with 77 5 ^ demineralized water, which cake is then Washed three times with 84 L (each) ethanol, twice with 84 L (each) acetone, and 84 L (mother-human) methyl tert-butyl ether Dilute three times. Dry the cake at no more than (9) c. Yield: 24 6 kg, 55 〇% (96% pure) Ν-(5·t-butyl-2-methoxyphenyl) _2 {4_[2_(morpholine-4-yl)ethoxy]Cai-1-yl}-2-benylamine. 152269.doc -72- 201121958

h3c、0H3c, 0

h3c-t^ch3 ch3 h30 p h3c^-^ h3c ClH3c-t^ch3 ch3 h30 p h3c^-^ h3c Cl

Et3N, CH2CI2Et3N, CH2CI2

材料: 量(g) 分子量 莫耳 莫耳當量 2.2 365 0.006027 1.1 1.31 120 0.010917 2 1.66 101 0.016436 3 0.98 179 0.005475 1 材料 中間物4 三甲基乙醯氣 三乙胺 5-(第三丁基)_2_甲氧基苯胺 依人以40 ml二氣甲烷及丨.66 g三乙胺處理2.2 g中間物 4。攪拌混合物H、時以提供溶液。接著藉由緩慢添加〇66 g 三甲基乙醯氣來處理該溶液,接著攪拌混合物丨小時。接 著紋轉式真空蒸發該混合物,且以3 0 ml曱苯處理殘餘 物,且再次旋轉式真空蒸發以移除過量三曱基乙醯氣。以 30 ml二氯曱烷溶解殘餘物,且添加溶解於1〇①丨二氣甲烷 中之.0.98 g 5-(第三丁基)·2_甲氧基苯胺。在室溫下攪拌反 應液1小時。使用二氧化矽上之丨0〇/〇曱醇/二氯甲烷進行之 TLC顯示轉化為產物。 接著以專體積之1 〇% K2C03洗務反應混合物,且分離各 層。以10% K2C〇3再次洗滌有機層,且分離各層。接著旋 轉式真空蒸發有機層且以5 ml甲醇處理殘餘物,且冷卻至 0°C。藉由過濾收集所得固體,以5 ml甲醇、5 ml第三丁基 甲醚洗滌,且風乾,得到N-(5-第三丁基-2-甲氧基苯基)-2- 152269.doc •73· 201121958 {4-[2-(嗎啉·4·基)乙氧基]萘_丨_基卜2•酮基醯胺。 實例2·製備Ν-(5_第三丁基_2_甲氧基苯基)_2_{4_【2 (嗎 琳-4-基)乙氧基】萘_;!_基卜2_酮基醯胺鹽酸鹽。Material: Amount (g) Molecular weight Molmers equivalent 2.2 365 0.006027 1.1 1.31 120 0.010917 2 1.66 101 0.016436 3 0.98 179 0.005475 1 Material intermediate 4 Trimethylacetamethylene triethylamine 5-(t-butyl)_2 _Methoxyaniline 2.2 g Intermediate 4 was treated with 40 ml of di-methane and 66.66 g of triethylamine. Mixture H is stirred to provide a solution. The solution was then treated by slowly adding 〇66 g of trimethylacetamidine, followed by stirring the mixture for a few hours. The mixture was evaporated in vacuo and the residue was treated with 30 mL of benzene and then evaporated in vacuo to remove excess trimethyl ethane. The residue was dissolved in 30 ml of dichloromethane, and 0.98 g of 5-(t-butyl)-2-methoxyaniline dissolved in 1 〇 1 丨 methane was added. The reaction solution was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. TLC using 丨0〇/sterol/methylene chloride on cerium oxide showed conversion to product. The reaction mixture was then washed with a volume of 1% K2C03 and the layers were separated. The organic layer was washed again with 10% K 2 C 3 and the layers were separated. The organic layer was then evaporated in vacuo and the residue was taken &lt The obtained solid was collected by filtration, washed with 5 ml of methanol, 5 ml of butyl butyl ether, and air-dried to give N-(5-t-butyl-2-methoxyphenyl)-2- 152269.doc. · 201121958 {4-[2-(morpholine-4-yl)ethoxy]naphthalene_丨_yl b 2 ketodecylamine. Example 2·Preparation of Ν-(5_Tert-butyl-2-methoxyphenyl)_2_{4_[2 (morphin-4-yl)ethoxy]naphthalene_;!_基卜2-keto Indoleamine hydrochloride.

CH3CH3

ch3Ch3

H3CH3C

HCI 12 Μ 二兔炫,CH3CN 將Ν-(5·第三丁基·2_甲氧基苯基)_2_{4_[2·(嗎啉_4_基)乙 氧基]萘_1_基卜2_酮基醯胺(1〇 g,i當量)溶解於π% HCl(l.〇 ml,5當量)與二噁烷(1〇 ml)之混合物中且攪拌 該溶液1-2小時。蒸發溶液直至幾乎變乾為止,且將i〇 乙腈添加至殘餘物中。在0tT18小時後,提供沈澱物。 過濾且以乙腈(5 ml)及甲基第三丁基醚(5 mlx2)洗滌固體, 得到最終產物N-(5-第三丁基_2_甲氧基苯基)_2_{4_[2_(嗎 啉_4-基)乙氧基]萘-1-基}-2-酮基醯胺鹽酸鹽。 方法B : 如方法A中所示製備中間物2。 中間物4 : {4-[2-(嗎啉-4-基)乙氧基】萘_;1_基}(酮基)乙酸。HCI 12 Μ 二兔炫, CH3CN will be Ν-(5·t-butyl-2-methoxyphenyl)_2_{4_[2·(morpholin-4-yl)ethoxy]naphthalene-1-yl 2 ketodecylamine (1 〇g, i equivalent) was dissolved in a mixture of π% HCl (1. 〇ml, 5 eq.) and dioxane (1 〇ml) and the solution was stirred for 1-2 hours. The solution was evaporated until it was almost dried, and i acetonitrile was added to the residue. After 18 hours at 0 tT, a precipitate was provided. Filtration and washing of the solid with acetonitrile (5 ml) and methyl t-butyl ether (5 ml×2) gave the final product N-(5-t-butyl-2-methoxyphenyl)_2_{4_[2_( Morpholine-4-yl)ethoxy]naphthalen-1-yl}-2-ketopoxime hydrochloride. Method B: Intermediate 2 was prepared as shown in Method A. Intermediate 4: {4-[2-(morpholin-4-yl)ethoxy]naphthalene_;1_yl}(keto)acetic acid.

式量 a 357 40032 式量=329.34716 152269.doc 74 201121958 在1 L燒瓶中置放7 cm之3〇公克磁力攪拌棒,依次添加 32 g矽藻土 545、二氣甲烷,填充至700 ml標記。開始攪 拌,依次添加14.5 g氣化鋁、H.8 ml氣酮基乙酸乙酯。攪 拌混合物10分鐘,接著經75分鐘逐滴添加10.55 g中間物2 於60 ml二氣甲烷中之溶液。次日,因膠狀沈澱物而停止 攪拌。40小時後,添加丨5〇 cm3碎冰,且攪拌混合物以緩 慢溶解深色固體。膠狀物質之塊體溶解後,依次添加2〇 〇 氣化納、20 ml鹽酸。 再授拌20分鐘後,過濾混合物且依次以丨〇〇 mi 1 μ鹽 酸、100 ml二氯曱烷洗滌濾餅。分離各層,且以2〇〇 ml 10°/〇碳酸鉀洗滌二氣甲烷層。以額外2〇〇 mi二氣甲烷萃取 碳酸鉀洗滌液。合併二氯甲烷層且在真空中蒸發,得到i 4 公克深色油狀物。將粗深色油狀物溶解於2〇〇 mi甲醇中, 添加10 ml 5 0%氫氧化鈉’且攪拌混合物隔夜。以4〇 mi水 處理所得懸浮液,提供渾濁溶液,以石夕藻土處理且過渡。 在真空中蒸發混合物,提供乾固體。將固體溶解於4〇〇 ml 水中,以碳處理且過濾。以硫酸中和濾液至pH 6,且藉由 過濾收集所得固體,以水洗蘇,且風乾,得到10.28 g呈胺 基酸形式之中間物4。 C% H% N% H20°/〇 實驗值: 62.21 6.32 3.96 5.28 計算值: 62.24 6.09 4.03 5.19 C18H19N05xH20 之計算值 N-(5-第三丁基-2 -甲氧基苯基)-2-{4_[2-(嗎琳-4-基)乙氧 基]萘-1-基}-2-酮基醢胺。 152269.doc -75- 201121958 ΟFormula a 357 40032 Formula = 329.3714 152269.doc 74 201121958 Place a 7 cm 3 gram magnetic stir bar in a 1 L flask, add 32 g of diatomaceous earth 545, dihydromethane, and fill to 700 ml mark. Stirring was started, and 14.5 g of vaporized aluminum and H. 8 ml of ethyl ketone ethyl acetate were sequentially added. The mixture was stirred for 10 minutes, and then a solution of 10.55 g of Intermediate 2 in 60 ml of di-methane was added dropwise over 75 minutes. The next day, the stirring was stopped due to the gelatinous precipitate. After 40 hours, 丨5〇 cm3 of crushed ice was added, and the mixture was stirred to slowly dissolve the dark solid. After the block of the gelatinous substance was dissolved, 2 〇 〇 gasification sodium and 20 ml of hydrochloric acid were sequentially added. After a further 20 minutes of mixing, the mixture was filtered and the filter cake was washed sequentially with 丨〇〇 mi 1 μ hydrochloric acid and 100 ml of dichloromethane. The layers were separated and the digas methane layer was washed with 2 〇〇 ml 10 ° / 〇 potassium carbonate. The potassium carbonate wash solution was extracted with an additional 2 〇〇 mi of two gas methane. The methylene chloride layers were combined and evaporated in vacuo to give &lt The crude dark oil was dissolved in 2M methanol, 10 mL &lt The resulting suspension was treated with 4 Torr of water to provide a turbid solution which was treated with Shiyoshi. The mixture was evaporated in vacuo to provide a dry solid. The solid was dissolved in 4 mL of water, treated with carbon and filtered. The filtrate was neutralized with sulfuric acid to pH 6, and the obtained solid was collected by filtration, washed with water and dried to give 10.28 g of Intermediate 4 as an amino acid. C% H% N% H20°/〇 Experimental value: 62.21 6.32 3.96 5.28 Calculated value: 62.24 6.09 4.03 5.19 Calculated value of C18H19N05xH20 N-(5-t-butyl-2-methoxyphenyl)-2-{ 4_[2-(Methyl-4-yl)ethoxy]phthalen-1-yl}-2-ketopoxime. 152269.doc -75- 201121958 Ο

H3C-i-CH3 以50 ml二氣曱烷處理具有磁力攪拌棒之25〇以rB燒瓶 中之中間物4(7.80公克,0.022莫耳)。緩慢添加5 ml亞硫醯 亂(0.068莫耳)。隨著添加最初〇 5 ml,混合物變稠,且添 加另一份二氯曱烷(50 ml)以允許攪拌。添加亞硫醯氣後, 添加0.5 ml二曱基曱醯胺。在室溫下攪拌隔夜後,將混合 物置放於室内真空(約60 mm Hg)下,且蒸發直至無其他冷 凝物收集於-20 C捕集器中為止,在反應燒瓶中得到乾固 體。製備4.03 g 5-第三丁基·鄰茴香胺於6 ml二氣甲烷中之 溶液。以50 ml二氣甲烧處理反應混合物以再懸浮固體。 緩慢添加5-第三丁基-鄰茴香胺溶液,繼而添加於丨〇 mi二 氣甲烧中之4 ml 4-甲基嗎啉。接著在室溫下攪拌混合物3 小時。將混合物轉移至500 ml燒瓶中,提供總共250如二 氣甲烧及200 ml 5%碳酸卸水溶液。充分混合後,分離各 層且以100 ml曱醇稀釋深黃色有機層’且熱濃縮。當體積 達到250 ml時,再添加1 〇〇 ml甲醇。繼續熱濃縮,且當體 積減至300 ml時再添加60 ml甲醇。繼續熱濃縮,且當館出 物之蒸氣溫度達到5 7 °C時’分離固體。終止加熱且使混合 物在攪拌下冷卻。經週末攪拌後,在冰水浴中冷卻含有固 152269.doc •76- 201121958 體懸浮液之燒瓶且攪拌4〇分鐘。接著藉由過濾收集固體, 且風乾,得到7.23 g產物。 Η% N% H20°/〇 ,,值: 70.71 5.72 0.44 計算值: 70.74 5.69 0.37 C29H35C1N2〇5x〇.2 H2〇之計算值 N-(5-第三丁基-2-甲氡基笨基)·2_{4_[2_(嗎啉_4·基)乙氧基】 蔡-1-基}-2-酮基酿胺鹽酸塱。H3C-i-CH3 An intermediate 4 (7.80 g, 0.022 mol) in a rB flask was treated with 50 ml of dioxane in 25 ml of a magnetic stir bar. Slowly add 5 ml of sulfoxide (0.068 mol). The mixture thickened as the initial 〇 5 ml was added, and another portion of dichloromethane (50 ml) was added to allow stirring. After the addition of sulphide gas, 0.5 ml of dimethyl decylamine was added. After stirring overnight at room temperature, the mixture was placed under a vacuum in the room (about 60 mm Hg) and evaporated until no other condensate was collected in the -20 C trap, and a dry solid was obtained in the reaction flask. A solution of 4.03 g of 5-t-butyl-o-anisidine in 6 ml of di-methane was prepared. The reaction mixture was treated with 50 ml of methane to resuspend the solid. A solution of 5-tert-butyl-o-anisamine was slowly added, followed by 4 ml of 4-methylmorpholine in 丨〇 mi gas. The mixture was then stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. The mixture was transferred to a 500 ml flask to provide a total of 250 such as a gas-fired and 200 ml of a 5% aqueous solution of carbonic acid. After thorough mixing, the layers were separated and the dark yellow organic layer was diluted with 100 ml of decyl alcohol and concentrated. When the volume reaches 250 ml, add 1 〇〇 ml of methanol. Continue to heat concentrate and add 60 ml of methanol when the volume is reduced to 300 ml. Continue to heat concentrate and separate the solids when the vapor temperature of the outlet of the museum reaches 5 7 °C. The heating was terminated and the mixture was allowed to cool with stirring. After stirring over the weekend, the flask containing the solid suspension of 152269.doc •76-201121958 was cooled in an ice water bath and stirred for 4 minutes. The solid was then collected by filtration and dried in air to give 7.23 g of product. Η% N% H20°/〇,, value: 70.71 5.72 0.44 Calculated value: 70.74 5.69 0.37 C29H35C1N2〇5x〇.2 Calculated value of H2〇N-(5-t-butyl-2-methylindolyl) · 2_{4_[2_(morpholine-4-yl)ethoxy] cain-1-yl}-2-keto-amine guanidine hydrochloride.

h3c. HCI 12 Μ 4-曱基-2-戊綱 將18·4 g Ν-(5-第三丁基_2_曱氧基苯基)_2·{4_[2·(嗎啉_4_ 基)乙氡基]萘-1-基}-2-酮基醯胺置放於具有4 cm磁力攪拌 棒之1 L燒瓶中。依次添加37〇 4_甲基_2·戊酮' 2如 水。攪拌混合物且加溫直至形成澄清黃色溶液為止,溶液 溫度為84°C。在攪拌下經2分鐘逐滴添加4丄ml鹽酸。添加 完成後,厚固體沈澱出來。攪拌混合物且使其冷卻。在室 溫下4小時後,藉由過濾收集固體,以2χ2〇 mi 4_曱基_2_ 戊酮洗滌,且風乾,提供18,96 g N-(5-第三丁基·2_甲氧基 苯基)_2_{4_[2_(嗎淋_4_基)乙氧基]蔡小基}_2•嗣基酿胺鹽 酸鹽。 N% C1% 5.15 6.42 5.14 6.50 C% Η% 實驗值: 63.95 6.94 計算值: 63.90 6 84 C29H34N205xHC1 之計算值 152269.doc •77· 201121958 方法c : 中間物6 :乙酸5,2-(萘-1-基氧基)乙酯。H3c. HCI 12 Μ 4-mercapto-2-pentaline 18·4 g Ν-(5-t-butyl-2-n-oxyphenyl)_2·{4_[2·(morpholine_4_yl) Ethyl)naphthalen-1-yl}-2-ketopoxime was placed in a 1 L flask with a 4 cm magnetic stir bar. 37 〇 4_methyl 2·pentanone ' 2 such as water was added in order. The mixture was stirred and warmed until a clear yellow solution formed at a temperature of 84 °C. 4 丄 ml of hydrochloric acid was added dropwise over 2 minutes with stirring. After the addition is completed, a thick solid precipitates. The mixture was stirred and allowed to cool. After 4 hours at room temperature, the solid was collected by filtration, washed with 2 χ 2 〇 mi 4 mercapto-2-pentanone, and air dried to provide 18,96 g of N-(5-t-butyl-2- methoxy Phenyl))_2_{4_[2_(?-_4_yl)ethoxy]Cai Xiaoji}_2•嗣-ylamine hydrochloride. N% C1% 5.15 6.42 5.14 6.50 C% Η% Experimental value: 63.95 6.94 Calculated value: 63.90 6 84 Calculated value of C29H34N205xHC1 152269.doc •77· 201121958 Method c: Intermediate 6: Acetic acid 5,2-(naphthalene-1 -Proxyoxy)ethyl ester.

OHOH

材料: 分子量 DEN 1-萘酚 144.19 乙酸2-溴乙酯 167 1.514 無水碳酸鉀 138 碘化四丁敍 369.38 莫耳 當量 所用重量/趙積 0.144461 0.965 20.83 〇 0.149701 1 25 g 0.288922 2 39.871 g 0.003357 0.022425 1.24 g 在200 ml燒瓶中依次置放乙酸2·溴乙酯、20.8 g 1-萘 盼、37.8 g碳酸鉀。依次添加10〇 mi無水丙酮、丨24 g蛾化 四丁銨。將混合物升溫至5(TC。48小時後,過濾混合物以 移除固體。以丙酮洗滌固體直至濾液幾乎無色為止。在真 空中蒸發經合併之濾液。以3〇〇 ml己烷稀釋殘餘物且劇烈 攪拌,接著使其沈降。在真空中蒸發己烷,提供28·32 g黃 色油狀物乙酸2-(萘·1-基氧基)乙酯。^11>]1(:在254 nM下顯 示在5.35分鐘之新峰(73°/。),及2.8% 1-萘酚。 中間物7 :乙酸5,2·(萘-1·基氧基)乙酯。Material: Molecular weight DEN 1-naphthol 144.19 2-bromoethyl acetate 167 1.514 anhydrous potassium carbonate 138 Iodine tetrabutyl 369.38 Molar equivalent weight / Zhao product 0.144461 0.965 20.83 〇0.149701 1 25 g 0.288922 2 39.871 g 0.003357 0.022425 1.24 g In a 200 ml flask, 2·bromoethyl acetate, 20.8 g of 1-naphthene, and 37.8 g of potassium carbonate were placed in this order. 10 〇 mi anhydrous acetone, 丨 24 g moth tetrabutylammonium were added in sequence. The mixture was warmed to 5 (TC. After 48 hours, the mixture was filtered to remove solids. The solid was washed with acetone until the filtrate was almost colorless. The combined filtrate was evaporated in vacuo. Stirring, followed by sedimentation. Evaporation of hexanes in vacuo afforded 28·32 g of a yellow oil of ethyl 2-(naphthalenyl-1-yloxy)ethyl ester. ^11>]1 (: displayed at 254 nM A new peak at 5.35 minutes (73 ° /.), and 2.8% 1-naphthol. Intermediate 7: acetic acid 5,2 · (naphthalen-1 - yloxy) ethyl ester.

以100 ml甲醇稀釋14 g乙酸2_(萘-卜基氧基)乙酯,且添 加1〇 ml 50%氫氧化納。携拌混合物隔夜。接著將混合物 152269.doc •78- 201121958 傾於160 g冰上,且以水稀釋至4〇〇 mle以8〇如二氣曱烷 及100 ml己烷洗滌混合物。合併萃取物且蒸發,提供= g深色油狀物。於二氧化矽上使用二氯曱烷進行之tlc顯 示一個新點(RF 0.25)。HPLC顯示在4.〇9分鐘之新峰 (71%)。 中間物8 : 1-(2-氣乙氧基)萘。14 g of 2-(naphthyl-buyloxy)ethyl acetate was diluted with 100 ml of methanol, and 1 ml of 50% sodium hydroxide was added. Bring the mixture overnight. The mixture was then poured onto 160 g of ice and the mixture was diluted with water to 4 〇〇 mle with 8 〇 such as dioxane and 100 ml of hexane. The extracts were combined and evaporated to give a dark oil. The tlc using dichloromethane on cerium oxide showed a new point (RF 0.25). HPLC showed a new peak (71%) at 4. 9 minutes. Intermediate 8: 1-(2-Gasethoxy)naphthalene.

^ 〇9' 以60 ml曱苯處理含有10·8 g中間物7之燒瓶,且將溶液 轉移至具有攪拌棒之250 ml燒瓶中。以另一份1〇 ml甲笨洗 滌先前含有中間物7之燒瓶,接著亦將其添加至25〇燒瓶 中。在攪拌下添加4.64 ml吡啶且將燒瓶置放於油浴中。在 60C之油浴溫度下經兩分鐘添加4.16 ml亞硫酿氣。接著將 混合物升溫至120T:之油浴溫度。溫和回流該混合物,且 逸出氣體。2 0分鐘後’氣體逸出減緩。將油浴升溫至 13〇°C。10分鐘後TLC顯示中間物7耗盡且已出現新點(RF 0·9)(二氧化矽上之二氯甲院)。將反應混合物傾於1〇 鹽 酸中之1 00 g冰上,且以5〇 ml己烷萃取。蒸發有機層,得 到11.9 g呈深色油狀之ι·(2_氯乙氧基)萘。HPLC在254 nM 下顯示在5_87分鐘之新峰(62%)。^ 〇9' A flask containing 10·8 g of intermediate 7 was treated with 60 ml of hydrazine and the solution was transferred to a 250 ml flask with a stir bar. The flask, previously containing intermediate 7, was washed with another 1 ml of smudge, which was then added to a 25 liter flask. 4.64 ml of pyridine was added with stirring and the flask was placed in an oil bath. 4.16 ml of sulfurous gas was added over two minutes at an oil bath temperature of 60C. The mixture was then warmed to an oil bath temperature of 120T:. The mixture is gently refluxed and the gas evolves. After 20 minutes, the gas escape slowed down. The oil bath was warmed to 13 °C. After 10 minutes TLC showed that the intermediate 7 was consumed and a new point (RF 0·9) (dichloromethane on the cerium oxide) appeared. The reaction mixture was poured onto 100 g of ice in 1 mL of hydrochloric acid and extracted with 5 liters of hexane. The organic layer was evaporated to give 11.9 g of m. HPLC showed a new peak (62%) at 5-7 minutes at 254 nM.

或者,中間物8可藉由以下途徑製備:將17.03 g 1-萘酚 之樣本置放於25〇 mi燒瓶中’依次添加45 g碳酸鉀、60 ml 2-丁酮及14 ml 1-溴-2-氣乙烷。將燒瓶置放於升溫至90°C 152269.doc -79- 201121958 DCM/己 b浴中’ 劇烈搜拌混合⑼。5小時後,過遽、混合物且 MO m丨己烷洗滌固體。使用二氧化矽上之i:i DCM/& 濾液之TLC顯示產物強點(RF 〇62)及萘酚弱點(rf 〇·16)。以2x125 ml 1 M氫氧化鈉洗滌濾液。剩餘有機層僅Alternatively, the intermediate 8 can be prepared by placing a sample of 17.03 g of 1-naphthol in a 25 〇mi flask, which in turn adds 45 g of potassium carbonate, 60 ml of 2-butanone, and 14 ml of 1-bromo- 2-ethane ethane. The flask was placed in a temperature of 90 ° C 152269.doc -79 - 201121958 DCM / hexane b' vigorous mixing (9). After 5 hours, the mixture was washed with hydrazine, mixture and MeOH. The TLC of the i:i DCM/& filtrate on the ceria showed product strength (RF 〇 62) and naphthol weakness (rf 〇 · 16). The filtrate was washed with 2 x 125 ml of 1 M sodium hydroxide. Remaining organic layer only

供 16.14 g 中間物 8。ΗΡΙχ顯示 93%純(1^ 254 nM)。 中間物9 :丨4-(2-氣乙氧基)萘基丨酮基乙酸乙酯。For 16.14 g of intermediates 8. ΗΡΙχ shows 93% pure (1^ 254 nM). Intermediate 9: ethyl 4-(2-ethoxyethoxy)naphthyl fluorenylacetate.

將9.99 g氣化鋁置放於具有攪拌棒之25〇 ml燒瓶中。依 次添加100 ml無水二氣甲烧、7〇 ml氯酮基乙酸乙酯。在 溫和回流溶液之速率下以分成小份之119 g中間物8處理所 得幾乎澄清之溶液。添加之後,攪拌混合物2〇分鐘,接著 傾於100 g碎冰上,且充分攪拌15分鐘,分離各層,且以 4〇 ml二氯甲烷洗滌水層。以15〇 95%乙醇稀釋經合併 之二氯甲烷層且冷卻至_2〇。(:隔夜。藉由過濾收集所得固 體,以25 ml乙醇洗滌’且風乾,得到8·77 g呈灰白色固體 狀之[4-(2-氣乙氧基)萘_ι_基]酮基乙酸乙酯^ HpLC顯示在 5.859分鐘之新峰(99.7%)。將經加熱之濾液濃縮至ι〇〇 ml,且冷卻,提供第二批呈棕褐色固體狀之[4_(2_氯乙氧 基)萘-1-基]酮基乙酸乙酯(3.23 g)。第二批之HPLC顯示 91.2%純度。111&gt;1^111(50〇111112,€0(:13):9.20,111,】=8.7, 152269.doc -80 - 201121958 7;6〇8'Th ? J=81, ^ 7,97, 1H,J=8·35 ^ 7 725 1H&gt; dd H dd; 6_82, 1H,卜8 3,仳 4 % 2h,㈣ 7,* π 2H,J-7.2, q; 4.00, 2H, J=5.7, t; 1.44, 3H, J=7.2, t 〇 中間物10 :【4_(2·氣乙氧基)萘小基】網基乙酸。9.99 g of vaporized aluminum was placed in a 25 〇 ml flask with a stir bar. 100 ml of anhydrous dimethylacetate and 7 ml of ethyl chloroketoneacetate were added in this order. The nearly clear solution was treated with a small portion of 119 g of Intermediate 8 at a rate of mild reflux solution. After the addition, the mixture was stirred for 2 minutes, then poured onto 100 g of crushed ice, and stirred well for 15 minutes, the layers were separated, and the aqueous layer was washed with 4 ml of dichloromethane. The combined dichloromethane layers were diluted with 15 〇 95% ethanol and cooled to _2 Torr. (: </ RTI> overnight. The solid obtained was collected by filtration, washed with 25 ml of ethanol and dried in vacuo to give &lt;RTI ID=0.0&gt;&gt; Ethyl ester HpLC showed a new peak (99.7%) at 5.859 minutes. The heated filtrate was concentrated to ι ml, and cooled to provide a second crop of [4_(2_chloroethoxy) as a tan solid. Ethyl acetate of naphthalen-1-yl] ketone (3.23 g). HPLC of the second batch showed 91.2% purity. 111 &gt; 1^111 (50〇111112, €0 (:13): 9.20,111,] = 8.7, 152269.doc -80 - 201121958 7;6〇8'Th ? J=81, ^ 7,97, 1H,J=8·35 ^ 7 725 1H&gt; dd H dd; 6_82, 1H, Bu 8 3,仳4 % 2h, (iv) 7, * π 2H, J-7.2, q; 4.00, 2H, J=5.7, t; 1.44, 3H, J=7.2, t 〇 intermediate 10: [4_(2·gas ethoxylate) Base naphthalene small group] network based acetic acid.

將丨6.5 g 50%氫氧化鈉添加至75如95%乙醇中且攪拌直 至澄清為止。以95%乙醇稀釋混合物至MW,得到^氣 氧化鈉之乙醇溶液。將3·〇8 g中間物1〇溶解於2〇⑹四氫咬 喃中。量取仏0 ml上文製備之2㈣氧化納之乙醇溶液的 樣本。以小份添加2 M氫氧化納,且依次以M d四氮咬 喃、80 ml 95%乙醇處理混合物以維持攪拌。t 5小時後, 藉由過濾收集固體,以2X12 ml四氫呋喃洗滌且風乾,得 到3·06㈣狀固體。將蠟狀固體置放於100 ml水中,且搜 拌,得到懸浮液。以10 ml i M硫酸酸化懸浮液且以3〇 ml 一氯曱院萃取。以額外20 ml二氣曱烷洗滌水層。將經合 併之二氯曱烷熱濃縮至2〇 mi,且蒸餾溫度為4〇〇c,接著 以30 ml己烷缓慢稀釋《在攪拌下冷卻混合物。過濾提供 1-91 g呈淺棕褐色固體狀之中間物1〇。MS陰離子(Μ-ΐ )=277.6 。 HPLC 顯示在 4.168分鐘之新峰 (99.7%) 。 NMR (500 mHz, CDC13): 9.03, 1H, J=8.6, d; 8.80, 1H, J=8.4, d; 152269.doc -81 * 201121958 8.43, 1H,J=8.4, d; 7 74, m,dd; 7 62, ih,灿 6 % 出, J=8.6,d;4.53, J=5.6,t;4.01,j=5 6 t。 ’ 或者,如下製備中間物l〇 :用空氣加熱搶短暫加溫Add 6.5 g of 50% sodium hydroxide to 75, such as 95% ethanol, and stir until clear. The mixture was diluted to MW with 95% ethanol to obtain a solution of sodium sulphate in ethanol. 3·〇8 g of the intermediate 1〇 was dissolved in 2〇(6) tetrahydrobite. Measure 0 ml of a sample of the 2 (tetra) sodium oxide solution prepared above. 2 M sodium hydroxide was added in small portions, and the mixture was sequentially treated with M d tetranitrogen, 80 ml of 95% ethanol to maintain stirring. After 5 hours, the solid was collected by filtration, washed with 2×12 ml of tetrahydrofuran and air-dried to give a 3·06 (tetra) solid. The waxy solid was placed in 100 ml of water and searched to obtain a suspension. The suspension was acidified with 10 ml of i M sulfuric acid and extracted with 3 〇 ml of chloroform. The aqueous layer was washed with an additional 20 ml of dioxane. The combined dichloromethane was thermally concentrated to 2 〇 mi, and the distillation temperature was 4 〇〇c, followed by slowly diluting with 30 ml of hexane "cooling the mixture under stirring. Filtration provided 1-91 g of the intermediate in the form of a light tan solid. MS anion (Μ-ΐ) = 277.6. HPLC showed a new peak at 4.168 minutes (99.7%). NMR (500 mHz, CDC13): 9.03, 1H, J=8.6, d; 8.80, 1H, J=8.4, d; 152269.doc -81 * 201121958 8.43, 1H, J=8.4, d; 7 74, m, Df; 7 62, ih, 6%, out, J=8.6, d; 4.53, J=5.6, t; 4.01, j=5 6 t. ’Or, prepare the intermediate l〇 as follows: use air to heat the tempo for a short period of time.

如水。接著以2 1 Μ硫酸處理混合物,以水稀釋 至30 ml且在冰上冷卻,過濾渾濁混合物未提供固體。以 水稀釋混合物至100…且在熱板上加溫,得到固體懸浮 液。攪拌混合物且在冰中冷卻,接著過濾且以水洗滌固體 且風乾,得到0.241 g中間物1〇,根據HPLC,其與上文提 供之物質相同。 中間物11 : N-(5-第三丁基-2-甲氧基苯基)_2_【4_(2·氣乙氧 基)萘-1-基卜2·網基酿胺。Like water. The mixture was then treated with 2 1 hydrazine sulphuric acid, diluted with water to 30 ml and cooled on ice. The mixture was diluted with water to 100... and warmed on a hot plate to give a solid suspension. The mixture was stirred and cooled in ice, then filtered and washed with water and dried then evaporated. Intermediate 11: N-(5-t-butyl-2-methoxyphenyl)_2_[4_(2·gethoxyethoxy)naphthalen-1-yl b.

將1.85 g中間物10置放於具有攪拌棒之1〇〇爪丨燒瓶中。 添加20 ml無水一氣甲院,且將混合物置放於隔片(septa)&amp; 氣球下。添加0.97 ml N-曱基嗎啉,得到澄清淺黃色溶 液。添加0.84 ml三甲基乙醯氯,且2分鐘後形成沈殿物。 10分鐘後’依次添加5-第三丁基-鄰茴香胺(1 22 g,二氣甲 燒溶液)、1 ml N-甲基嗎啉,且在室溫下授拌混合物。3小 152269.doc -82- 201121958 時後,以20 ml二氣甲烷稀釋混合物且以5〇 mi ι〇%碳酸钟 洗滌。將有機層濃縮至30 ml且以3〇 ml己烷稀釋,接著冷 部至-20 C隔夜。藉由過濾收集所得固體且以1〇 μ己烷洗 滌,接著風乾,得到2.56 g呈黃色固體狀之Ν·(5_第三丁基_ 2-甲氧基苯基)-2-[4-(2-氯乙氧基)蔡_u]_2,基醯胺。 MS 陰離子(M-l)=438,陽離子(M+1)=44〇。lfi NMR (5〇〇 mHz, CDC13): 9.68, 1H, s; 8.82, 1H, J=8.5, d; 8.63, 1H, J=2.4, d; 8·6,1H,J=8.4, d; 8.41,1H,Jl=0.8, J2 = 8.4, dd; 7.68’ 1H, m; 7.58, 1H,m; 7.15,1H,Jl=2.4,J2 = 8.6,dd; 6·88,1H,J=8.6,d; 6.86, 1H,J=8.4,d; 4.51,2H,J=5.7,t; 4.01,2H,J=5.7, t; 3.93, 3H, S; 1.35, 9H, s。 中間物5 : N-(5-第三丁基_2_甲氧基苯基)_2 {4 [2 (嗎啉 基)己氧基】茶-1-基}_2·明基醜胺β1.85 g of intermediate 10 was placed in a 1 〇〇 claw flask with a stir bar. 20 ml of water-free gas was added and the mixture was placed under a septa &amp; balloon. 0.97 ml of N-mercaptomorpholine was added to give a clear, pale yellow solution. 0.84 ml of trimethylacetamidine chloride was added, and after 2 minutes, a sediment was formed. After 10 minutes, 5-tributyl-o-anisidine (1 22 g, a gas-burning solution), 1 ml of N-methylmorpholine were sequentially added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature. 3 small 152269.doc -82- 201121958 After the time, the mixture was diluted with 20 ml of di-methane and washed with 5 〇 mi 〇% carbonic acid. The organic layer was concentrated to 30 mL and diluted with 3 mL hexanes and then cooled to -20 C overnight. The obtained solid was collected by filtration and washed with EtOAc EtOAc (EtOAc) (2-Chloroethoxy)Chao_u]_2, guanamine. MS anion (M-l) = 438, cation (M + 1) = 44 〇. Lfi NMR (5〇〇mHz, CDC13): 9.68, 1H, s; 8.82, 1H, J=8.5, d; 8.63, 1H, J=2.4, d; 8·6,1H, J=8.4, d; 8.41 , 1H, Jl=0.8, J2 = 8.4, dd; 7.68' 1H, m; 7.58, 1H, m; 7.15,1H, Jl=2.4, J2 = 8.6, dd; 6·88,1H, J=8.6,d ; 6.86, 1H, J=8.4, d; 4.51, 2H, J=5.7, t; 4.01, 2H, J=5.7, t; 3.93, 3H, S; 1.35, 9H, s. Intermediate 5: N-(5-tert-butyl-2-methoxyphenyl)_2 {4 [2 (morpholino)hexyloxy]tea-1-yl}_2·benyl amide

將2.228 g中間物U置放於75 ml厚壁鐵氟龍(Tefl〇n)螺旋 蓋燒瓶中。添加0.248 g碘化鈉,接著添加2〇 mi曱氧基_ 2-丙醇及2.8 ml三曱基矽烷基嗎啉。封閉燒瓶且在9〇。匸油 浴中加熱42小時。接著使燒瓶冷卻,將内容物轉移至25〇 ml燒瓶中,且以甲醇(2x3 ml)洗滌厚壁燒瓶,亦將其添加 152269.doc •83· 201121958 至250 ml燒瓶中。以水稀釋溶液至1〇〇 ^卜搜拌2〇分鐘, 且藉由過濾收集固體。以20 ml水洗滌固體且風乾,提供 2-305 g Ν-(5·第三丁基_2_甲氧基苯基)_2·{4·[2·(嗎啉_4基) 乙氧基]萘_1_基}-2-酮基醯胺(中間物5)。HPLC滯留時間及 uv顯示樣本含有71〇/〇中間物5及27 4〇/〇剩餘中間物^。 或者,如下自中間物U製備化合物5 :將3 g中間物u置 放於具有攪拌棒之15 ml螺旋蓋小瓶中,且添加6 mi嗎啉。 將混合物在1 〇〇°C油浴中加溫3小時。接著使混合物冷卻至 室溫。自管移除固體糊狀物,以甲醇稀釋至1〇〇 ml,且升 溫至回流,且進一步以25 ml水稀釋。固體始終未完全溶 解。接著用冰冷卻混合物且藉由過滤收集固體,以水洗務 且風乾’提供化合物5(依據HPLC可知為94.99%,25%至 95。/〇乙腈,〇 〇5% TFA)。 N-(5-第二丁基_2•甲氧基苯基)_2_{4_[2_(嗎啉_4基)乙氧基】 萘-1-基}-2-酮基醯胺鹽酸鹽2.228 g of intermediate U was placed in a 75 ml thick walled Teflon (Tefl〇n) screw cap flask. 0.248 g of sodium iodide was added followed by 2 〇 mi曱oxy_2-propanol and 2.8 ml of trimethylsulfonyl morpholine. The flask was closed and at 9 Torr. Heat in a bath for 42 hours. The flask was then cooled, the contents were transferred to a 25 mL flask, and the thick-walled flask was washed with methanol (2 x 3 ml) and added to a 152269.doc •83·201121958 to 250 ml flask. The solution was diluted with water to 1 Torr for 2 minutes and the solid was collected by filtration. The solid was washed with 20 ml of water and air dried to provide 2-305 g of Ν-(5·t-butyl-2-methoxyphenyl)_2·{4·[2·(morpholin-4-yl)ethoxy Naphthyl-1-yl}-2-ketodecylamine (Intermediate 5). The HPLC retention time and the uv display sample contained 71 〇 / 〇 intermediate 5 and 27 4 〇 / 〇 remaining intermediate ^. Alternatively, Compound 5 was prepared from Intermediate U as follows: 3 g of intermediate u was placed in a 15 ml screw cap vial with a stir bar and 6 mi of morpholine was added. The mixture was warmed for 3 hours in a 1 °C oil bath. The mixture was then allowed to cool to room temperature. The solid paste was removed from the tube, diluted to 1 mL with methanol, warmed to reflux and further diluted with 25 mL water. The solid is never completely dissolved. The mixture was then ice-cooled and the solid was collected by filtration, washed with water and dried to afford compound 5 (94.99%, 25% to 95% acetonitrile, 〇 5% TFA). N-(5-Second-2-yl-2-methoxyphenyl)_2_{4_[2_(morpholin-4-yl)ethoxy]naphthalen-1-yl}-2-ketopoxime hydrochloride

N-(5-第三丁基·2·甲氧基苯基)_2·{4·[2_(嗎啉_4_基)乙氧 基]萘_1-基}-2-酮基醯胺鹽酸鹽係如上文方法Β中所示來製 備’得到1.37§(依據册1^(:,97.46%純)。 表1列出可使用實例1之方法或此項技術中先前揭示之方 法製備的本文提供之化合物。 152269.doc •84- 201121958 表1 编號 結構 名稱 1 N-(5-第三丁基-2-甲氧基苯基)-2-(4-(2-(N-嗎啉)乙氧基)萘-1-基)-2-酮基醯胺 2 H3CfcH3 痛wr〇 N-(5-第三丁基-3-(N,N-二曱基胺 基磺醯基)-2-甲氧基笨基)-2-(4-(2-(N-嗎啉)乙氧基)萘-1 -基)-2-酮 基醯胺 3 2-(4-(2-(雙(2-羥乙基)胺基)乙氧 基)-蔡-1-基)-N-(5-第二丁基-2-甲 氧基-3-(曱基績胺基)苯基)-2-酮基醯胺 4 -fcH3 H3U N-(5-第三丁基-3-氰基-2-甲氧基 苯基)-2-(4-(2-(N-嗎啉)乙氧基) 萘-1-基)-2-酮基醯胺 5 HC PH3 H3CfcH3 嫁0 CH3 N-(5-第三丁基-2-甲氧基-3-(曱基 磺醯胺基)苯基)-2-(4-(2-(N-嗎啉) 乙氧基)萘-1-基)-2-酮基醯胺 6 η3〇^η ch3 5-第三丁基-2-曱氧基-N-曱基-3-(2-(4-(2-(N-嗎琳)乙氧基)萘-1-基)-2_酮基乙醯胺基)苯甲醯胺 7 u r ch3 3 士ch3 〇、ch3 5-第二丁基-N-乙基-2-曱氧基-3-(2-(4-(2-(N-嗎啉)乙氧基)萘-1-基)-2-酮基乙醯胺基)苯甲醯胺 8 H卞 “為 VS、 5-第三丁基-N-乙基-2-曱氧基-3-(2-(4-曱氧基萘-1 -基)-2-酮基乙醯 胺基)苯甲醯胺 152269.doc -85 - 201121958 編號 結構 名稱 9 H3CfcH3 %'。〜〇 CH3 5-第三丁基-2-曱氧基-N-(2-甲氧 基乙基)-3-(2-(4-(2-(N-嗎琳)乙氧 基)萘-1-基)-2-酮基乙醯胺基)苯 甲醯胺 10 卞3 ch3 5-第三丁基-2-曱氧基-3-(2-(4-(2- (N_嗎嚇)乙氧基)蔡-1-基)-2-嗣基 乙酿胺基)-N-(d比咬-2-基) 苯甲醯胺 11 h3c ch3 〇^«νδ ° h3c 5-第三丁基-3-(2-(4-(2-(N-嗎啉) 乙氧基)萘-1-基)-2-酮基乙醯胺 基)噻吩-2-曱酸曱酯 12 h3c ch3 务战0 h3c 5-第三丁基-N-甲基-3-(2-(4-(2-(N-嗎琳)乙氧基)萘-1-基)-2-_基 乙醯胺基)噻吩-2-曱醯胺 13 ch3 〇、CH3 0 N-(2-甲氧基-5-曱基-3-(甲基磺醯 胺基)苯基)-2-(4-(2-(N-嗎啉)乙氧 基)蔡-1-基)-2-嗣基酿胺 14 ^f〇H3 N-(5-第三丁基-2-申氧基苯基&gt;2-(4-甲氧基蔡-1·基)·2-嗣基酿胺 15 呈ντο Ν-(5-環己基-2-曱氧基苯基)-2-(4-(2-(N-嗎啉)乙氧基)萘-1 -基)-2-酮 基酿胺 152269.doc -86 - 201121958 編號 結構 名稱 16 -2, N-(2-曱氧基-5-(2-苯基丙-2-基)苯 基)-2-(4-(2-(N-嗎啉)乙氧基)萘-1-基)-2-酮基醯胺 17 叫fC3H3 wAvg' 〇 〇、CH:〇 u 5-第三丁基-N-(環丙基曱基)-2-曱 氧基-3·(2·(4·曱氧基蔡-1-基)-2-嗣 基乙醯胺基)苯甲醯胺 18 HC H3C^-ch3 CH3 5-第三丁基-2-甲氧基-3-(2-(4-(2-(N-嗎琳)乙氧基)萘-1-基)-2-酮基 乙醯胺基)-N-丙基笨甲醯胺 19 n N-(5-第三丁基-2-甲氧基苯基)-2-(4-乙氧基蔡-1-基)-2-嗣基酿胺 20 HC P3 H3C 十 ch3 H3C N-(5-第三丁基-2-甲氧基苯基)-2-W基-2-[4-(丙-2-基氧基)萘-1-基] 乙醯胺 實例3 : 製備5-第三丁基-2-甲氧基-3-(2-(4-(6-(甲胺基)吡 啶-3-基)萘-1-基)-2-酮基乙酿胺基)苯甲醢胺N-(5-tert-butyl-2-methoxyphenyl)_2·{4·[2_(morpholine-4-yl)ethoxy]naphthalen-1-yl}-2-ketodecylamine The hydrochloride salt was prepared as shown in the above formula '' yielding 1.37 § (according to 1 1 (:, 97.46% pure). Table 1 lists the methods which can be prepared using the method of Example 1 or previously disclosed in the art. The compound provided herein. 152269.doc •84- 201121958 Table 1 No. Structure Name 1 N-(5-Tertibutyl-2-methoxyphenyl)-2-(4-(2-(N- Morpholine)ethoxy)naphthalen-1-yl)-2-ketodecylamine 2 H3CfcH3 pain wr〇N-(5-tert-butyl-3-(N,N-didecylaminosulfonyl) )-2-methoxyphenyl)-2-(4-(2-(N-morpholine)ethoxy)naphthalen-1-yl)-2-one decylamine 3 2-(4-(2 -(bis(2-hydroxyethyl)amino)ethoxy)-cai-1-yl)-N-(5-secondbutyl-2-methoxy-3-(indenylamino) Phenyl)-2-ketodecylamine 4 -fcH3 H3U N-(5-tert-butyl-3-cyano-2-methoxyphenyl)-2-(4-(2-(N-? Oleto)ethoxy)naphthalen-1-yl)-2-ketodecylamine 5 HC PH3 H3CfcH3 Marry 0 CH3 N-(5-Tertibutyl-2-methoxy-3-(decylsulfonamide) Phenyl)-2-(4-(2-(N-morpholine)ethoxy)-naphthalen-1-yl)-2-one Amine 6 η3〇^η ch3 5-t-butyl-2-decyloxy-N-mercapto-3-(2-(4-(2-(N-N-line)ethoxy)naphthalene-1- ))-2-ketoacetamido)benzamide 7 ur ch3 3 ch3 〇,ch3 5-t-butyl-N-ethyl-2-decyloxy-3-(2-(4 -(2-(N-morpholine)ethoxy)naphthalen-1-yl)-2-ketoethylamino)benzimidamide 8 H卞" is VS, 5-tert-butyl-N- Ethyl-2-decyloxy-3-(2-(4-decylnaphthalen-1-yl)-2-ketoethylamino)benzamide 152269.doc -85 - 201121958 No. Structure Name 9 H3CfcH3 %'.~〇CH3 5-t-butyl-2-decyloxy-N-(2-methoxyethyl)-3-(2-(4-(2-(N-?)) Ethoxy)naphthalen-1-yl)-2-ketoacetamido)benzamide 10 卞3 ch3 5-t-butyl-2-oxooxy-3-(2-(4-( 2- (N_? scare) ethoxy) cain-1-yl)-2-mercaptoamino)-N-(d than bit-2-yl) benzamide 11 h3c ch3 〇^« Νδ ° h3c 5-t-butyl-3-(2-(4-(2-(N-morpholine)ethoxy)-naphthalen-1-yl)-2-ketoethylamino)thiophene-2 - decyl decanoate 12 h3c ch3 combat 0 h3c 5-t-butyl-N-methyl-3-(2-(4-(2-(N-N-line) ethoxy)-naphthalen-1-yl) )-2-aminoethylamino)thiophene-2-indole 13 ch3 〇, CH3 0 N-(2-methoxy-5-mercapto-3-(methylsulfonylamino)phenyl)-2-(4-(2-(N-morpholine) ethoxylate ))Cai-1-yl)-2-indenylamine 14 ^f〇H3 N-(5-tert-butyl-2-propoxyphenyl)2-(4-methoxy-ca-1 ····2-嗣-ylamine 9 is ντο Ν-(5-cyclohexyl-2-methoxyphenyl)-2-(4-(2-(N-morpholine)ethoxy)naphthalene- 1 -yl)-2-keto-enylamine 152269.doc -86 - 201121958 No. Structure name 16 -2, N-(2-decyloxy-5-(2-phenylpropan-2-yl)phenyl) -2-(4-(2-(N-morpholine)ethoxy)naphthalen-1-yl)-2-one decylamine 17 is called fC3H3 wAvg' 〇〇, CH: 〇u 5-t-butyl -N-(cyclopropylindenyl)-2-decyloxy-3·(2·(4·曱oxycain-1-yl)-2-mercaptoacetamido)benzimidamide 18 HC H3C^-ch3 CH3 5-tert-butyl-2-methoxy-3-(2-(4-(2-(N-N-line)ethoxy)-naphthalen-1-yl)-2-one Acetylamino)-N-propyl benzomethionine 19 n N-(5-tert-butyl-2-methoxyphenyl)-2-(4-ethoxycain-1-yl)- 2-indoleylamine 20 HC P3 H3C ten ch3 H3C N-(5-t-butyl-2-methoxyphenyl)-2-W-yl-2-[4-(propan-2-yloxy) )naphthalen-1-yl]acetamide Example 3: Preparation of 5-t-butyl-2- 3- (2- (4- (6- (methylamino) pyridin-3-yl) naphthalen-1-yl) amino-2-ethyl-brewed) minced meat benzyl amine

152269.doc -S7- 201121958 中間物12: 5-第三丁基-2-甲氧基-3-確基苯甲酸。152269.doc -S7- 201121958 Intermediate 12: 5-Terbutyl-2-methoxy-3-n-benzoic acid.

在〇°C下向5.5 g(26 mmol)5-第三丁基·2_甲氧基苯曱酸於 30 ml乙酸及30 ml乙酸酐中之溶液中添加催化量(約5滴)濃 硫S文’接者逐滴添加發煙石肖酸(7 2 m m ο 1)。在室溫下授摔 所得反應液隔夜。反應之後,將混合物傾入約12 [冰_水 中。形成白色沈澱物,過濾且以水洗滌。獲得5 98 g白色 固體(產率·· 91%)。 中間物13 : 5-第三丁基-2-甲氧基-3-硝基苯甲醢胺。Add a catalytic amount (about 5 drops) of concentrated sulfur to a solution of 5.5 g (26 mmol) of 5-t-butyl-2-methoxybenzoic acid in 30 ml of acetic acid and 30 ml of acetic anhydride at 〇 °C. The S text 'sender adds the smoky acid (7 2 mm ο 1) dropwise. The resulting reaction solution was dropped overnight at room temperature. After the reaction, the mixture was poured into about 12 [ice_water. A white precipitate formed which was filtered and washed with water. 5 98 g of a white solid were obtained (yield 91%). Intermediate 13 : 5-tert-butyl-2-methoxy-3-nitrobenzamide.

向中間物 12(1.985 g,7.84 mmol)於 50 ml CH2C12 中之溶 液中添加乙二醯氣(3.5 ml ’ 5當量)。在室溫下授拌2小時 之後,將反應混合物蒸發至乾燥。將所得酸氯化物溶解於 40 ml CH2C12中’接著添加二異丙基乙胺(4 ml,3當量)、 及Ο.5 N氨之一 °惡烧溶液(47 mi,3當量)。在室溫下繼續授 拌隔夜且將CHiCh添加至反應混合物中。碳酸氫鈉水溶液 處理之後’在使用0-40% B(10%曱醇之CHzC!2溶液)之 152269.doc •88· 201121958 ISCO Optix(3x40 g矽膠管柱)上進行管柱純化。分離出 1.796 g呈淺黃色固體狀之產物(產率:9〇 8%)。 中間物14 : 2-(4-溴萘_1_基)_2_酮基乙酸。To a solution of intermediate 12 (1.985 g, 7.84 mmol) in 50 ml of CH2C12 was added hexanes (3.5 ml </ s). After mixing for 2 hours at room temperature, the reaction mixture was evaporated to dryness. The obtained acid chloride was dissolved in 40 ml of CH2C12, followed by the addition of diisopropylethylamine (4 ml, 3 eq.), and 5%. The addition was continued overnight at room temperature and CHiCh was added to the reaction mixture. After aqueous sodium bicarbonate treatment, column purification was performed on 152269.doc •88·201121958 ISCO Optix (3x40 g® rubber column) using 0-40% B (10% sterol CHzC! 2 solution). The product was obtained as a pale yellow solid (yield: 9 〇 8%). Intermediate 14: 2-(4-bromonaphthalen-1-yl)-2-ketoacetic acid.

(4-漠-蔡-1-基酮基-乙酸甲酯係如美國專利公開案第 2005/01 07399谠中製備。以15〇 g二丙二醇處理3〇 7 g所得 (4溴萘-1 -基)·酮基_乙酸甲酯,且升溫至$。將5〇%氫 氧化鈉於60 ml 95%乙醇中之2 Μ溶液添加至混合物中。在 5〇°C下授拌混合物15分鐘,接著添加7〇㈤1 μ硫酸。以 水稀釋混合物至卜5 L,搜拌且使其冷卻。藉由過濾收集固 體,提供令間物14。 (2·(4·溴萘-1-基)_2_輞基乙醢胺基)·5_第三 基_2_甲氧基苯甲醯胺。(4-Di-Cate-1-keto-yl-acetic acid methyl ester is prepared as described in U.S. Patent Publication No. 2005/01 07399. The treatment of 3〇7 g with 15〇g dipropylene glycol (4 bromonaphthalene-1 - Base)·keto-methyl acetate, and warmed to $. Add a solution of 5〇% sodium hydroxide in 60 ml of 95% ethanol to the mixture. Mix the mixture at 5 °C for 15 minutes. Next, 7 〇 (5) 1 μ sulfuric acid was added. The mixture was diluted with water to 5 L, and the mixture was cooled and allowed to cool. The solid was collected by filtration to provide the intervening material 14. (2·(4·bromonaphthalen-1-yl)_2 _Mercaptoethylamino)·5_Thirdyl_2-methoxybenzamide.

中間物15 : 152269.doc -89- 201121958 在室溫下以Pd/C及%於40 ml甲醇中還原中間物i3(i.〇3i g 4·07 mmol) ’持續3小時。過濾後,移除甲醇且將粗還原化 合物溶解於25 ml CH2C12中。添加2.6 ml(3當量)二異内基 乙胺。在另一燒瓶中,將中間物14( 136 g,ι·2當量)溶解 於30 ml CP^Ch中,且添加2.2 ml(5當量)乙二醯氣,接著 添加催化量之DMF ^在室溫下攪拌反應混合物2小時且蒸 發溶劑。將所得粗酸氣化物溶解於丨5 ml CHzCl2中,且添 加上述胺溶液《在室溫下攪拌混合物4〇小時且添加 CHAh。依次進行碳酸氫鈉水溶液處理、ISC〇管柱純化 (3M0 g二氧化矽管柱’含〇_4〇% b 50%乙酸乙醋之 CHAl2) ’得到1.08 g呈黃色固體狀之產物(產率:54 9%)。 中間物16 : N-甲基-5·(三丁基錫烷基)吡啶_2_胺。Intermediate 15 : 152269.doc -89- 201121958 The intermediate i3 (i.〇3i g 4·07 mmol) was reduced for 3 hours at room temperature in Pd/C and % in 40 ml of methanol. After filtration, the methanol was removed and the crude reduced compound was dissolved in 25 ml of CH2C12. Add 2.6 ml (3 equivalents) of diisopropenylethylamine. In a separate flask, intermediate 14 (136 g, ι 2 equivalent) was dissolved in 30 ml of CP^Ch, and 2.2 ml (5 equivalents) of ethylene dioxane was added, followed by the addition of a catalytic amount of DMF ^ in the chamber. The reaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 2 hours and the solvent was evaporated. The obtained crude acid vapor was dissolved in 5 ml of CHzCl2, and the above amine solution was added. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 hours and CHAh was added. The sodium bicarbonate aqueous solution was treated in sequence, and the ISC column was purified (3M0 g of ruthenium dioxide column, containing 〇4〇% b 50% acetic acid in acetonitrile, CHAl2) to obtain 1.08 g of a product as a yellow solid (yield : 54 9%). Intermediate 16 : N-methyl-5.(tributylstannyl)pyridine-2-amine.

在80 C下加熱含2,5-二漠比D定(6 g,25 mmol)之40 ml 33% CHsNH2之乙醇(13當量)溶液,持續6〇小時。蒸發後, 將固體殘餘物懸浮於CH2C12中,以1 N HC1萃取3次。以2 N 中和經合併之水相,接著以CH2C12反萃 取3次°以水洗滌經合併之CH2C12相且經硫酸鈉乾燥。濃 縮得到4.457 g呈灰白色固體狀之5·溴-N-甲基吡啶-2-胺(產 率:95.3%)。 在1^2氛圍下將含5-溴-N-曱基吡啶-2-胺(2,805 g,15 152269.doc 201121958 mmol)之150 ml無水THF冷卻至-78t。逐滴添加194如 1.7 Μ第二丁基链(2.2當量)之庚燒溶液。在相同溫度下繼 續鐘化30分鐘’隨後添加氯化三正丁基錫(8.9 m丨,2 2當 量)於15 ml無水THF中之溶液。在_78t下攪拌反應液2小 時且藉由5乙酸之THF溶液淬滅。使溫度緩慢升至室溫。 藉由蒸發移除溶劑之後,將殘餘物溶解於乙酸乙酯/水中 且以NaHC〇3水溶液處理。經硫酸鈉乾燥有機相,濃縮且 進行ISCO管柱(10x40 g管柱)純化(首先用ch2C12(30分 鐘),接著用1:3乙酸乙酯/己烷〜1:1乙酸乙酯/己烷(30分 鐘)),得到2.44 g呈白色軟固體狀之產物(產率:41%)。A solution of 40 ml of 33% CHsNH 2 in ethanol (13 eq. After evaporation, the solid residue was suspended in CH.sub.2Cl.sub.sub.sub. The combined aqueous phases were neutralized with 2N, followed by three strips of CH2C12. The combined CH2C12 phases were washed with water and dried over sodium sulfate. Concentration gave 4.457 g of 5·bromo-N-methylpyridin-2-amine as an off-white solid (yield: 95.3%). 150 ml of anhydrous THF containing 5-bromo-N-decylpyridin-2-amine (2,805 g, 15 152269.doc 201121958 mmol) was cooled to -78t under a 1 2 atmosphere. A gamma-burning solution of 194 such as a 1.7 Μ second butyl chain (2.2 eq.) was added dropwise. The solution was continued for 30 minutes at the same temperature. Then a solution of tri-n-butyltin chloride (8.9 m Torr, 2 2 equivalents) in 15 ml of anhydrous THF was added. The reaction was stirred at _78t for 2 h and quenched with EtOAc EtOAc. Allow the temperature to slowly rise to room temperature. After the solvent was removed by evaporation, the residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate/water and was then treated with aqueous NaHC. The organic phase was dried over sodium sulfate, concentrated and purified with EtOAc EtOAc EtOAc EtOAc EtOAc (30 min)) gave 2.44 g (yield: 41%).

在 110°C 下在 N2下加熱中間物 15( 1.633 g,3.378 mmol)、 中間物 16(1.61 g ’ 4.05 mmol,1·2 當量)及 Pd催化劑(49〇 mg ’ 14% m〇l)於1〇 ml無水甲苯及3〇 m丨無水二噁烷中之溶 液,持續24小時。蒸發後添加DMF。過濾後對紅色溶液進 行HPLC逆相純化(注射68次,方法:25-95%乙腈,12分 鐘)。收集含有產物之溶離份。在減壓下移除有機溶劑。 將固體碳酸氫鈉添加至懸浮液中,接著添加乙酸乙酯。分 離有機相,且以乙酸乙酯再一次萃取水相。經硫酸鈉乾燥 經合併之有機相。濃縮得到727 mg 5-第三丁基_2-甲氧基_ 152269.doc •91- 201121958 3-(2-(4-(6-(甲胺基)°比啶-3-基)萘-1-基)-2-酮基乙醯胺基)苯 甲醯胺(42%產率)。 鹽酸鹽:將5-第三丁基-2-曱氧基-3-(2-(4-(6-(曱胺基)吡 啶-3-基)萘-1-基)-2-酮基乙醯胺基)苯曱醯胺溶解於CH2C12 中’且添加2 ml 4 M HC1之二噁烷溶液。蒸發CH2C12且添 加無水二噁烷。將懸浮液冷凍及凍乾,得到755 mg呈橙色 細粉狀之鹽。 實例4: HCV2a嵌合螢光素酶病毒進入檢驗 本實例顯示本文提供之化合物具有針對HCV感染之活 性。另外,本實例顯示本發明化合物當與環孢素A相比時 顯示有利功效或細胞毒性,或兩者。 製備細胞:使原態Huh7細胞在由以下構成之細胞培養基 中生長:杜貝可氏經改質伊格爾培養基(Dulbecco's modified Eagle’s medium)(Gibco BRL),補充有 10%胎牛血 清(Sigma)、lx非必需胺基酸(對於MEM為1〇〇χ, IrvineScientific)、1 mM 丙酮酸鈉(GIBCO)及 1 χ 青黴素 (penicillin)/鍵黴素(streptomycin)(invitrogen)。細胞株每週 繼代一或兩次。以PBS洗務次匯合細胞(Subconfluent cell) 一次’藉由胰蛋白酶處理使其轉移,且使用血球計在顯微 鏡下手動計數。將5000個Huh7細胞塗於96孔培養盤之各孔 中。將培養盤儲存於恆溫箱(37。(:,5.0% C02)申直至次曰 備用。 製備HCV2a嵌合傳染性病毒:藉由在NS2之第一與第二 推定跨膜域之間的區域組合J6基因組之Core-NS2區與JFH1 152269.doc •92- 201121958 基因組之NS2-NS5B來構築HCV 2a嵌合體基因組 (HCV2aCh)(Jc 1 crossover; Pietschmann 等人,2006, ΡΛΜ5) 〇報導體型式之此病毒係藉由在HCV2a之5'NTR與 HCV2a核心蛋白(HCV2aChLuc)之開放閱讀框之間插入海 腎(Renilla)螢光素酶(Luc)、FMDV 2A蛋白酶及泛素單體序 列而製得。將Luc之N端融合於對HCV IRES功能而言必需 之HCV核心蛋白之第19個殘基。 使用T7 Megascript套組(Ambion)活體外轉錄病毒RNA。 在反應結束時添加DNase以移除模板DNA,接著進行管柱 純化(Qiagen,RNeasy小型套組)。將5-10 pg活體外轉錄之 RNA電穿孔至Huh7細胞中。藉由轉染後每曰收集上清液來 採集HCV2aChLuc病毒。藉由螢光素酶檢驗(海腎螢光素酶 檢驗系統(Renilla Luciferase Assay System),Promega)及 / 或限制性稀釋檢驗藉由TCID5〇法S.D·,2⑽9, Μβί/ζο心Mo/·出0/.)檢查所採集病毒上清液之傳染性。將 含病毒之上清液等分至50 ml錐形管中且儲存於-80°C下直 至使用為止。 製備化合物:將測試化合物之20 mM儲備溶液(100% DMS0)連續稀釋於含有最終濃度為0.1%的DMSO之細胞培 養基中以獲得特定化合物濃度。詳言之,將3 μΐ 20 mM儲 備物添加至200 μΐ細胞培養基(0.1% DMSO)中,得到300 μΜ濃度。又,以細胞培養基1% DMSO)連續稀釋(1:3稀 釋度,7次)1 〇〇 μ1 3〇〇 μΜ以製得最終濃度為300 ηΜ測試化 合物之化合物溶液。接著進一步連續稀釋(13)300 ηΜ,重 152269.doc •93· 201121958 複七次’以製備適用於檢驗之化合物溶液,最終濃度為 100、30、10、3、1、0.3及 0.1 nM。 結果:在基於細胞之檢驗中使用攜帶海腎螢光素酶基因 (HCV2aChLuc)之傳染性基因型2a病毒,評估化合物1及化 合物5抑制HCV病毒感染之能力(圓1)β藉由Taqman分析、 免疫螢光及西方墨點法(western blotting)以及螢光素酶檢 驗驗證病毒傳染性。使111111-7細胞感染HCV2aChLuc病毒並 持續〇、0.5、1、3、5、10、30、48、72小時。在各時間 點收集細胞且藉由海腎勞光素酶檢驗(promega)測定螢光 素酶活性。直至感染後5小時,觀察到螢光素酶活性僅緩 慢提高’然而’接著在5小時與30小時之間觀察到螢光素 酶活性呈對數上升(圖2a)。添加抗CD81 Ab完全消除螢光 素酶活性,表明HCV2aChLuc病毒感染具有CD81依賴性 (囷 2b)。 實例3:活體外HCVcc進入檢驗(抗HCV活性之驗證) 將100 μΐ連續稀釋之化合物溶液(1〇〇、30、10、3、1、 0.3及0.1 ηΜ)添加至96孔培養盤中之細胞中。隨後,將1〇〇 Kl(TCID50/ml :約 7.0E+03)HCV2a病毒添加至細胞(Μ0Ι 約 為〇.1)中。在細胞培養恆溫箱(37°C,5.0% C02)中維持以 化合物與病毒共培育細胞72小時。感染後72小時,自細胞 移除病毒及化合物。以P B S洗蘇細胞兩次,隨後以每孔1 〇 〇 μΐ被動溶解緩衝液(Promega)溶解。在室溫下在震盪器上溶 解細胞15-20分鐘。將50 μΐ細胞溶菌液轉移至新的96孔白 色培養盤(Costar)中,且將100 μΐ受質(海腎螢光素酶檢驗 152269.doc -94· 201121958 系統,Promega)添加至細胞溶菌液中,且立即用以在光度 計板式讀取器(Veritas-Turner Biosystems)中量測螢光素酶 含量。使用MS Excel及GraphP.ad Prism處理資料。 結果:為測試化合物1及化合物5之抗HCV活性,將Huh7 細胞與HCV2aChRluc病毒在各種量之化合物1及化合物5存 在下共培育3天。重複(n&gt;30)進行檢驗,且始终觀察到劑 量依賴性抑制。代表性資料呈現於圖3中。關於化合物1所 觀察到之 IC5〇 為 0.2 nM至 2.0 nM。IC9〇達到 5.0 nM與 50·0 ηΜ之間。各實驗之估計EC5〇係描述於下表2中。關於化合 物5所觀察到之IC5〇為0.05 nM至0·5 nM。IC9〇達到5.0 nM與 15.0 nM之間。 表2 :活體外HCV2aChLuc病毒感染中化合物1之IC50Intermediate 15 ( 1.633 g, 3.378 mmol), intermediate 16 (1.61 g '4.05 mmol, 1.2 eq.) and Pd catalyst (49 〇 mg '14% m〇l) were heated at 110 ° C under N2. A solution of 1 〇 ml of anhydrous toluene and 3 〇m of anhydrous dioxane was continued for 24 hours. DMF was added after evaporation. After filtration, the red solution was subjected to HPLC reverse phase purification (68 injections, method: 25-95% acetonitrile, 12 minutes). The fractions containing the product are collected. The organic solvent was removed under reduced pressure. Solid sodium bicarbonate was added to the suspension followed by the addition of ethyl acetate. The organic phase was separated and the aqueous phase was extracted again with ethyl acetate. The combined organic phases were dried over sodium sulfate. Concentration gave 727 mg 5-t-butyl-2-methoxy- 152269.doc •91- 201121958 3-(2-(4-(6-(methylamino))pyridin-3-yl)naphthalene- 1-yl)-2-ketoethylamino)benzamide (42% yield). Hydrochloride: 5-t-butyl-2-oxooxy-3-(2-(4-(6-(decylamino)pyridin-3-yl)naphthalen-1-yl)-2-one The benzylamine benzoguanamine was dissolved in CH2C12' and 2 ml of 4 M HCl in dioxane was added. CH2C12 was evaporated and anhydrous dioxane was added. The suspension was frozen and lyophilized to give 755 mg of an orange fine powder. Example 4: HCV2a chimeric luciferase virus entry assay This example shows that the compounds provided herein have activity against HCV infection. Additionally, this example shows that the compounds of the invention exhibit beneficial efficacy or cytotoxicity, or both, when compared to cyclosporin A. Preparation of cells: Native Huh7 cells were grown in a cell culture medium consisting of Dulbecco's modified Eagle's medium (Gibco BRL) supplemented with 10% fetal bovine serum (Sigma). , lx non-essential amino acid (1 〇〇χ for Ir, Scientific), 1 mM sodium pyruvate (GIBCO), and 1 penicillin/streptomycin (invitrogen). The cell line is subcultured once or twice a week. The cells were transferred by PBS washing once in a subconfluent cell by trypsinization and manually counted under a microscope using a hemocytometer. 5000 Huh7 cells were plated in each well of a 96-well culture plate. Store the plate in an incubator (37. (:, 5.0% C02) until the next time. Prepare the HCV2a chimeric infectious virus: by combining the region between the first and second putative transmembrane domains of NS2 The Core-NS2 region of the J6 genome and the NS2-NS5B of the JFH1 152269.doc •92-201121958 genome to construct the HCV 2a chimeric genome (HCV2aCh) (Jc 1 crossover; Pietschmann et al., 2006, ΡΛΜ 5) The virus was prepared by inserting Renilla luciferase (Luc), FMDV 2A protease and ubiquitin monomer sequences between the 5'NTR of HCV2a and the open reading frame of the HCV2a core protein (HCV2aChLuc). The N-terminus of Luc was fused to the 19th residue of the HCV core protein essential for HCV IRES function. Viral RNA was in vitro transcribed using the T7 Megascript kit (Ambion). DNase was added at the end of the reaction to remove the template DNA. Then, column purification (Qiagen, RNeasy mini-set) was performed. 5-10 pg of in vitro transcribed RNA was electroporated into Huh7 cells. HCV2aChLuc virus was collected by collecting supernatant after transfection. Luciferase assay The Enzyme Test System (Renilla Luciferase Assay System), Promega) and/or the Restriction Dilution Test examines the infection of the collected virus supernatant by TCID5 method SD·, 2(10)9, Μβί/ζο心Mo/·0/.) Sex. The virus-containing supernatant was aliquoted into a 50 ml conical tube and stored at -80 °C until use. Preparation of compound: A 20 mM stock solution of the test compound (100% DMSO) was serially diluted in a cell culture medium containing a final concentration of 0.1% DMSO to obtain a specific compound concentration. In detail, 3 μΐ 20 mM stock was added to 200 μM cell culture medium (0.1% DMSO) to give a concentration of 300 μM. Further, serially diluted (1:3 dilution, 7 times) 1 3 μ1 3 〇〇 μΜ in a cell culture medium (1% DMSO) to prepare a compound solution of a test compound having a final concentration of 300 η. Subsequent dilutions of (13) 300 ηΜ, weight 152269.doc •93·201121958 seven times were performed to prepare a compound solution suitable for testing, with final concentrations of 100, 30, 10, 3, 1, 0.3 and 0.1 nM. RESULTS: Infectious genotype 2a virus carrying the Renilla luciferase gene (HCV2aChLuc) was used in cell-based assays to assess the ability of Compound 1 and Compound 5 to inhibit HCV infection (circle 1) β by Taqman analysis, Immunofluorescence and western blotting and luciferase assays verify viral infectivity. 111111-7 cells were infected with HCV2aChLuc virus and continued for 〇, 0.5, 1, 3, 5, 10, 30, 48, 72 hours. Cells were harvested at various time points and luciferase activity was determined by the Renilla Luciferase Assay (promega). It was observed that luciferase activity was only slowly increased up to 5 hours after infection. However, a logarithmic increase in luciferase activity was observed between 5 and 30 hours (Fig. 2a). Addition of anti-CD81 Ab completely abolished luciferase activity, indicating that HCV2aChLuc virus infection is CD81-dependent (囷 2b). Example 3: In vitro HCVcc entry assay (validation of anti-HCV activity) Add 100 μΐ serially diluted compound solutions (1〇〇, 30, 10, 3, 1, 0.3, and 0.1 ηΜ) to cells in a 96-well culture dish in. Subsequently, 1 〇〇 Kl (TCID50/ml: about 7.0E+03) HCV2a virus was added to the cells (Μ0Ι about 〇.1). The cells were co-cultured with the virus for 72 hours in a cell culture incubator (37 ° C, 5.0% C02). Virus and compounds were removed from the cells 72 hours after infection. The cells were washed twice with P B S and then dissolved in 1 〇 μΐ per well of Passive Dissolution Buffer (Promega). The cells were lysed on the shaker for 15-20 minutes at room temperature. Transfer 50 μM of cell lysate to a new 96-well white culture dish (Costar) and add 100 μΐ of the substrate (Kephrus luciferase assay 152269.doc -94· 201121958 system, Promega) to the cell lysate Medium and immediately used to measure luciferase content in a luminometer plate reader (Veritas-Turner Biosystems). The data was processed using MS Excel and GraphP.ad Prism. Results: To test the anti-HCV activity of Compound 1 and Compound 5, Huh7 cells were co-cultured with HCV2aChRluc virus in various amounts of Compound 1 and Compound 5 for 3 days. Repeat (n &gt; 30) for testing and consistent dose-dependent inhibition was observed. Representative data is presented in Figure 3. The IC5 观察 observed for Compound 1 was 0.2 nM to 2.0 nM. IC9〇 is between 5.0 nM and 50·0 ηΜ. The estimated EC5 tethers for each experiment are described in Table 2 below. The IC5 观察 observed for Compound 5 was 0.05 nM to 0.5 nM. IC9〇 is between 5.0 nM and 15.0 nM. Table 2: IC50 of Compound 1 in HCV2aChLuc virus infection in vitro

化合物1之IC5Q結果 實驗曰期 IC50(最佳擬合值) IC50 (95%信賴區間) 020609 0.663 nM 0.216-2.033 nM 031109 1.906 nM 0.594-6.118 nM 042009 a 1.021 nM 0.263〜3.972 nM 042009 b 0.907 nM 0.281-2.924 nM 042009 c 1.598 nM 1.122-2.276 nM 042409 1.997 nM 0.419-9.507 nM 042709 0.798 nM 0.549-1.161 nM 表3提供根據實例3之方法測試之其他化合物的IC50資 料。IC50值係以活性類別「A」(IC50小於或等於5 nM)提 供。活性類別「B」表示大於5 nM但小於500 nM之IC50。 活性類別「C」表示500 nM或500 nM以上之IC50。 152269.doc -95- 201121958IC5Q Results for Compound 1 IC50 (Best Fit) IC50 (95% confidence interval) 020609 0.663 nM 0.216-2.033 nM 031109 1.906 nM 0.594-6.118 nM 042009 a 1.021 nM 0.263~3.972 nM 042009 b 0.907 nM 0.281 -2.924 nM 042009 c 1.598 nM 1.122-2.276 nM 042409 1.997 nM 0.419-9.507 nM 042709 0.798 nM 0.549-1.161 nM Table 3 provides IC50 information for other compounds tested according to the method of Example 3. The IC50 value is provided in activity class "A" (IC50 less than or equal to 5 nM). The activity category "B" indicates an IC50 greater than 5 nM but less than 500 nM. The activity category "C" indicates an IC50 of 500 nM or more. 152269.doc -95- 201121958

表3 編號 結構 活性類別 1 卞3 奂wr〇 A 2 ^f〇H3 CH3 A 3 H卞3 A 4 Hr CH3 H3CfcH3 H3C A 5 H卞3 痛 νϊΓ0 A 6 卞3 h3CW«VS 0 ch3 A 7 Hr pH3 3 ίCH3 0 〇、CH3 0 A 8 v9)CH3 0 0、CH: 0 u A 152269.doc -96- 201121958Table 3 No. Structure Activity Category 1 卞3 奂wr〇A 2 ^f〇H3 CH3 A 3 H卞3 A 4 Hr CH3 H3CfcH3 H3C A 5 H卞3 Pain νϊΓ0 A 6 卞3 h3CW«VS 0 ch3 A 7 Hr pH3 3 ίCH3 0 〇, CH3 0 A 8 v9)CH3 0 0, CH: 0 u A 152269.doc -96- 201121958

編號 結構 活性類別 9 H3CfC3H3 咕、。〜 CH3 A 10 H3CfcH3 CrW«Y2^° ch3 A 11 h3〇3VH3 5薇0 h3c A 12 h3h〇YH3 u NH h3c A 13 ch3 ,為 wr° B 14 ^fcH3 奂V5' A 15 呈 v?r〇 A 152269.doc •97- 201121958No. Structure Activity Category 9 H3CfC3H3 咕. ~ CH3 A 10 H3CfcH3 CrW«Y2^° ch3 A 11 h3〇3VH3 5 Wei 0 h3c A 12 h3h〇YH3 u NH h3c A 13 ch3 , is wr° B 14 ^fcH3 奂V5' A 15 is v?r〇A 152269.doc •97- 201121958

編號 結構 活性類別 16 h-£, 么wr〇 h3c A 17 卞3 ^hAvX'ch3 〇 〇、CH: 〇 ^ A 18 H3卞h3 ch3 v A 19 H3C^ch3 H3C A 20 夺赚Γ H3C A 21 斗夺〇 η/ B 152269.doc 98- 201121958No. Structure Activity Category 16 h-£, 么 wr〇h3c A 17 卞3 ^hAvX'ch3 〇〇, CH: 〇^ A 18 H3卞h3 ch3 v A 19 H3C^ch3 H3C A 20 Γ Γ H3C A 21 斗〇 〇 / B 152269.doc 98- 201121958

編號 結構 活性類別 22 % Ρ〇Η3 。,夕你。〜0 B 23 ^CX]&lt;f^CH3 B 24 H3CV/CH3 pCH3 B 25 pCH, Ογ^Ύ^ι 〇 HjC〆 B 26 h^C B 27 H3CvCH3 pCH3 ά 祕 0〇。 C 152269.doc -99- 201121958 編號 結構 活性類別 28 J齋0 c 29 HaC^CH, PCH3 蕾Ο c 30 HaC^C^ PCH3 c 31 h3c、^ch3 j nVS N^° c 32 c 33 HsCk/CK, 〇 c 152269.doc 100· 201121958 編號 結構 活性類別 34 F% c 35 飞资ο 'c。 c 36 ώ 0 0 c 37 CH, η3Ά /〇 i /〇 -0 N% c 38 令wr〇 c 39 φ 〇υ c 101 - 152269.doc 201121958 編號 結構 活性類別 40 h3c^ch3 T^CH 4夺1 h3c^° 0 c 41 c 42 h3c、^ch3 ch3 c 43 °%。飞 c 44 c 45 ο CH, ^ c 152269.doc -102- 201121958No. Structure Active category 22 % Ρ〇Η3. I am you. ~0 B 23 ^CX]&lt;f^CH3 B 24 H3CV/CH3 pCH3 B 25 pCH, Ογ^Ύ^ι 〇 HjC〆 B 26 h^C B 27 H3CvCH3 pCH3 ά Secret 0〇. C 152269.doc -99- 201121958 No. Structure activity class 28 Jhai 0 c 29 HaC^CH, PCH3 bud c 30 HaC^C^ PCH3 c 31 h3c, ^ch3 j nVS N^° c 32 c 33 HsCk/CK , 〇c 152269.doc 100· 201121958 No. Structure activity category 34 F% c 35 Flying capital ο 'c. c 36 ώ 0 0 c 37 CH, η3Ά /〇i /〇-0 N% c 38 order wr〇c 39 φ 〇υ c 101 - 152269.doc 201121958 No. Structure activity category 40 h3c^ch3 T^CH 4 wins 1 H3c^° 0 c 41 c 42 h3c, ^ch3 ch3 c 43 °%. Fly c 44 c 45 ο CH, ^ c 152269.doc -102- 201121958

編號 結構 活性類別 46 0 Ha。八。 C 47 h3c ch3 C 48 h3c^ch3 pCH3 /¼¾ 〜0 C 49 5露0 CH3 C 50 C 51 H3C CH3 pCH3 C 152269.doc -103- 201121958No. Structure Active Category 46 0 Ha. Eight. C 47 h3c ch3 C 48 h3c^ch3 pCH3 /1⁄43⁄4 ~0 C 49 5露0 CH3 C 50 C 51 H3C CH3 pCH3 C 152269.doc -103- 201121958

編號 結構 活性類別 52 η,ο^οη, pCH, 〇丫。vw B 53 h3c^ch3 PCH3 H^C C 54 HaCs^^ pCH B 55 h3cv.ch3 T^CH HjC B 56 H3C、^CH3 p-CH3 CH, B 57 H3C CH3 B 104- 152269.doc 201121958 編號 結構 活性類別 58 h3c、^ch3 c 59 c 60 ch3 h3c__^ch3 c 61 ch3 H3C—Ach3 l蕾0' c 62 h3c ch3 各wr〇 B 63 ch3 夺嘗0 c 152269.doc •105- 201121958No. Structure Active category 52 η, ο^οη, pCH, 〇丫. Vw B 53 h3c^ch3 PCH3 H^CC 54 HaCs^^ pCH B 55 h3cv.ch3 T^CH HjC B 56 H3C, ^CH3 p-CH3 CH, B 57 H3C CH3 B 104- 152269.doc 201121958 No. Structure Activity Category 58 h3c, ^ch3 c 59 c 60 ch3 h3c__^ch3 c 61 ch3 H3C—Ach3 l lei 0' c 62 h3c ch3 each wr〇B 63 ch3 win 0 c 152269.doc •105- 201121958

編號 結構 活性類別 64 C 65 Β 66 冬 C 67 必蕾Ο C 68 尽营ο C 69 齋Ο C 152269.doc •106- 201121958No. Structure Active Category 64 C 65 Β 66 Winter C 67 Bile Ο C 68 尽营 ο C 69 斋Ο C 152269.doc •106- 201121958

編號 結構 活性類別 70 0 c 71 H3CV.CH3 PCH3 B 72 H3C 叫 pCH3 。冬说0〇 B 73 NV〇 % C 74 ,尽1ί^Ο α B 75 h3c ch3 PCH3 專窗 h3c B 152269.doc -107- 201121958 編號 結構 活性類別 76 H3CX/CH3 PCH3 〇'CH3 α、 c 77 PCH3 ν1Λ CH3 〇h3c’〇 c 78 h3c^ch3 pCH3 ,。〜 B 79 ,+今祕,:二 c 80 H3CVCH3 pCH3 4A\^^ H3〆 c 81 oa^0^o c 152269.doc -108- 201121958No. Structure Active category 70 0 c 71 H3CV.CH3 PCH3 B 72 H3C is called pCH3. Winter says 0〇B 73 NV〇% C 74 ,1ί^Ο α B 75 h3c ch3 PCH3 window h3c B 152269.doc -107- 201121958 No. Structure activity class 76 H3CX/CH3 PCH3 〇'CH3 α, c 77 PCH3 ν1Λ CH3 〇h3c'〇c 78 h3c^ch3 pCH3 ,. ~ B 79 , + this secret, two c 80 H3CVCH3 pCH3 4A\^^ H3〆 c 81 oa^0^o c 152269.doc -108- 201121958

152269.doc 109· 201121958152269.doc 109· 201121958

152269.doc •110· 201121958152269.doc •110· 201121958

152269.doc 111 · 201121958 編號 結構 活性類別 100 HA ^vro c 101 H3c、 0 CH, 、&gt;3 c 102 CH 〇T^ 齊0 c 103 c 104 4齋〇 c 105 c 152269.doc 112· 201121958152269.doc 111 · 201121958 No. Structure Active category 100 HA ^vro c 101 H3c, 0 CH, , &gt;3 c 102 CH 〇T^ 齐0 c 103 c 104 4 fasting c 105 c 152269.doc 112· 201121958

編號 結構 活性類別 106 HC CH3 3 于CH3 9Av%°^〇 H3C、nJ 〇 〇 H 〇 I ^n3 ch3 c 107 X嘗。。 B 108 ΟΊ i齋0 B 109 呔。、 CH, 、&gt;^3 B 110 ◦、ch3 0 C 111 η3〇^〇η3 pCH3 hAvoc^o h3c/ 0 B 152269.doc 113- 201121958No. Structure Active species 106 HC CH3 3 at CH3 9Av%°^〇 H3C, nJ 〇 〇 H 〇 I ^n3 ch3 c 107 X taste. . B 108 ΟΊ i fast 0 B 109 呔. , CH, , &gt;^3 B 110 ◦, ch3 0 C 111 η3〇^〇η3 pCH3 hAvoc^o h3c/ 0 B 152269.doc 113- 201121958

編號 結構 活性類別 112 4齋〇 C 113 &amp;营〇 C 114 〜〇。 C 115 小营〇 C 116 F C 117 0 0 C 152269.doc 114· 201121958No. Structure Active Category 112 4 Fasting C 113 &amp; Camp C 114 ~〇. C 115 小营〇 C 116 F C 117 0 0 C 152269.doc 114· 201121958

編號 結構 活性類別 118 J齋〇 C 119 B 120 °t^^ B 121 麥1i^0。 B 122 B 123 CH, HjC B 152269.doc -115- 201121958 編號 結構 活性類別 124 細丫0 c 125 c 126 rvv c 127 H3C. .CH, N c 128 H3C\^CH3 c 129 CH, CH, c 152269.doc 116- 201121958No. Structure Active category 118 J 〇 C 119 B 120 °t^^ B 121 Mai 1i^0. B 122 B 123 CH, HjC B 152269.doc -115- 201121958 No. Structure activity class 124 Fine 丫 0 c 125 c 126 rvv c 127 H3C. .CH, N c 128 H3C\^CH3 c 129 CH, CH, c 152269 .doc 116- 201121958

編號 結構 活性類別 130 H3C\^CH3 γΝ、 C 131 C 132 h3c ch3 C 133 h3c ch3 JTch3 〇 4 ViT H3C c 134 h3cn^ch3 麥11¾ ’ B 135 H卞3 ch3 A 152269.doc 117- 201121958No. Structure Active species 130 H3C\^CH3 γΝ, C 131 C 132 h3c ch3 C 133 h3c ch3 JTch3 〇 4 ViT H3C c 134 h3cn^ch3 Mai 113⁄4 ’ B 135 H卞3 ch3 A 152269.doc 117- 201121958

編號 結構 活性類別 136 Chk Η H3CfcH3 f 丫、叫 h3c A 137 ChU H H3CfcH3 f 丫、CH3 ch3 A 138 CHU H H3CfCH3 /Tn、CH3 H3C-&quot;rT«V〇 、ch3 A 實例4: HCV複製子檢驗 以測試化合物之連續稀釋液處理HCV1 a複製子(穩定複 製HCV基因型la次基因組複製子之Huh7細胞)並持續72小 時。藉由HCV基因組RNA擴增,使用Taqman分析來監測複 製效率。 或者,以測試化合物之連續稀釋液處理Hutlb細胞(穩定 複製HCV基因型lb次基因組複製子之Huh7細胞)並持續72 小時。藉由ELISA檢驗,使用抗HCV NS5A單株抗體 (Virogen)來監測複製效率。 結果:為驗證化合物1及5之作用模式,將複製子檢驗用 作反向篩選(counter screen)以排除細胞内病毒複製之抑 制。將遞增量之化合物接種於HCVlb複製子細胞上且培育 152269.doc -118- 201121958 3天。培育之後,藉由ELISA以NS5 A蛋白表現來監測HCV 複製。IFN-α經處理作為HCV複製抑制之陽性對照且顯示 HCV複製之劑量依賴性抑制,而化合物1及5各自未顯示可 量測之作用,表明抗HCV活性可能不與基因組擴增或聚合 蛋白質處理相關(圖4)。另外,直至100 μΜ化合物1或500 ηΜ化合物5仍觀察到對Huh7細胞無細胞毒性(圖5)。此等結 果係與化合物5作為假病毒檢驗中之進入抑制劑(資料未顯 示)一致。 實例5: BVDV成斑檢驗 牛病毒性腹瀉病毒(BVDV)為與HCV緊密相關之病毒, 其屬於同一家族,即黃病毒。為驗證抗病毒活性之特異 性,用MDBK細胞在本文提供之化合物存在下進行BVDV 感染。使MDBK細胞(70至80%匯合)感染經稀釋病毒。在 37°C下吸附1小時之後,以DMEM洗滌細胞一次,以1.5% 低熔點(LMP)瓊脂糖(Gibco-BRL)之MEM(含有5% HS)溶液 覆蓋,且在37°C下培育。為檢驗成斑病毒,3天後在室溫 下以3.7%甲醛固定單層2小時,移除瓊脂糖塞,且以結晶 紫對單層染色。 結果:即使在1 μΜ化合物5下亦未觀察到對BVDV感染 之顯著抑制作用(圖6)。 IF分析:自24孔培養盤抽吸上清液之後,將1 ml冰冷曱 醇添加至各孔中,且在-20°C下儲存培養盤隔夜。次曰, 移除曱醇,且在室溫下風乾培養盤約30分鐘。接著藉由兩 次PBS洗滌(約5分鐘/洗滌)來沖洗培養盤/復水。為阻斷非 152269.doc -119- 201121958 特異性抗體結合,使細胞在室溫下,在阻斷緩衝液(1 % BSA、0.2%脫脂牛奶之PBS溶液)中培育1小時。將初級抗 體(小鼠抗 HCV核心;Affinity BioReagents,MA1-080)於 PBS+0.1% Tween-20中稀釋1:1〇〇〇,且在4°C下在振盪器上 培育隔夜(約200 μΐ抗體/孔)。次日,以PBS(三次洗滌,每 次5分鐘)洗滌各孔,接著與以下二級抗體一起在室溫下培 育 30 分鐘:山羊抗小鼠 _AlexaFluor488(於 PBS/Tween; Molecular Probes/Invitrogen #A11001 中稀釋 1:1000)。接著 以PBS洗滌細胞三次(每次5分鐘),包括一次用Hoechst染 料(0.4 pg/ml ; Molecular Probes/Invitrogen #H3570),以將 細胞核對比染色。在Zeiss螢光顯微鏡上使用10倍物鏡來分 析免疫螢光染色。 實例6 : 抑制病毒進入HCV la與HCV 2a » 因為HCV基因型1為HCV變異體中最盛行之基因型,所 以吾人構築引入有兩個細胞-培養物適應性突變之 HCVla/2a嵌合傳染性純系。結構蛋白質(包括C、E1及 E2)、p7及NS2之序列係源自HCV基因型la H77病毒株。其 餘非結構性蛋白質(NS3至NS5B)及3’ NTR係源自HCV基因 型2a JFH病毒株。5’NTR係來源於HCV2aJ6(圖7)。Yi及其 同事等人提出兩種細胞-培養物適應性突變(Y361H及 Q1251L)顯著增強HCVla/2a嵌合病毒於細胞培養物中之傳 染性(J. Virol. 2007 81: 629-638)。因此,具有 Y361H 及 Q1251L 突變之 HCVla/2aCh病毒與 HCVla/2aChLuc病毒二 者均在Huh7細胞中連續產生且用於HCV進入分析法。 152269.doc -120- 201121958 結果:化合物1與化合物5二者抑制HCVla嵌合病毒之程 度極類似於對HCV2a嵌合病毒所觀察到之程度(圖8)。 實例7:病毒進入抑制劑與ifn〇[2组合的作用。 關於慢性C型肝炎治療之現行照護標準為聚乙二醇化 IFN-a(干擾素·α)與病毒奴纪合。因為圓…(而非病毒 唾)在活體外及在患者中均顯示強抗病毒活性,所以吾人 使用活體外HCVcc感染系統來評估化合物1或化合物5與 之組合的作用。用各種濃度之單獨化合物ι或干擾 素,或兩者之組合培育Huh7細胞72小時,且藉由勞光素酶 檢驗量測抗HCV活性。對化合物s進行相同實驗。如圖9中 所示,化合物1或化合物5與iFN-a之組合總是使得螢光素 酶活性程度之降低大於各單獨藥劑所達成之降低。此等結 果表月化5物1與IFN-a及化合物5與iFN-α之組合各自對細胞 i口養物中HCV感染之抑制具有相加效應至適度協同效應。 實例8.病毒進入抑制劑與病毒嗤之組合的作用。 已知單獨之病毒唑不顯示強活體外抗病毒活性,且為患 者照護標準之關鍵組分。吾人研究化合物】及化合物5與病 毒唑組合是否具有拮抗活性。將不同量之各化合物與高濃 度病f唑(1 5 μΜ)共培育。資料表明單獨之病毒唑對 1 a甘入&amp;病毋(a)及2a嵌合病毒(b)之傳染性不具有顯著 抑制作用。然而,在化合物j與病毒唑及化合物5與病毒唑 之組合中未辨別出拮抗作用。 實例9·病毒進入抑制劑與Hcv蛋白酶抑制劑(w95〇) 之組合的作用。 152269.doc -121 - 201121958 進行化合物1及化合物5斑up-IT XTC〇 ^ , i. &quot;HCV NS3蛋白海抑制劑 950之其他組合研究。化合物1及化合物Μ系單獨經測試及 與VX-950組合經測試。兩種化合物之比率(基於化合物之 EC50)保持固定在給藥範圍内。用基於發光Ατρ之細胞生存 力檢驗(Cell Titer_Gl。; pr()mega)評估個別化合物之可能細 胞毒性。如先前實例3中所述進行細胞培養物及螢光素酶 化合物檢驗。結果顯示此等化合物之相加效應至微協同效 應(圖11)。 藉由Chou及Talalay所述之方法,依賴於中間效應原理 (median effect principle)及多藥物效應等式(muitipie drug effect equation)來定量化合物相互作用。參看Ch〇u,τ c 及P. Talalay,以v. 1984,22: 27 55。針對所 測試之各組合產生等效線圖且將其用以測定抑制劑組合之 相加作用、協同作用或拮抗作用。在組合之EC5〇、Ec”及 ECm下用Calcusyn(Bi〇soft)為各實驗測定組合指數(CI)。按 照慣例,將CI&lt;0.9視為協同,c&amp;〇 9或$丨丨視為相加,且 將CI&gt; 1.1視為拮抗。如圓17中所示,杠上方之數值意謂 CI。在〇_9及1.1處之點線表示相加相互作用之邊界:+,協 同作用;土相加作用;-’拮抗作用。在組合之EC50、EC75 及EC%下用Calcusyn(Biosoft)為各實驗測定組合指數(ci)。 按照慣例,將CI&lt;0.9視為協同,CI2〇.9或視為相加, 且將CI&gt;1.1視為拮抗。 實例10:蛋白酶突變體(NS3:A1S6S)顯示對VX-950, 而非對化合物1及5之高抗性程度。 152269.doc •122- 201121958 NS3編碼區中之A156T突變已顯示將抗性賦予許多HCV 蛋白酶抑制劑,諸如8(:11-503034〇〇〇6卩代乂卜,8。1^1*丨吨-Plough) ' SCH-6(Schering-Plough) ' BILN-2061 (Boehringer Ingelheim)及 VX-950(Vertex)。因此,吾人在 HCV2aChLuc 基因組之主鏈中引入A156S突變且研究在化合物存在下突 變型病毒之傳染性。如預期,如與野生型HCV2aChLuc相 比,HCV2aChLuc(NS3:A156S)顯示對 VX-950 之高抗性。 然而,在化合物1或化合物5對野生型病毒與突變型病毒之 傳染性的抑制方面未觀察到顯著差異’表明如預期在蛋白 酶抑制劑與病毒進入抑制劑之間無交叉抗性(圖12)。 實例11: SR-B1為化合物1及5之潛在標靶。 化合物5提高小鼠及人類個體中而非SR_B1基因剔除之小 鼠(A. Tall,製備手稿)中的HDL含量’表明其乾向SR-B 1路 徑。因為亦已知SR-B1為HCV進入所需之一種必需細胞受 體,所以吾人關注於知曉化合物1及5是否抑制經由SR_B1 之HCV進入。咸信HCV E2蛋白與SR-B1之相互作用經由定 位於E2膽蛋白之N端區内之高變區1而出現。Zhong及同事 報導在E2中位置451 (G451R)處之甘胺酸-至-精胺酸突變促 進JFH4傳染性(J.打〇/.200&lt;5,別_·&quot;⑽2)。Grove及同事證明 JFH-1 G451R突變具有降低之對SR-B1之依賴性且增強結 合於 CD81(·/· Viol. 2008, 圖 13b)。吾人將 E2:G451R突變引入HCVhCh之主鏈中(圖13a)以測試此突 變是否可改變化合物1及5對由SR-B1介導之HCV進入的抑 制作用。 -123- 152269.doc 201121958 IFN-α係用作對照以顯示與親本病毒之敏感性相比’ E2 犬變型病毒對化合物〗抑制之較小敏感性係來源於病毒進 入過程,而非來源於複製過程。相對於親本類型病毒,E2 突變型病毒確實顯示對化合物j更大之抗性,如病毒傳染 性之螢光素酶檢驗中所示(囷14)。然而,親本及£2突變型 病毒對IFN-α之反應顯示極相同之模式,表明較之hCv生 命週期之其他步驟,化合物j之抗Hcv活性更可能與病毒 進入步驟相關(圖14)。 如圈15中所示,相對於野生型病毒,£2突變型病毒確實 顯示對化5物5更大之抗性,如病毒rna複本之Taqman檢 驗中所示。以4xl04個細胞/孔接種兩個24孔培養盤。次 日’抽吸細胞培養物上清液且將細胞暴露於野生型 11(^23(:11(黑杠)及突變型1^(:¥2&amp;(:11(£2:045111)(藍杠)。將 約250 μΐ細胞培養物病毒添加至各孔中(約lxl〇4 tcid/孔 或moi約為〇·25)。病毒添加至孔中之後立即將2.5 μΐ 1〇〇倍 濃度之化合物添加至各孔中,且用100 μ〗吸移管尖端混合 多次’以達成最終化合物稀釋度:〇 ηΜ、5 ηΜ、15 ηΜ、 50 ηΜ、150 ηΜ及500 ηΜ。測試化合物5。連續處理各培 養盤。添加病毒及化合物之後,將培養盤置放於恆溫箱中 約3.5小時(37°C,5% C〇2) »培育之後’以新鮮培養基(約1 毫升/孔)替換上清液且將培養盤放回恆溫箱中。24小時後 (病毒暴露於細胞後約27.5小時),以1 ml PBS洗滌細胞一 次,接著處理細胞以便進行Taqman分析。 使用免疫螢光作為讀數,E2突變體亦顯示如與野生型病 152269.doc -124- 201121958 毒相比對化合物5更具抗性(圖16)。 實例12 : 化合物5與抗HCV化合物之組合治療。 在HCV基因型-2a傳染性病毒系統中評估化合物5與以下 抗HCV化合物之組合:干擾素-α、病毒唑、BILN2061、 VX95 0、VX1及2’-C-甲基腺苷。 知屈培# #。使人類肝腫瘤Huh-7_5.1細胞或Huh7細胞 在3 7°C及5% C02下在補充有2 mM L-麩醯胺酸、1 mM丙酮 酸鈉、1 X非必需胺基酸混合物、1 00單位/毫升青黴素、 100 gg/ml鏈黴素及10°/〇胎牛血清之杜貝可氏經改質伊格爾 培養基中生長。 苈##邀。先前已描述嵌合全長構築體pFL-JCl,即由 來自J6CF分離物之結構基因及來自JFH1分離物之非結構性 基因組成之GT2a/2a嵌合體。參看Backes等人,J. Virol. 2010, 84:5775-89 ; Schaller等人,J. Virol.,2007, 81:4591-603 ; Koutsoudakis 等人,J. Virol. 2006, 80:5308-20 ; Pietschmann等人,Proc. Natl Acad. Sci·,2006,103:7408-13。已將螢火蟲螢光素酶基因插入pFL-Jcl中以使適用作 病毒複製之報導體的質體pFL-Jcl-luc顯色。參看Amako等 人,J· Virol. 2009, 83:9237-46。特定言之,pFL-JCl-luc構 築體可用於使傳染性HCV細胞培養物系統顯色以活體外使 用螢光素酶表現測試新穎HCV抑制劑,包括進入抑制劑。 袭澇谬袭尨开CK。使用 T7 RiboMAX™ Express Large Scale RNA Production System(Promega)活體外轉錄 Jcl-luc 或 HCV2a/2aChRluc RNA。在 RNA 清除(Qiagen RNeasy 小 152269.doc -125 - 201121958 型套組)之後,如先前所述[26]進行轉染。將400微升Huh-7.5.1或Huh7細胞懸浮液(107個細胞/毫升)置放於含1〇 Rg Jcl-luc 或 HCV2a/2aChRluc RNA 之 0.4 cm 光析管中’且使 用單一方波在260 V及25 m脈衝長度下進行電穿孔(Bio-Rad Gene Pulser System) 。 將細 胞塗於 15 cm 組 織培養 孤 (Corning)中且採集上清液,且使用離心過濾器(Amicon 100K,Millipore)濃縮。 满定燁袭餒好CK。使塗於96孔培養盤中之原態Huh-7_5.1 細胞感染傳染性上清液之連續10倍稀釋液。在37°C下將接 種物與細胞一起培育隔夜,接著以新鮮完全培養基替換, 且再培養72小時。使用1:300稀釋度之單株小鼠抗CORE IgG 抗體(#MAl-080,Thermo Scientific)對細胞染色’接著 在室溫下與1:100稀釋度之HRP結合多株山羊抗小鼠 IgG(# 12-349, Millipore)—起培育1小時。自產生CORE陽性 焦點之稀釋系列之最後一個及最後第二個孔中,在顯微鏡 下計數之焦點平均數目計算傳染性力價。 奢茏#箱/6合#活逢撿發β如先前所述進行細胞培養物 及螢光素酶化合物檢驗。參看Wyles等人,J. Virol. 2007, 81:3005-8 ; Wyles 等人,Antimicrob Agents Chemother. 2009,53:2660-2 ; Griinberger 等人,J. Infect. Dis. 2008, 197:42-5 ; Wyles 等人,Antimicrob Agents Chemother, 2008, 52:1862-4。簡言之,將Huh7.5.1細胞以每孔 10,000 個細胞之密度接種於96孔培養盤中之100 μΐ培養基中。培 育隔夜以便附著後,將ΜΟΙ 0.01之Jcl-luc病毒添加至含或 152269.doc •126· 201121958 不含規疋濃度之化合物的孔中。所有條件均一式三份地運 作。24小時後,抽吸培養基且以100 μΐ含有相同濃度化合 物之完全培養基替換,接著再培育48小時。根據製造商之 • 說明書進行螢光素酶檢驗(Bright-Glo; Pr〇megap使用微 孔板光度計(Veritas微孔板光度計;Turner Bi〇systems)測 疋螢光素酶活性。各條件下之相對光單位(RLu^s以三個 孔之平均值±平均值標準誤差之形式報導。 游屌作居廣/試》化合物5及其他抗HCV化合物之5〇%有 效濃度(ECso)係獨立地測定且用以設定協同作用實驗之濃 度範圍。與在EC”以上及以下兩倍連續稀釋度下之上文所 列各抗HC V化合物組合測試化合物5。 HCV2a/2aChRluc系統中之化合物$與病毒哇'或yx9s〇 〇 將100 μΐ連續稀釋之化合物溶液(100、3〇、1〇、3、1 ' 〇 3 及0.1 ηΜ)接種於96孔培養盤中之Huh-7細胞上。隨後,將 100 μ1(Τ(:Ι〇5〇 約為 〇.6)HCV2a/2aChRlu(^ 毒添加於細胞 上。共培育72小時後,測定海腎螢光素酶表現(海腎螢光 素酶檢驗,Pr〇mega)且以相對光單位(RLU)之形式報導。 資卉分#。基於Chou及Talalay所述之中間效應原理定量 化合物相互作用之測定值。Chou T.,Talalay P” Adv Enzyme. Regul.,1984, 22:27·55。在 EC5。、此75及%9。水準 下,使用Calcusyn(Bi〇soft)為各實驗測定組合指數(匸丨)。 評估每個條件之五個複製品。將CI&lt;〇 9視為協同,9 且S1.1視為相加’且將CI&gt;11視為拮抗。 使用Jcl-Luc檢驗系統,化合物5及各同伴化合物之 152269.doc -127- 201121958 EC50( 土平均值之標準誤差)列於表4中。 表4 ·抗HCV化合物對Jcl-luc之活體外抑制活性及細胞毒性 化合物 EC5〇(nM) CC50 (μΜ) 化合物5 20.19±1.37 &gt;100 干擾素-α 3.0U0.39 IU/ml &gt; 100 IU/ml BILN2061 492.44±56.69 35 2’-C-曱基腺苷 251.76±33.54 &gt; 100 VX1 88.14±12.73 100 磁屌作房紫發.结求。協同作用實驗之結果係以化合物5 與所測試抗HCV化合物組合之組合指數(CI)之表述展示於 圖18中。在圖1中,杠上方之數值意謂CI。誤差杠表示CI 之平均值標準誤差。在0.9及1.1處之2條線表示相加相互作 用之邊界。+,協同作用;士,相加作用;-,拮抗作用。 ED5〇、ED75及ED9〇係指分別在各化合物之EC5Q、EC75及 EC9。下的組合指數。 化合物5不與任何所研究之化合物拮抗。特定言之,化 合物5係與在50%有效劑量(ED5Q)下之干擾素-a、BILN2061 及2'-C-甲基腺普(CI分另為1.00、0.98及1.09)相力口 。在75% 有效劑量(ED75)及90%有效劑量(ED9Q)下,與所有測試化合 物均可見協同作用。化合物5與VX1之組合在ED50、ED75 及ED90下顯示一致協同作用。在HCV2a/2aCHRLuc系統中 獲得類似結果,其中化合物5亦顯示與VX-950—致之協同 作用。參看圖19。無化合物組合在協同作用研究中所用之 最高濃度下顯示細胞毒性。 /6合#5典斿#哇。儘管單獨之病毒唑不顯示強活體外 抗病毒活性,但其為患者照護標準之關鍵組分。將不同量 152269.doc -128- 201121958 之化合物5與高濃度病毒唑(15 μΜ)共培育,單獨之病毒唑 對2a嵌合病毒之傳染性不具有顯著抑制作用。參看圖20。 然而,在化合物5與病毒唑之組合中未辨別出拮抗作用。 實例14 : 化合物5及VX-950之抗性研究。 評估化合物5及VX-950在NS3蛋白酶突變體(A156S)中之 病毒抗性。NS3編碼區之位置156處之丙胺酸突變已顯示將 抗性賦予許多HCV蛋白酶抑制劑,諸如SCH-503034 (boceprevir, Schering-Plough) ' SCH-6(Schering-Plough) ' BILN-2061(Boehringer Ingelheim)及 VX-950(Vertex)。因此,在 HCVSaChLiic基因組之主鏈中弓I入A15 6S突變以研究在化 合物5及VX-950存在下突變型病毒之傳染性。如預期,如 與野生型 HCV2aChRLuc相比,HCV2aChRLuc(A156S)顯示 對VX-950之高程度抗性。相反,未觀察到化合物5抑制野 生型病毒與突變型病毒感染之顯著差異,表明在蛋白酶抑 制劑與病毒進入抑制劑之間預期之交叉抗性缺乏。參看圖 21 ° 本說明書中引用之所有公開案及專利申請案均以引用的 方式併入本文中’如同各個別公開案或專利申請案係以引 用的方式特定及個別地指明經併入。儘管已根據各較佳實 施例描述本發明,但熟習此項技術者應瞭解在不脫離其精 神之情況下可產生各種修改、取代、省略及變化。因此, 本發明之範疇意欲僅受以下申請專利範圍之範疇(包括其 等效物)限制。 【圖式簡單說明】 152269.doc -129- 201121958 圖1為HCV2aChLuc(HCV2aJ6/JFH嵌合海腎-螢光素酶純 系)基因組之示意結構; 圖2展示細胞培養物中HCV2aChLuc病毒感染之表徵; 圖3為化合物1及化合物5對HCV2aChLuc病毒進入之劑量 依賴性抑制作用的圖解描繪; 圖4顯示化合物1及化合物5並不適度抑制HCV RNA複 製; 圖5顯示化合物1及化合物5對Huh7細胞不具有適度毒 性; 圖6顯示化合物1對BVDV感染不具有可量測之抑制作 用; 圖7為具有適應性突變之HCVla/2a嵌合體之示意結構; 圓8顯示化合物1及化合物5各自抑制帶有基因型la或2a 之結構蛋白的兩種HCV ; 圖9為化合物1或化合物5與IFN-a(干擾素-α)之組合的作 用之圖解描繪; 圖10為化合物1或化合物5與病毒唑之組合的作用之圖解 描繪; 圖11為化合物1或化合物5與HCV NS3蛋白酶抑制劑 VX950之組合的作用之圖解描繪; 圓 12顯示 HCV2aChLuc(NS3:A156S)突變體對 VX950而非 對化合物1及5具有高度抗性; 圊13為(a)引入HCV2aCh主鏈中之E2:G451R突變的示意 結構,及(b)顯示E2:G451R突變降低對SR-B1之依賴性且增 152269.doc -130- 201121958 強結合於CD8 1的圖解描繪; 圖14展示用11(:¥2&amp;(^(£2:045111)突變型病毒時化合物1 之抗病毒活性; 圖15展示用HCV2aCh(E2:G451R)突變型病毒時化合物5 之抗病毒活性; ; 圖16展示免疫螢光讀數,其顯示用HCV2aCh(E2:G451R) 突變型病毒時化合物5之抗病毒活性; 圖17為化合物1或化合物5與HCV NS3蛋白酶抑制劑 VX950之組合的協同效應之圖解描繪; 圖18展示化合物5與各種抗HCV化合物組合之組合指數 (CI); 圖19展示化合物5與VX-950組合之組合指數(CI)及化合 物之相對螢光素酶活性; 圖20展示單獨化合物5與病毒唑及其組合時之相對螢光 素酶活性;及 圖21展示HCV2aChRLuc(A156S)蛋白酶突變體對VX-950 而非對化合物5具有抗性。 152269.doc -131 -No. Structure activity class 136 Chk Η H3CfcH3 f 丫, called h3c A 137 ChU H H3CfcH3 f 丫, CH3 ch3 A 138 CHU H H3CfCH3 /Tn, CH3 H3C-&quot;rT«V〇, ch3 A Example 4: HCV replicon test The HCV1 a replicon (Huh7 cells stably replicating the HCV genotype la genomic replicon) was treated with serial dilutions of test compounds for 72 hours. Taqman analysis was used to monitor replication efficiency by HCV genomic RNA amplification. Alternatively, Hutlb cells (Huh7 cells stably replicating the HCV genotype lb genomic replicon) were treated with serial dilutions of test compounds for 72 hours. Replication efficiency was monitored by ELISA assay using anti-HCV NS5A monoclonal antibody (Virogen). Results: To verify the mode of action of Compounds 1 and 5, the replicon test was used as a counter screen to rule out inhibition of intracellular viral replication. Increasing amounts of compound were seeded on HCVlb replicon cells and incubated 152269.doc-118-201121958 for 3 days. After incubation, HCV replication was monitored by ELISA for NS5 A protein expression. IFN-α was treated as a positive control for HCV replication inhibition and showed dose-dependent inhibition of HCV replication, while Compounds 1 and 5 each showed no measurable effect, indicating that anti-HCV activity may not be associated with genomic amplification or polymeric protein processing. Related (Figure 4). In addition, no cytotoxicity to Huh7 cells was observed up to 100 μΜ of Compound 1 or 500 Μ Μ Compound 5 ( FIG. 5 ). These results are consistent with Compound 5 as an entry inhibitor in the pseudovirus assay (data not shown). Example 5: BVDV plaque assay Bovine viral diarrhea virus (BVDV) is a virus closely related to HCV, which belongs to the same family, namely the flavivirus. To verify the specificity of antiviral activity, BVDV infection was performed with MDBK cells in the presence of the compounds provided herein. MDBK cells (70 to 80% confluence) were infected with the diluted virus. After adsorption at 37 ° C for 1 hour, the cells were washed once with DMEM, covered with a 1.5% low melting point (LMP) agarose (Gibco-BRL) MEM (containing 5% HS) solution, and incubated at 37 °C. To test for spotted virus, the monolayer was fixed with 3.7% formaldehyde for 2 hours at room temperature for 2 hours, the agarose plug was removed, and the monolayer was stained with crystal violet. Results: Significant inhibition of BVDV infection was not observed even at 1 μΜ of compound 5 (Fig. 6). IF analysis: After the supernatant was aspirated from the 24-well plate, 1 ml of ice-cold sterol was added to each well, and the plate was stored at -20 ° C overnight. After a while, the sterol was removed and the plate was air dried at room temperature for about 30 minutes. The plate/rehydration was then rinsed by two PBS washes (about 5 minutes/wash). To block non-152269.doc-119-201121958 specific antibody binding, cells were incubated for 1 hour at room temperature in blocking buffer (1% BSA, 0.2% skim milk in PBS). The primary antibody (mouse anti-HCV core; Affinity BioReagents, MA1-080) was diluted 1: 1 in PBS + 0.1% Tween-20 and incubated overnight at 4 ° C on a shaker (approximately 200 μΐ) Antibody / well). On the next day, each well was washed with PBS (three washes, 5 minutes each), followed by incubation with the following secondary antibody for 30 minutes at room temperature: goat anti-mouse _AlexaFluor 488 (in PBS/Tween; Molecular Probes/Invitrogen # Dilute 1:1000 in A11001. The cells were then washed three times with PBS (5 minutes each), including Hoechst staining (0.4 pg/ml; Molecular Probes/Invitrogen #H3570), to stain the nuclei. Immunofluorescence staining was performed using a 10x objective on a Zeiss fluorescent microscope. Example 6: Inhibition of virus entry into HCV la and HCV 2a » Since HCV genotype 1 is the most prevalent genotype in HCV variants, we have introduced HCVla/2a chimeric infectivity with two cell-culture adaptive mutations. Pure system. The sequence of structural proteins (including C, E1 and E2), p7 and NS2 is derived from the HCV genotype la H77 strain. The remaining non-structural proteins (NS3 to NS5B) and 3' NTR are derived from the HCV genotype 2a JFH strain. The 5'NTR is derived from HCV2aJ6 (Fig. 7). Yi and colleagues et al. proposed two cell-culture adaptive mutations (Y361H and Q1251L) that significantly enhanced the transfection of HCVla/2a chimeric virus in cell culture (J. Virol. 2007 81: 629-638). Therefore, both the HCVla/2aCh virus and the HCVla/2aChLuc virus having the Y361H and Q1251L mutations were continuously produced in Huh7 cells and used for the HCV entry assay. 152269.doc -120- 201121958 Results: The extent to which both Compound 1 and Compound 5 inhibited the HCVla chimeric virus was very similar to that observed for the HCV2a chimeric virus (Figure 8). Example 7: Effect of combination of virus entry inhibitor and ifn(R) [2. The current standard of care for the treatment of chronic hepatitis C is pegylated IFN-a (interferon alpha) and viral slaves. Since round... (rather than viral saliva) showed strong antiviral activity both in vitro and in patients, we used the in vitro HCVcc infection system to evaluate the effect of Compound 1 or Compound 5 in combination therewith. Huh7 cells were incubated with various concentrations of the individual compounds ι or interferon, or a combination of both for 72 hours, and anti-HCV activity was measured by the Luciferase Assay. The same experiment was performed on the compound s. As shown in Figure 9, the combination of Compound 1 or Compound 5 with iFN-a always results in a reduction in the degree of luciferase activity greater than that achieved by each individual agent. These results show that the combination of 5 and IFN-a and the combination of compound 5 and iFN-α each has an additive effect to a moderate synergistic effect on the inhibition of HCV infection in the cell. Example 8. The effect of a combination of a virus entry inhibitor and a viral sputum. It is known that ribavirin alone does not exhibit potent in vitro antiviral activity and is a key component of the patient's care standard. We studied the compound] and whether the combination of compound 5 and azole was antagonistic. Different amounts of each compound were co-incubated with a high concentration of diseased azole (1 5 μM). The data indicate that ribavirin alone does not significantly inhibit the infectivity of 1 agated &amp; diseased (a) and 2a chimeric virus (b). However, no antagonism was identified in the combination of compound j with ribavirin and compound 5 with ribavirin. Example 9. The effect of a combination of a viral entry inhibitor and an Hcv protease inhibitor (w95). 152269.doc -121 - 201121958 Perform a combination study of compound 1 and compound 5 spot up-IT XTC〇 ^ , i. &quot; HCV NS3 protein sea inhibitor 950. Compound 1 and the compound oxime were tested separately and tested in combination with VX-950. The ratio of the two compounds (based on the EC50 of the compound) remains fixed within the scope of administration. The cytotoxicity of individual compounds was assessed by cell viability assay based on luminescence Ατρ (Cell Titer_Gl.; pr()mega). Cell culture and luciferase compound assays were performed as described previously in Example 3. The results show the additive effect of these compounds to the micro-synergistic effect (Figure 11). Compound interactions are quantified by the method described by Chou and Talalay, relying on the median effect principle and the muitipie drug effect equation. See Ch〇u, τ c and P. Talalay, v. 1984, 22: 27 55. An isobologram is generated for each combination tested and used to determine the additive, synergistic or antagonistic effects of the inhibitor combination. The combination index (CI) was determined for each experiment using Calcusyn (Bi〇soft) under combined EC5〇, Ec” and ECm. By convention, CI&lt;0.9 is considered synergistic, c&〇9 or $丨丨 is considered as phase Add, and consider CI &gt; 1.1 as antagonism. As shown in circle 17, the value above the bar means CI. The dotted line at 〇_9 and 1.1 indicates the boundary of the additive interaction: +, synergy; Addition; - 'antagonism. Combine the index (ci) for each experiment using Calcusyn (Biosoft) at the combined EC50, EC75 and EC%. By convention, CI &lt;0.9 is considered synergistic, CI2 〇.9 or It is considered to be additive, and CI &gt; 1.1 is considered to be antagonistic. Example 10: The protease mutant (NS3: A1S6S) showed a high degree of resistance to VX-950, but not to compounds 1 and 5. 152269.doc • 122- 201121958 The A156T mutation in the NS3 coding region has been shown to confer resistance to many HCV protease inhibitors, such as 8(:11-503034〇〇〇6卩代乂卜, 8.1^1*丨吨-Plough) ' SCH- 6 (Schering-Plough) 'BILN-2061 (Boehringer Ingelheim) and VX-950 (Vertex). Therefore, we introduced A156S in the main chain of the HCV2aChLuc genome. The infectivity of the mutant virus in the presence of the compound was investigated and, as expected, HCV2aChLuc (NS3: A156S) showed high resistance to VX-950 as compared to wild-type HCV2aChLuc. However, in Compound 1 or Compound 5 No significant difference was observed in the inhibition of the infectivity of the wild type virus and the mutant virus, indicating that there was no cross-resistance between the protease inhibitor and the virus entry inhibitor as expected (Figure 12). Example 11: SR-B1 is a compound Potential targets for 1 and 5. Compound 5 increases HDL content in mice and humans but not in SR_B1 knockout mice (A. Tall, preparation of manuscripts) indicating its dry-to-SR-B 1 pathway. SR-B1 is known to be an essential cellular receptor required for HCV entry, so we are concerned whether it is known whether compounds 1 and 5 inhibit HCV entry via SR_B1. The interaction between HCV E2 protein and SR-B1 is localized via E2. The hypervariable region 1 in the N-terminal region of bilirubin appears. Zhong and colleagues report that the glycine-to-arginine mutation at position 451 (G451R) in E2 promotes JFH4 infectivity (J. snoring/. 200&lt;5, don't _·&quot;(10)2). Grove and colleagues Description JFH-1 G451R mutant has a reduced dependency on the SR-B1 and enhance binding to the CD81 (· / · Viol. 2008, FIG. 13b). We introduced the E2:G451R mutation into the backbone of HCVhCh (Fig. 13a) to test whether this mutation can alter the inhibitory effect of compounds 1 and 5 on SR-B1-mediated HCV entry. -123- 152269.doc 201121958 IFN-α was used as a control to show that the sensitivity of the E2 canine variant virus to compound inhibition was derived from the virus entry process rather than the sensitivity of the parental virus. The copy process. The E2 mutant virus did show greater resistance to compound j relative to the parental type of virus, as shown in the luciferase assay for viral infectivity (囷14). However, the response of the parental and £2 mutant viruses to IFN-α showed a very similar pattern, suggesting that the anti-Hcv activity of compound j is more likely to be associated with the viral entry step than the other steps of the hCv life cycle (Figure 14). As shown in circle 15, the £2 mutant virus did show greater resistance to the chemical 5 compared to the wild type virus, as shown in the Taqman assay of the viral rna replica. Two 24-well plates were seeded at 4 x 104 cells/well. The next day's aspirate the cell culture supernatant and expose the cells to wild type 11 (^23(:11 (black bars) and mutant 1^(:¥2&(:11(£2:045111))) Bar). Add about 250 μM cell culture virus to each well (about lxl〇4 tcid/well or moi about 〇·25). Immediately after the virus is added to the well, 2.5 μΐ 1〇〇 concentration of the compound Add to each well and mix multiple times with a 100 μl pipette tip to achieve final compound dilution: 〇ηΜ, 5 ηΜ, 15 ηΜ, 50 ηΜ, 150 ηΜ, and 500 ηΜ. Test compound 5. Continuous treatment Culture plate. After adding virus and compound, place the culture plate in the incubator for about 3.5 hours (37 ° C, 5% C 〇 2) » After incubation, replace the supernatant with fresh medium (about 1 ml / well) The plate was placed back in the incubator. After 24 hours (about 27.5 hours after the virus was exposed to the cells), the cells were washed once with 1 ml of PBS, followed by treatment of the cells for Taqman analysis. Immunofluorescence was used as a reading, E2 mutant Also shown as compound 5 compared to wild type disease 152269.doc -124- 201121958 More resistant (Figure 16).Example 12: Combination therapy of Compound 5 with anti-HCV compounds. Compound 5 was evaluated in combination with the following anti-HCV compounds in the HCV genotype-2a infectious virus system: interferon-alpha, virus Oxazole, BILN2061, VX95 0, VX1 and 2'-C-methyladenosine. Zhiquei ##. Make human liver tumor Huh-7_5.1 cells or Huh7 cells supplement at 37 ° C and 5% C02 Dube with 2 mM L-glutamic acid, 1 mM sodium pyruvate, 1 X non-essential amino acid mixture, 100 units/ml penicillin, 100 gg/ml streptomycin and 10°/fetal bovine serum It has been modified to grow in Eagle's medium. 苈## Invitation. The chimeric full-length construct pFL-JCl has been previously described, consisting of a structural gene from the J6CF isolate and a non-structural gene from the JFH1 isolate. GT2a/2a chimera. See Backes et al, J. Virol. 2010, 84: 5775-89; Schaller et al, J. Virol., 2007, 81:4591-603; Koutsoudakis et al, J. Virol. 2006, 80:5308-20; Pietschmann et al, Proc. Natl Acad. Sci·, 2006, 103: 7408-13. The firefly luciferase gene has been inserted into pFL-Jcl for application. Replication of the virus reported body mass pFL-Jcl-luc color. See Amako et al., J. Virol. 2009, 83: 9237-46. In particular, the pFL-JCl-luc construct can be used to visualize infectious HCV cell culture systems to test novel HCV inhibitors, including entry inhibitors, in vitro using luciferase expression. Attacked and attacked CK. Jcl-luc or HCV2a/2aChRluc RNA was transcribed in vitro using the T7 RiboMAXTM Express Large Scale RNA Production System (Promega). After RNA clearance (Qiagen RNeasy Small 152269.doc -125 - 201121958 kit), transfection was performed as previously described [26]. Place 400 μl of Huh-7.5.1 or Huh7 cell suspension (107 cells/ml) in a 0.4 cm cuvette containing 1 〇Rg Jcl-luc or HCV2a/2aChRluc RNA' and use a single square wave at Electroporation (Bio-Rad Gene Pulser System) at 260 V and 25 m pulse length. The cells were plated in 15 cm tissue cultures (Corning) and the supernatant was collected and concentrated using a centrifugal filter (Amicon 100K, Millipore). Fully set to attack CK. The original Huh-7_5.1 cells coated in a 96-well culture plate were infected with a 10-fold serial dilution of the infectious supernatant. The plants were incubated with the cells overnight at 37 ° C, then replaced with fresh complete medium and incubated for an additional 72 hours. Cells were stained with a single mouse anti-CORE IgG antibody (#MAl-080, Thermo Scientific) at a dilution of 1:300' followed by binding of multiple goat anti-mouse IgG to HRP at 1:100 dilution at room temperature ( # 12-349, Millipore) - 1 hour incubation. In the last and last second wells of the dilution series that produced the CORE positive focus, the average number of focal points counted under the microscope was calculated for infectious power. Extravagance #箱/6合#活捡发发β As described previously, cell culture and luciferase compound assays were performed. See Wyles et al., J. Virol. 2007, 81:3005-8; Wyles et al., Antimicrob Agents Chemother. 2009, 53:2660-2; Griinberger et al., J. Infect. Dis. 2008, 197:42-5 Wyles et al., Antimicrob Agents Chemother, 2008, 52:1862-4. Briefly, Huh7.5.1 cells were seeded at a density of 10,000 cells per well in 100 μΐ medium in 96-well plates. After overnight incubation for attachment, ΜΟΙ0.01 of Jcl-luc virus was added to wells containing 152269.doc • 126·201121958 compounds containing no regulatory concentrations. All conditions are operated in triplicate. After 24 hours, the medium was aspirated and replaced with 100 μΐ of complete medium containing the same concentration of the compound, followed by incubation for another 48 hours. Luciferase assay was performed according to the manufacturer's instructions (Bright-Glo; Pr〇megap using a microplate luminometer (Veritas microplate luminometer; Turner Bi〇 systems) to measure luciferase activity. Under each condition The relative light unit (RLu^s is reported in the form of the mean value of the three holes ± the standard error of the average value. The active concentration of the compound 5 and other anti-HCV compounds is independent of the standard concentration (ECso). Measured and used to set the concentration range for the synergistic experiment. Test compound 5 in combination with each of the anti-HC V compounds listed above at two-fold serial dilutions above and below EC. Compounds in the HCV2a/2aChRluc system Virus wow' or yx9s〇〇 100 μΐ serially diluted compound solutions (100, 3〇, 1〇, 3, 1 '〇3 and 0.1 ηΜ) were seeded on Huh-7 cells in 96-well culture plates. Add 100 μl (Τ(:5Ι〇 about 〇.6) HCV2a/2aChRlu(^ to the cells. After 72 hours of co-cultivation, determine the expression of Renilla luciferase (the Renilla luciferase assay) , Pr〇mega) and reported in the form of relative light units (RLU). Quantitative determination of compound interactions based on the intermediate effect principle described by Chou and Talalay. Chou T., Talalay P” Adv Enzyme. Regul., 1984, 22:27·55. At EC5, 75 and %9. Next, use Calcusyn (Bi〇soft) to determine the combination index (匸丨) for each experiment. Evaluate five replicates of each condition. Consider CI&lt;〇9 as synergistic, 9 and S1.1 as additive' and CI &gt;11 was considered to be antagonistic. Using the Jcl-Luc test system, compound 5 and each companion compound 152269.doc -127- 201121958 EC50 (standard error of soil mean) are listed in Table 4. Table 4 · Anti-HCV compounds In vitro inhibitory activity against Jcl-luc and cytotoxicity compound EC5〇(nM) CC50 (μΜ) Compound 5 20.19±1.37 &gt;100 Interferon-α 3.0U0.39 IU/ml &gt; 100 IU/ml BILN2061 492.44± 56.69 35 2'-C-decyl adenosine 251.76±33.54 &gt; 100 VX1 88.14±12.73 100 magnetic 屌 紫 紫 紫 紫. The results of the synergistic experiment are the combination of compound 5 and the tested anti-HCV compound combination The expression of the index (CI) is shown in Figure 18. In Figure 1, the value above the bar means CI.The error bars represent the mean standard error of the CI. The two lines at 0.9 and 1.1 indicate the boundary of the additive interaction. +, synergy; gentleman, additive effect; -, antagonism. ED5〇, ED75 and ED9〇 refer to EC5Q, EC75 and EC9 of each compound, respectively. The combination index below. Compound 5 did not antagonize any of the compounds studied. Specifically, Compound 5 is compatible with interferon-a, BILN2061, and 2'-C-methyl gland (CI is 1.00, 0.98, and 1.09) at 50% effective dose (ED5Q). Synergistic effects were observed with all tested compounds at 75% effective dose (ED75) and 90% effective dose (ED9Q). The combination of Compound 5 and VX1 showed a consistent synergy at ED50, ED75 and ED90. Similar results were obtained in the HCV2a/2aCHRLuc system, in which compound 5 also showed synergy with VX-950. See Figure 19. The no compound combination showed cytotoxicity at the highest concentration used in the synergistic study. /6合#5典斿#Wow. Although ribavirin alone does not exhibit potent in vitro antiviral activity, it is a key component of patient care standards. Compound 5 of different amounts 152269.doc -128- 201121958 was co-incubated with high concentration ribavirin (15 μΜ), and ribavirin alone did not significantly inhibit the infectivity of the 2a chimeric virus. See Figure 20. However, no antagonism was identified in the combination of Compound 5 and ribavirin. Example 14: Resistance studies of Compound 5 and VX-950. The viral resistance of Compound 5 and VX-950 in the NS3 protease mutant (A156S) was evaluated. Alanine mutations at position 156 of the NS3 coding region have been shown to confer resistance to many HCV protease inhibitors, such as SCH-503034 (boceprevir, Schering-Plough) 'SCH-6 (Schering-Plough) 'BILN-2061 (Boehringer Ingelheim) ) and VX-950 (Vertex). Therefore, the A15 6S mutation was inserted into the main chain of the HCVSaChLiic genome to investigate the infectivity of the mutant virus in the presence of Compound 5 and VX-950. As expected, HCV2aChRLuc (A156S) showed a high degree of resistance to VX-950 as compared to wild-type HCV2aChRLuc. In contrast, no significant difference in Compound 5 inhibition of wild type virus infection with mutant virus was observed, indicating a lack of expected cross resistance between the protease inhibitor and the virus entry inhibitor. </ RTI> </ RTI> <RTIgt; </ RTI> <RTIgt; </ RTI> <RTIgt; </ RTI> <RTIgt; </ RTI> <RTIgt; </ RTI> <RTIgt; </ RTI> <RTIgt; </ RTI> <RTIgt; While the invention has been described in terms of the preferred embodiments embodiments illustrated embodiments Therefore, the scope of the invention is intended to be limited only by the scope of the following claims, including the equivalents thereof. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS 152269.doc -129- 201121958 Figure 1 is a schematic representation of the HCV2aChLuc (HCV2aJ6/JFH chimeric Renilla-luciferase pure lineage) genome; Figure 2 shows the characterization of HCV2aChLuc virus infection in cell culture; Figure 3 is a graphical depiction of the dose-dependent inhibition of HCV2aChLuc virus entry by Compound 1 and Compound 5; Figure 4 shows Compound 1 and Compound 5 and unduly inhibiting HCV RNA replication; Figure 5 shows that Compound 1 and Compound 5 do not affect Huh7 cells. Moderate toxicity; Figure 6 shows that Compound 1 has no detectable inhibitory effect on BVDV infection; Figure 7 is a schematic structure of HCVla/2a chimera with adaptive mutation; Round 8 shows inhibition of each of Compound 1 and Compound 5 Two HCVs of the structural protein of genotype la or 2a; Figure 9 is a graphical depiction of the effect of Compound 1 or the combination of Compound 5 and IFN-a (interferon-α); Figure 10 is Compound 1 or Compound 5 and ribavirin Graphical depiction of the effect of the combination; Figure 11 is a graphical depiction of the effect of Compound 1 or Compound 5 in combination with the HCV NS3 protease inhibitor VX950; Round 12 shows HCV2aChLuc (NS3: A156S) The body is highly resistant to VX950 but not to compounds 1 and 5; 圊13 is (a) a schematic structure of the E2:G451R mutation introduced into the HCV2aCh backbone, and (b) shows that the E2:G451R mutation is reduced to SR-B1 Dependence and increase 152269.doc -130- 201121958 Strong binding to CD8 1; Figure 14 shows antiviral activity of compound 1 with 11(:¥2&amp;(^(£2:045111) mutant virus; 15 shows the antiviral activity of compound 5 with the HCV2aCh (E2:G451R) mutant virus; Figure 16 shows immunofluorescence readings showing the antiviral activity of compound 5 with the HCV2aCh (E2:G451R) mutant virus; 17 is a graphical depiction of the synergistic effect of Compound 1 or Compound 5 in combination with HCV NS3 protease inhibitor VX950; Figure 18 shows the combination index (CI) of Compound 5 in combination with various anti-HCV compounds; Figure 19 shows Compound 5 and VX-950 Combined combination index (CI) and relative luciferase activity of the compound; Figure 20 shows the relative luciferase activity of compound 5 alone and ribavirin and combinations thereof; and Figure 21 shows the HCV2aChRLuc (A156S) protease mutant pair VX-950 instead of compound 5 Sexual 152269.doc -131 -

Claims (1)

201121958 七、申請專利範圍: 1. 一種治療宿主中之c型肝炎病毒感染之方法,其包括對 感染C型肝炎病毒之宿主投與有效量的式τ或式π化合 物、其立體異構體、或其醫藥學上可接受之鹽, h3c|「 ch3201121958 VII. Patent Application Range: 1. A method for treating hepatitis C virus infection in a host, comprising administering an effective amount of a compound of the formula τ or a formula π, a stereoisomer thereof, to a host infected with the hepatitis C virus, Or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, h3c|"ch3 X為 R3 R1為曱基、乙基、異丙基、· L〇h, R為Ci-Cs烧基’ C5-C8環烧基或c7-Ci〇芳基院基; R3為氫、氰基、-CONHR6、-NHS02R7或-S〇2N(R8)2 ; 烷基; 烷氧基或-N(R8)2 ; R為2-η比0疋基或Ci-C6烧基’其中一或多個碳原子視情 況經氧原子置換; R7為C1-C4烧基、CH2CF3、苯甲基或苯基; R8為Ci-C4烷基; R9為溴或6-(甲胺基)吡啶-3-基; R10為氫或-CONHR11 ;且 152269.doc 201121958 Rn為氫或c丨-C4烷基; 限制條件為若R3為-N 基; HS〇2R且尺為甲基,則R丨不J 限制條件為若R10主 . ‘”、虱,則11為6-(甲胺基)吡啶-3-基; 限制條件為若Rl丨 基,則R為溴。 L 如请求項1之方沐, ^ 其他限制條件為若R2為甲基,貝, 不為-NHS〇2R9。 签見 3. 如請求項1 $古 ’其他限制條侔氣# Ρ 2 &amp; β甘α 為-卿㈣,取、甲f條件為右^甲基且 4. 如请求項1之古、土 則R2不為甲基。’ '他限制條件為若R3為-nhs〇2R 5. 如請求項1 $古 Κ9Λ ψ 、,其他限制條件為若r3為-nhso2r R為曱基’則r2不為曱基。 6. 如請求項1 $ 士、+ 一 N0。。之方法’其中R1為甲基、乙基、異丙基 7. 如請求項1 法,其中R為異丙基或。 8. 如請求項丨 之方法,其中R2為甲基、 或b甲基+笨基乙基。 第-丁基,己 9. 如請求項!之方 基-1-笑I 為第二丁基、環己基或1. 签本基乙基。 10. 如請求们之方法,其中r2為第三丁基。 u.如請求们之方法,其tR3為氣。 12.如请求項1 之方法,其令R3為-1^8〇2119且119為曱基。 152269.doc 甲 且 R3 R3 且 或 基 甲 201121958 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 如請求項1 &gt;古、也 ^ 4 喟之方法,其中R為第三丁基。 如請求項k t、土 ^ 5 m 、 法,其中尺為甲氧基或二甲胺基。 甲氧 喟1之方法,其中R6為曱基、乙基、丙基、 土基、亞甲基環丙基或2-吡啶基。 如請求項7 ^ 之方法,其中R為甲基或乙基。 月长項1之方法,其中各R8為甲基。 士二求項1之方法,其中Ru為曱基或乙基。 如月求項18之方法,其中R9為6(曱胺基户比咬_3 •基 如請求項1之方法,其中 R為壤; r&gt; 1 0 ^ 為-CONHR丨丨;且 R為Ci-C4烷基。 如明求項1之方法,其中該化合物或其醫藥學上可 之鹽具有下式: 又X is R3 R1 is fluorenyl, ethyl, isopropyl, · L〇h, R is Ci-Cs alkyl 'C5-C8 cycloalkyl or c7-Ci aryl aryl; R3 is hydrogen, cyano , -CONHR6, -NHS02R7 or -S〇2N(R8)2; alkyl; alkoxy or -N(R8)2; R is 2-n to 0-yl or Ci-C6 alkyl' The carbon atom is optionally replaced by an oxygen atom; R7 is C1-C4 alkyl, CH2CF3, benzyl or phenyl; R8 is Ci-C4 alkyl; R9 is bromine or 6-(methylamino)pyridine-3- R10 is hydrogen or -CONHR11; and 152269.doc 201121958 Rn is hydrogen or c丨-C4 alkyl; the restriction is if R3 is -N group; HS〇2R and the ruler is methyl, then R丨 is not limited The condition is that if R10 is the main '', 虱, then 11 is 6-(methylamino)pyridin-3-yl; the restriction is that if R1 丨, then R is bromine. L. Other restrictions are if R2 is methyl, shell, not -NHS〇2R9. Signed 3. If request item 1 $古' other restrictions strip 侔 gas # Ρ 2 &amp; β甘α is -Qing (four), take, The condition of a f is the right ^ methyl group and 4. If the claim 1 is ancient, the soil R2 is not a methyl group. ' 'The restriction condition is if R3 -nhs〇2R 5. If the request item 1 $古Κ9Λ ψ ,, the other restrictions are if r3 is -nhso2r R is 曱 ' ', then r2 is not 曱. 6. If the request item 1 $士, +一一N0. The method 'wherein R1 is methyl, ethyl or isopropyl. 7. The method of claim 1, wherein R is isopropyl or 8. The method of claim ,, wherein R2 is methyl, or b Base + stupidyl ethyl. butyl-butyl, 9. As requested, the square--1- laughing I is a second butyl group, a cyclohexyl group or a 1. base ethyl group. The method wherein r2 is a third butyl group. u. The method of claim 1 wherein tR3 is gas. 12. The method of claim 1, wherein R3 is -1^8〇2119 and 119 is sulfhydryl. Doc A and R3 R3 and or base unit 201121958 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. The method of claim 1 &gt; ancient, also ^ 4 ,, where R is a third butyl group Such as the request item kt, soil ^ 5 m, the method, wherein the rule is methoxy or dimethylamino. The method of methoxy oxime 1, wherein R6 is fluorenyl, ethyl, propyl, soil, methylene Cyclopropyl or 2-pyridyl. A method of claim 7, wherein R is methyl or ethyl. The method of month length item 1, wherein each R8 is a methyl group. The method of claim 1, wherein Ru is a mercapto group or an ethyl group. The method of claim 18, wherein R9 is 6 (the amide group is more than the bite _3 • the method of claim 1 wherein R is soil; r &gt; 1 0 ^ is -CONHR丨丨; and R is Ci- The method of claim 1, wherein the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof has the following formula: 〇 22. 如請求項1之方法 之鹽具有下式: 其中該化合物或其醫藥學上可接受〇 22. The salt of the method of claim 1 having the formula: wherein the compound or pharmaceutically acceptable 152269.doc 201121958 23.如請求項1之方法,其中該化合物或其醫藥學上可接受 之鹽具有下式:23. The method of claim 1, wherein the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof has the formula: 24.如請求項1之方法,其中該化合物或其醫藥學上可接受 之鹽具有下式:24. The method of claim 1, wherein the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof has the formula: 25.如請求項1之方法,其中該化合物或其醫藥學上可接受 之鹽具有下式:25. The method of claim 1, wherein the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof has the formula: 26.如請求項1之方法,其中該化合物或其醫藥學上可接受 之鹽具有下式: 152269.doc 20112195826. The method of claim 1, wherein the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof has the formula: 152269.doc 201121958 27.如請求項1之方法,其中該化合物或其醫藥學上可接受 之鹽具有下式:27. The method of claim 1, wherein the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof has the formula: 28.如請求項1之方法,其中該化合物或其醫藥學上可接受 之鹽具有下式: h3c28. The method of claim 1, wherein the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof has the formula: h3c 29.如請求項1之方法,其中該化合物或其醫藥學上可接受 之鹽具有下式:29. The method of claim 1, wherein the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof has the formula: 3 0.如請求項1之方法,其中該化合物或其醫藥學上可接受 152269.doc 201121958 之鹽具有下式:The method of claim 1, wherein the compound or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt of 152269.doc 201121958 has the formula: 3 1.如請求項1之方法,其中該化合物或其醫藥學上可接受 之鹽具有下式:3. The method of claim 1, wherein the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof has the formula: 32.如請求項1之方法,其中該化合物或其醫藥學上可接受 之鹽具有下式:32. The method of claim 1, wherein the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof has the formula: 33.如請求項1之方法,其中該化合物或其醫藥學上可接受 之鹽具有下式:33. The method of claim 1, wherein the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof has the formula: 152269.doc 201121958 3 4.如請求項1之方法,其中該化合物或其醫藥學上可接受 之鹽具有下式:152269.doc 201121958 3 4. The method of claim 1, wherein the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof has the formula: 3 5.如請求項1之方法,其中該化合物或其醫藥學上可接受 之鹽具有下式:3. The method of claim 1, wherein the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof has the formula: 3 6.如請求項1之方法,其中該化合物或其醫藥學上可接受 之鹽具有下式:3. The method of claim 1, wherein the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof has the formula: 3 7.如請求項1之方法,其中該化合物或其醫藥學上可接受 之鹽具有下式: 152269.doc 2011219583. The method of claim 1, wherein the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof has the formula: 152269.doc 201121958 3 8.如請求項1之方法,其中該化合物或其醫藥學上可接受 之鹽具有下式:3. The method of claim 1, wherein the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof has the formula: 39.如請求項1之方法,其中該化合物或其醫藥學上可接受 之鹽具有下式:39. The method of claim 1, wherein the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof has the formula: ch3 S、 40.如請求項1之方法,其中該化合物或其醫藥學上可接受 之鹽具有下式:The method of claim 1, wherein the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof has the formula: 152269.doc 201121958 4 1.如請求項1之方法,其中該化合物或其醫藥學上可接受 之鹽具有下式:152269.doc 201121958 4 1. The method of claim 1, wherein the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof has the formula: 42.如請求項1之方法,其中該化合物或其醫藥學上可接受 之鹽具有下式:42. The method of claim 1, wherein the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof has the formula: 43.如請求項1之方法,其中該化合物或其醫藥學上可接受 之鹽具有下式:43. The method of claim 1, wherein the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof has the formula: 44.如請求項1之方法,其中該化合物或其醫藥學上可接受 之鹽具有下式: 152269.doc 20112195844. The method of claim 1, wherein the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof has the formula: 152269.doc 201121958 45. -種治療宿主中之。型肝炎病毒感染之方法,其包括鉴 感染C型肝炎病毒之宿主投與有效量的如請求項^之^ 或式II化合物,或其立體異構體,或其醫藥學上可接&quot;成 之鹽’與-或多種選自由以下組成之群的抗病毒劑組: 或交替投與:核普聚合酶抑制劑、非核苦聚合酶抑制 劑、蛋白酶抑制劑、親環素調節劑、干擾素及病毒唾 (ribavirin) 〇 46. 如請求項45之方法,其中該式工或如化合物,或其立體 異構體,或其醫藥學上可接受之鹽係與干擾素組合或交 替投與。 47·如請求項45之方法’其中該式Σ或式⑽合物或其立體 異構體’或其醫藥學上可接受之鹽係與干擾素及病毒唑 組合或交替投與。 48.如叫求項1之式j或式η化合物,或其立體異構體,或其 醫藥學上可接$之鹽,其適用於治療或預防c型肝炎病 毒感染。 49.種如4求項】之式!或式π、或其立體異構體、或其醫 藥學上可接受之鹽的用途,其用於製造供治療或預防c 型肝炎病毒感染之藥物。 i52269.doc •10·45. Among the therapeutic hosts. A method of infecting a hepatitis B virus comprising administering an effective amount of a compound such as a compound or a compound of the formula II, or a stereoisomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable &lt; a salt of 'and-or a plurality of antiviral agents selected from the group consisting of: or alternatively administered: a nuclear polymerase inhibitor, a non-nuclear polymerase inhibitor, a protease inhibitor, a cyclophilin modulator, an interferon And ribavirin. The method of claim 45, wherein the formula or the compound, or a stereoisomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is administered in combination or alternately with the interferon. 47. The method of claim 45 wherein the formula or the compound of the formula (10) or a stereoisomer thereof or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is administered in combination or alternation with interferon and ribavirin. 48. A compound of formula j or formula η, or a stereoisomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for use in the treatment or prevention of a hepatitis C virus infection. 49. Kind of 4 items! Or the use of the formula π, or a stereoisomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment or prevention of hepatitis C virus infection. I52269.doc •10·
TW099140058A 2009-11-19 2010-11-19 Methods of treating hepatitis C virus with oxoacetamide compounds TW201121958A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US26289909P 2009-11-19 2009-11-19

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201121958A true TW201121958A (en) 2011-07-01

Family

ID=43416959

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW099140058A TW201121958A (en) 2009-11-19 2010-11-19 Methods of treating hepatitis C virus with oxoacetamide compounds

Country Status (4)

Country Link
US (1) US20110117055A1 (en)
AR (1) AR079108A1 (en)
TW (1) TW201121958A (en)
WO (1) WO2011063076A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8492386B2 (en) * 2011-10-21 2013-07-23 Abbvie Inc. Methods for treating HCV
DE202012013117U1 (en) 2011-10-21 2015-01-16 Abbvie Inc. Combination treatment (e.g., with ABT-072 or ABT-333 from DAAs for use in the treatment of HCV)
US8466159B2 (en) 2011-10-21 2013-06-18 Abbvie Inc. Methods for treating HCV
DE112012003510T5 (en) 2011-10-21 2015-03-19 Abbvie Inc. Method for the treatment of HCV comprising at least two direct-acting antiviral agents, ribavirin but not interferon
CN109689063A (en) 2016-04-28 2019-04-26 埃默里大学 Nucleotide containing alkynes and nucleosides therapeutic combination and its associated uses
WO2018064135A1 (en) * 2016-09-30 2018-04-05 Asana Biosciences, Llc P2x3 and/or p2x2/3 compounds and methods
NZ762856A (en) 2017-10-05 2020-07-31 Fulcrum Therapeutics Inc P38 kinase inhibitors reduce dux4 and downstream gene expression for the treatment of fshd
US10342786B2 (en) 2017-10-05 2019-07-09 Fulcrum Therapeutics, Inc. P38 kinase inhibitors reduce DUX4 and downstream gene expression for the treatment of FSHD
CN111825605B (en) * 2019-04-19 2023-03-31 中国科学院上海药物研究所 Aryl ketone amide compound and preparation method and application thereof

Family Cites Families (116)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3536809A (en) 1969-02-17 1970-10-27 Alza Corp Medication method
US3598123A (en) 1969-04-01 1971-08-10 Alza Corp Bandage for administering drugs
US3845770A (en) 1972-06-05 1974-11-05 Alza Corp Osmatic dispensing device for releasing beneficial agent
US3916899A (en) 1973-04-25 1975-11-04 Alza Corp Osmotic dispensing device with maximum and minimum sizes for the passageway
US4008719A (en) 1976-02-02 1977-02-22 Alza Corporation Osmotic system having laminar arrangement for programming delivery of active agent
IE58110B1 (en) 1984-10-30 1993-07-14 Elan Corp Plc Controlled release powder and process for its preparation
US5073543A (en) 1988-07-21 1991-12-17 G. D. Searle & Co. Controlled release formulations of trophic factors in ganglioside-lipsome vehicle
IT1229203B (en) 1989-03-22 1991-07-25 Bioresearch Spa USE OF 5 METHYLTHETRAHYDROPHOLIC ACID, 5 FORMYLTHETRAHYDROPHOLIC ACID AND THEIR PHARMACEUTICALLY ACCEPTABLE SALTS FOR THE PREPARATION OF PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS IN THE FORM OF CONTROLLED RELEASE ACTIVE IN THE THERAPY OF MENTAL AND ORGANIC DISORDERS.
US5120548A (en) 1989-11-07 1992-06-09 Merck & Co., Inc. Swelling modulated polymeric drug delivery device
US5026687A (en) 1990-01-03 1991-06-25 The United States Of America As Represented By The Department Of Health And Human Services Treatment of human retroviral infections with 2',3'-dideoxyinosine alone and in combination with other antiviral compounds
EP1018558A3 (en) 1990-04-06 2002-06-05 Genelabs Technologies, Inc. Hepatitis C Virus Epitopes
US5733566A (en) 1990-05-15 1998-03-31 Alkermes Controlled Therapeutics Inc. Ii Controlled release of antiparasitic agents in animals
US5580578A (en) 1992-01-27 1996-12-03 Euro-Celtique, S.A. Controlled release formulations coated with aqueous dispersions of acrylic polymers
US5591767A (en) 1993-01-25 1997-01-07 Pharmetrix Corporation Liquid reservoir transdermal patch for the administration of ketorolac
ATE181557T1 (en) 1993-02-24 1999-07-15 Jui H Wang COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF APPLYING REACTIVE ANTIVIRAL POLYMERS
EP0773029A4 (en) 1993-07-19 1997-09-03 Tokyo Tanabe Co Hepatitis c virus proliferation inhibitor
DE4415539C2 (en) 1994-05-03 1996-08-01 Osama Dr Dr Med Omer Plants with virustatic and antiviral effects
IT1270594B (en) 1994-07-07 1997-05-07 Recordati Chem Pharm CONTROLLED RELEASE PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION OF LIQUID SUSPENSION MOGUISTEIN
US5830905A (en) 1996-03-29 1998-11-03 Viropharma Incorporated Compounds, compositions and methods for treatment of hepatitis C
US5633388A (en) 1996-03-29 1997-05-27 Viropharma Incorporated Compounds, compositions and methods for treatment of hepatitis C
US5990276A (en) 1996-05-10 1999-11-23 Schering Corporation Synthetic inhibitors of hepatitis C virus NS3 protease
US5891874A (en) 1996-06-05 1999-04-06 Eli Lilly And Company Anti-viral compound
US5837257A (en) 1996-07-09 1998-11-17 Sage R&D Use of plant extracts for treatment of HIV, HCV and HBV infections
US5922757A (en) 1996-09-30 1999-07-13 The Regents Of The University Of California Treatment and prevention of hepatic disorders
EA001915B1 (en) 1996-10-18 2001-10-22 Вертекс Фармасьютикалз Инкорпорейтед Inhibitors of serine proteases, particularly hepatitis c virus ns3 protease
GB9623908D0 (en) 1996-11-18 1997-01-08 Hoffmann La Roche Amino acid derivatives
IL119833A (en) 1996-12-15 2001-01-11 Lavie David Hypericum perforatum extracts for the preparation of pharmaceutical compositions for the treatment of hepatitis
US6004933A (en) 1997-04-25 1999-12-21 Cortech Inc. Cysteine protease inhibitors
JP3963488B2 (en) 1997-06-30 2007-08-22 メルツ ファーマ ゲゼルシャフト ミット ベシュレンクテル ハフツンク ウント コンパニー コマンディゲゼルシャフト アウフ アクチェン 1-amino-alkylcyclohexane NMDA receptor antagonist
EP1012180B1 (en) 1997-08-11 2004-12-01 Boehringer Ingelheim (Canada) Ltd. Hepatitis c inhibitor peptide analogues
DE69933860T2 (en) 1998-02-25 2007-05-31 Emory University 2'-FLUORONUKLEOSIDE
GB9806815D0 (en) 1998-03-30 1998-05-27 Hoffmann La Roche Amino acid derivatives
US6323180B1 (en) 1998-08-10 2001-11-27 Boehringer Ingelheim (Canada) Ltd Hepatitis C inhibitor tri-peptides
UA74546C2 (en) 1999-04-06 2006-01-16 Boehringer Ingelheim Ca Ltd Macrocyclic peptides having activity relative to hepatitis c virus, a pharmaceutical composition and use of the pharmaceutical composition
WO2001032153A2 (en) 1999-11-04 2001-05-10 Shire Biochem Inc. Method for the treatment or prevention of flaviviridae viral infection using nucleoside analogues
JP2003523978A (en) 2000-02-18 2003-08-12 シャイアー・バイオケム・インコーポレイテッド Methods for treating or preventing FLAVIVIRUS infection using nucleoside analogs
WO2001077113A2 (en) 2000-04-05 2001-10-18 Schering Corporation Macrocyclic ns3-serine protease inhibitors of hepatitis c virus comprising n-cyclic p2 moieties
KR20100003313A (en) 2000-04-13 2010-01-07 파마셋 인코포레이티드 3'- or 2'-hydroxymethyl substituted nucleoside derivatives for treatment of hepatitis virus infections
CN1935833A (en) 2000-04-19 2007-03-28 先灵公司 Macrocyclic ns-3 serine protease inhibitors of hepatitis c virus comprising alkyl and aryl alanine p2 moieties
MY164523A (en) 2000-05-23 2017-12-29 Univ Degli Studi Cagliari Methods and compositions for treating hepatitis c virus
CN1315862C (en) 2000-05-26 2007-05-16 艾登尼科斯(开曼)有限公司 Methods and compositions for treating flaviviruses and pestiviruses
AR029851A1 (en) 2000-07-21 2003-07-16 Dendreon Corp NEW PEPTIDES AS INHIBITORS OF NS3-SERINA PROTEASA DEL VIRUS DE HEPATITIS C
HUP0303358A3 (en) 2000-07-21 2005-10-28 Schering Corp Novel peptides as ns3-serine protease inhibitors of hepatitis c virus and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
AR034127A1 (en) 2000-07-21 2004-02-04 Schering Corp IMIDAZOLIDINONES AS INHIBITORS OF NS3-SERINA PROTEASA OF THE HEPATITIS C VIRUS, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION, A METHOD FOR THEIR PREPARATION, AND THE USE OF THE SAME FOR THE MANUFACTURE OF A MEDICINAL PRODUCT
JP2004504407A (en) 2000-07-21 2004-02-12 コルバス・インターナショナル・インコーポレイテッド Novel peptide as NS3-serine protease inhibitor of hepatitis C virus
KR100939155B1 (en) 2000-07-21 2010-01-28 쉐링 코포레이션 Novel peptides as NS3-serine protease inhibitors of hepatitis C virus
US20030008841A1 (en) 2000-08-30 2003-01-09 Rene Devos Anti-HCV nucleoside derivatives
CA2426187C (en) 2000-10-18 2011-08-16 Pharmasset Limited Modified nucleosides for the treatment of viral infections and abnormal cellular proliferation
HUP0500456A3 (en) 2000-11-20 2012-05-02 Bristol Myers Squibb Co Hepatitis c tripeptide inhibitors, pharmaceutical compositions comprising thereof and their use
EP1343807B1 (en) 2000-12-12 2009-04-29 Schering Corporation Diaryl peptides as ns3-serine protease inhibitors of hepatits c virus
US6727366B2 (en) 2000-12-13 2004-04-27 Bristol-Myers Squibb Pharma Company Imidazolidinones and their related derivatives as hepatitis C virus NS3 protease inhibitors
AU2002230763A1 (en) 2000-12-13 2008-01-03 Bristol-Myers Squibb Pharma Company Inhibitors of hepatitis c virus ns3 protease
US6653295B2 (en) 2000-12-13 2003-11-25 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Inhibitors of hepatitis C virus NS3 protease
AU2002232660A1 (en) 2000-12-15 2002-06-24 Pharmasset Ltd. Antiviral agents for treatment of flaviviridae infections
US7105499B2 (en) 2001-01-22 2006-09-12 Merck & Co., Inc. Nucleoside derivatives as inhibitors of RNA-dependent RNA viral polymerase
SK286630B6 (en) 2001-01-22 2009-02-05 Merck & Co., Inc. Nucleoside derivatives as inhibitors of RNA-dependent RNA viral polymerase, pharmaceutical composition containing said compounds and the use thereof
US6927291B2 (en) 2001-03-01 2005-08-09 Pharmasset, Ltd. Method for the synthesis of 2′,3′-dideoxy-2′,3′-didehydronucleosides
GB0112617D0 (en) 2001-05-23 2001-07-18 Hoffmann La Roche Antiviral nucleoside derivatives
GB0114286D0 (en) 2001-06-12 2001-08-01 Hoffmann La Roche Nucleoside Derivatives
US6867185B2 (en) 2001-12-20 2005-03-15 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Inhibitors of hepatitis C virus
US7091184B2 (en) 2002-02-01 2006-08-15 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Hepatitis C inhibitor tri-peptides
US6642204B2 (en) 2002-02-01 2003-11-04 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Hepatitis C inhibitor tri-peptides
CA2370396A1 (en) 2002-02-01 2003-08-01 Boehringer Ingelheim (Canada) Ltd. Hepatitis c inhibitor tri-peptides
CA2369970A1 (en) 2002-02-01 2003-08-01 Boehringer Ingelheim (Canada) Ltd. Hepatitis c inhibitor tri-peptides
EP1505945B1 (en) 2002-05-20 2008-11-05 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Substituted cycloalkyl p1' hepatitis c virus inhibitors
MY140680A (en) 2002-05-20 2010-01-15 Bristol Myers Squibb Co Hepatitis c virus inhibitors
ES2350201T3 (en) 2002-05-20 2011-01-20 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company HETEROCYCLIC SULPHAMIDES AS INHIBITORS OF HEPATITIS C VIRUS.
ES2361011T3 (en) 2002-05-20 2011-06-13 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company HEPATITIS VIRUS INHIBITORS C.
CN1678326A (en) 2002-06-28 2005-10-05 埃迪尼克斯(开曼)有限公司 2'-C-methyl-3'-O-L-valine ester ribofuranosyl cytidine for treatment of flaviviridae infections
TW200500374A (en) 2002-06-28 2005-01-01 Idenlx Cayman Ltd 2' and 3' -nucleoside produrgs for treating flavivridae infections
PL374792A1 (en) 2002-06-28 2005-10-31 Idenix (Cayman) Limited 2' and 3'-nucleoside prodrugs for treating flaviviridae infections
TWI332507B (en) 2002-11-19 2010-11-01 Hoffmann La Roche Antiviral nucleoside derivatives
US7601709B2 (en) 2003-02-07 2009-10-13 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Macrocyclic hepatitis C serine protease inhibitors
DE602004029866D1 (en) 2003-03-05 2010-12-16 Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma PEPTIDE ANALOGUE WITH INHIBITORAL EFFECT ON HEPATITIS C
UY28240A1 (en) 2003-03-27 2004-11-08 Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma CRYSTAL PHASES OF A POWERFUL HCV INHIBITOR
CN100453553C (en) 2003-04-11 2009-01-21 沃泰克斯药物股份有限公司 Inhibitors of serine proteases, particularly hcv ns3-ns4a protease
US7176208B2 (en) 2003-04-18 2007-02-13 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Quinoxalinyl macrocyclic hepatitis C serine protease inhibitors
SI2604620T1 (en) 2003-05-30 2016-10-28 Gilead Pharmasset LLC c/o Gilead Sciences, Inc. Modified fluorinated nucleoside analogues
US7277644B2 (en) 2003-06-13 2007-10-02 The Regents Of The University Of California Fade-resistant forward error correction method for free-space optical communications systems
WO2005000864A1 (en) 2003-06-19 2005-01-06 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Processes for preparing 4’azido nucleoside derivatives
US7125845B2 (en) 2003-07-03 2006-10-24 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Aza-peptide macrocyclic hepatitis C serine protease inhibitors
GB0320638D0 (en) 2003-09-03 2003-10-01 Novartis Ag Organic compounds
CN102060806A (en) 2003-09-11 2011-05-18 iTherX药品公司 Cytokine inhibitors
RU2006115558A (en) 2003-10-10 2007-11-20 Вертекс Фармасьютикалз Инкорпорейтед (Us) SERINE PROTEASES INHIBITORS, ESPECIALLY HCV NS3-NS4A PROTEASES
MXPA06003963A (en) 2003-10-14 2006-08-25 Intermune Inc Macrocyclic carboxylic acids and acylsulfonamides as inhibitors of hcv replication.
DE10359791A1 (en) 2003-12-19 2005-07-21 Bayer Healthcare Ag Substituted thiophenes
CN1946691A (en) 2004-02-27 2007-04-11 先灵公司 Novel compounds as inhibitors of hepatitis C virus NS3 serine protease
TW200529822A (en) 2004-02-27 2005-09-16 Schering Corp Novel ketoamides with cyclic p4's as inhibitors of ns3 serine protease of hepatitis c virus
US7705146B2 (en) 2004-06-28 2010-04-27 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Hepatitis C inhibitor peptide analogs
WO2006014422A2 (en) 2004-07-06 2006-02-09 The Trustees Of Columbia University In The City Of New York Polynucleotide encoding a trim-cyp polypeptide, compositions thereof, and methods of using same
US7602913B2 (en) 2004-08-18 2009-10-13 Scientific - Atlanta, Inc. Retrieval and transfer of encrypted hard drive content from DVR set-top box utilizing second DVR set-top box
DE602005015466D1 (en) 2004-08-23 2009-08-27 Hoffmann La Roche ANTIVIRAL 4'-AZIDONUCLEOSIDE
US7550559B2 (en) 2004-08-27 2009-06-23 Schering Corporation Acylsulfonamide compounds as inhibitors of hepatitis C virus NS3 serine protease
SI1793844T1 (en) 2004-10-01 2011-05-31 Debiopharm Sa Use of [d-meala]3-[etval]4-cyclosporin for the treatment of hepatitis c infection
WO2007001406A2 (en) 2004-10-05 2007-01-04 Chiron Corporation Aryl-containing macrocyclic compounds
JP2008525458A (en) 2004-12-23 2008-07-17 ノバルティス アクチエンゲゼルシャフト Flaviviridae treatment compounds
WO2006091862A2 (en) * 2005-02-24 2006-08-31 Kemia, Inc. Cytokine inhibitors and their use in therapy
JP4705164B2 (en) 2005-05-02 2011-06-22 メルク・シャープ・エンド・ドーム・コーポレイション HCV NS3 protease inhibitor
US7592336B2 (en) 2005-05-10 2009-09-22 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US20070021351A1 (en) 2005-06-02 2007-01-25 Schering Corporation Liver/plasma concentration ratio for dosing hepatitis C virus protease inhibitor
WO2006130552A2 (en) * 2005-06-02 2006-12-07 Schering Corporation Methods of treating hepatitis c virus
ATE524183T1 (en) 2005-06-17 2011-09-15 Novartis Ag USE OF SANGLIFEHRIN IN HCV THERAPY
TW200738742A (en) 2005-07-14 2007-10-16 Gilead Sciences Inc Antiviral compounds
TWI389908B (en) 2005-07-14 2013-03-21 Gilead Sciences Inc Antiviral compounds
MX2008001166A (en) 2005-07-25 2008-03-18 Intermune Inc Novel macrocyclic inhibitors of hepatitis c virus replication.
CN101282978B (en) 2005-07-29 2012-07-11 泰博特克药品有限公司 Macrocylic inhibitors of hepatitis c virus
PE20070211A1 (en) 2005-07-29 2007-05-12 Medivir Ab MACROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS AS INHIBITORS OF HEPATITIS C VIRUS
EP2402331A1 (en) 2005-08-02 2012-01-04 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Inhibitors of serine proteases
US7399758B2 (en) 2005-09-12 2008-07-15 Meanwell Nicholas A Cyclopropyl fused indolobenzazepine HCV NS5B inhibitors
US7473688B2 (en) 2005-09-13 2009-01-06 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Indolobenzazepine HCV NS5B inhibitors
US7772183B2 (en) 2005-10-12 2010-08-10 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US7741281B2 (en) 2005-11-03 2010-06-22 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
CA2691214A1 (en) * 2006-06-09 2007-12-21 Kemia, Inc. Therapy using cytokine inhibitors
SG175621A1 (en) 2006-10-12 2011-11-28 Novartis Ag Use of modified cyclosporins
US7951789B2 (en) 2006-12-28 2011-05-31 Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds and pharmaceutical compositions for the treatment of viral infections
WO2008089034A2 (en) * 2007-01-11 2008-07-24 Kemia, Inc. Cytokine inhibitors

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US20110117055A1 (en) 2011-05-19
AR079108A1 (en) 2011-12-28
WO2011063076A1 (en) 2011-05-26

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TW201121958A (en) Methods of treating hepatitis C virus with oxoacetamide compounds
AU2021253796B2 (en) Compounds and methods for the treatment of COVID-19
JP6745308B2 (en) Polycyclic carbamoylpyridone compounds and their pharmaceutical use
WO2020247665A1 (en) Peptidomimetics for the treatment of coronavirus and picornavirus infections
ES2683736T3 (en) Procedures to improve pharmacokinetics
MX2011006244A (en) New 4-amino-4-oxobutanoyl peptides as inhibitors of viral replication.
EA012650B1 (en) Use of [d-meala]-[etval]-cyclosporin for the treatment of hepatitis c infection and pharmaceutical composition comprising said [d-meala]-[etval]-cyclosporin
TW201026676A (en) A method of inhibiting hepatitis C virus by combination of a 5,6-dihydro-1H-pyridin-2-one and one or more additional antiviral compounds
TW200948376A (en) Novel macrocyclic inhibitors of hepatitis C virus replication
TW200528094A (en) Macrocyclic peptides active against the hepatitis c virus
JP2013521279A (en) Pharmaceutical combination as an inhibitor of HCV replication
TW201023858A (en) Synergistic combinations of a macrocyclic inhibitor of HCV and a nucleoside
TW200815384A (en) Combination therapy method for treating hepatitis C virus infection and pharmaceutical compositions for use therein
RU2436786C1 (en) Substituted indoles, antiviral active component, synthesis and application method
CN109414508A (en) Use the hepatitis b virus infected method of NS5A, NS5B or NS3 inhibitor for treating
US20230158103A1 (en) Pld for use in combination in the treatment of coronavirus
RU2662161C1 (en) Hepatitis virus penetration inhibitor and pharmaceutical composition for treatment of hepatitis
US10765644B2 (en) Methods for the treatment of hepatitis C
JP2007015926A (en) Therapeutic agent for hepatitis c
WO2016130043A1 (en) Benzo[1,2,4]thiadiazine inhibitors of hepatitis b virus replication and pharmaceutical composition for treating hepatitis b
JP2016510746A (en) Compounds for the treatment of hepatitis C
EP2605770A1 (en) Antifungal agents and uses thereof
JP2003081877A (en) Oral absorption improving agent and medicinal composition using the same
RU2574397C1 (en) Benzo[1,2,4]thiadiazine inhibitors of hepatitis b virus replication and pharmaceutical composition for treating hepatitis b
WO2024077024A2 (en) Indazole pyridone compounds and uses thereof